Home

Cadillac 2006 SRX Automobile User Manual

1. ccseee 13 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 467 Recreational Vehicle Towing ccecce 334 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 91 504 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System OPSratiOn ennnen a e RE 92 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire csascineniianirii aoii 423 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 421 Reporting Safety Defects Canadian Government seeen 489 General Motors ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees 490 United States Government s n 489 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems 0 84 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash sticccniiiinba en 85 Retained Accessory Power RAP 05 115 Right Front Passenger Position Safety Belts cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 32 Roadside SENICE aperar enn a Raitaa 480 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 327 Routing Engine Drive Belt l c 469 Running the Engine While Parked 127 S Safety Belt Passenger Reminder Light ncesc 218 Pretensioners ssssssscrirresrrrisnrrrriserrrennrrnns 39 Reminder Light c csseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 218 Safety Belts Care Of tech serkcnutvernenetlssttantsnantun taba aiaa 435 Center Front Passenger Position 33 Driver POSION sssrds sesir eintiid 24 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 23 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts vito cussieioiiantnivediiee 22 Rear Safe
2. 2 Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash Front Seats Power Seats The power seat controls are located on the outboard side of the seats e Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the control forward or rearward e Raise or lower the front part of the seat cushion by moving the front of the control up or down e Raise or lower the rear part of the seat cushion by moving the rear of the control up or down The front seats also have power reclining seatbacks See Power Reclining Seatbacks on page 13 If your vehicle has the memory feature you can program and recall memory settings for seat positions See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 11 Power Lumbar The power lumbar controls are located on the outboard side of the front seats behind the power seat controls Press the lumbar control forward to increase support and rearward to decrease support Press the top or bottom of the control to raise or lower the support mechanism The ignition does not need to be on for the power lumbar feature to work Keep in mind that as your seating position changes as it may during long trips so should the position of your lumbar support Adjust the seat as needed Massaging Lumbar If your vehicle has this feature the switch is located on the outboard side of the front seats behind the lumbar switch Press the switch to turn the massaging lumbar feature on The ignition must
3. 416 Wheel Replacement n se 416 When It Is Time for New Tires 5 411 Towing Recreational Vehicle ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 334 Towing a Trailer 0 2 0 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 336 YOUR VOMICIC sesicaronoa aa 334 Traction Control System TCS aiies 303 Control System Warning Light 225 Magnetic Ride Control ee 304 StabiliTrak System cccccccsseseeeees 305 Transaxle Fluid Automatic ccceccseeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 364 Transaxle Operation Automatic 0 118 TUNK cctecceetecbenentttwedentietvesnaceuydveadreeebens rueeen 102 Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 160 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 08 160 U Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea 196 Understanding Radio Reception 291 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 0c08 414 Universal Home Remote System 139 140 Operatia siecivecissscheressavede tins inetareens 141 146 507 Valet Lockout SWitCh cccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 108 Vehicle Control arne ee ae eee ert ea 300 Damage Warnings eseeecsseeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 Loading enega iE sate ceveannetcies 327 SYMONS a ohne easutaonestewsindssatuedeesentetitvekeneateentee 5 Vehicle Customization DIC assesseer 252 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recordos c ccceeeeeeeeeeeereeneeeees 484
4. On This position turns on the system RES Resume Accelerate Press this button to make the vehicle accelerate or resume to a previously set speed SET Set Press this button to set the speed Z Cancel Press this button to cancel cruise control Cruise control will not work if the parking brake is set or if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low If the brakes are applied the cruise control shuts off The cruise light on the instrument panel cluster comes on after the cruise control has been set to the desired speed 1 Press the cruise control button 2 Get up to the desired speed 3 Press the SET button located on the steering wheel and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you Set the cruise control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This shuts off the cruise control But you do not need to reset it Once the vehicle is traveling approximately 25 mph 40 km h or more you can press the RES resume accelerate button to return to your desired preset speed The cruise light displays again The vehicle returns to and stays at your preset speed If you press and hold the RES button the vehicle speed increases until you release the button or apply the brake Do not hold in the RES button if you do not want the vehicle speed to increase Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to go to a higher spee
5. 0 cceceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeees 292 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual ecce 289 Radio with CD ceecee 266 Setting the Time cccceeeeeeeee ees 262 264 Theft Deterrent Feature cscs 289 Understanding Radio Reception 291 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 293 Automatic Transaxle IWC e siusiesstedaeaeastieen 364 Operation ceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeateeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 494 Backglass Antenna ceseeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeees 292 Battery sccdicisiveeecsieiisi a nitecuieiwecdaneevvennene 382 Electric Power Management 068 194 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 192 Inadvertent Power Saver ceee 195 Load Management ceeeeeeeeeeeee eens 194 Run Down Protection eneee 195 Before Leaving on a Long Trip eccess 318 Brake Anti Lock Brake System ABS 05 301 EM IrQencies eseeeecceeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeees 303 Panic ASSISt ssrdsn iesaki 306 PANU siealestnicrectenauusey ni orerar re RE Ea 121 System Warning Light eee 222 Brakes aivvate css EE E E 379 BAKING bernetan TE 300 Braking in Emergencies e eeeeneeeeees 303 Break In New Vehicle ccccceeeeeeeeeeees 113 Bulb Replacement cecene 392 Headlamp Aiming aer 389 High Intensity Discharge HID LONUNG sati deruta end eias a 392 Buying New Tires ceeeeeseeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeeeees 412 Calibration cccceceeeeeee
6. 187 Driving with IntelliBeam IntelliBeam only activates the high beams when driving over 20 mph 32 km h The high beam headlamps remain on under the automatic control of IntelliBeam until any of the following situations occur e The system detects an approaching vehicle s headlamps e The system detects a preceding vehicle s taillamps e The outside light is bright enough that high beam headlamps are not required e The vehicle s speed drops below 15 mph 24 km h e The headlamp stalk is moved forward to the high beam position or the flash to pass feature is used See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 161 and Flash to Pass on page 165 When either of these conditions occur the IntelliBeam feature is disabled and the IntelliBeam light in the mirror turns off until the high beam stalk is returned to the neutral position 188 e If IntelliBeam was using low beams prior to this action the IntelliBeam feature is temporarily disabled until the stalk is returned to the neutral position The exterior lamp control is turned to any setting except AUTO When this occurs IntelliBeam is disabled until the control is turned back to the AUTO position The IntelliBeam system is turned off at the inside rearview mirror IntelliBeam might not turn off the high beams if the system cannot detect other vehicle s lamps because of any of the following e The other vehicle
7. D Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following the DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture ee lt Z Lu oc AT X A g7 WPA K os ps Passenger Car Tire Example 395 E Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread F Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance For more information see Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 414 G Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 396 998 OOKKX GSS My wee 3 9 Q 0 S k2 g a Oe D 9 xal 09 OL aty713N Compact Spare Tire Example A Temporary Use Only The compact spare tire or temporary use tire has a tread life of approximately 3 000 miles 5 000 km and should not be driven at speeds over 65 mph 105 km h The compact spare tire is for emergency use when a regular road tire has lost air and gone flat See Spare Tire o
8. If you need to replace any of your wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts replace them only with new GM original equipment parts This way you will be sure to have the right wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle A CAUTION Using the wrong replacement wheels wheel bolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can be dangerous It could affect the braking and handling of your vehicle make your tires lose air and make you lose control You could have a collision in which you or others could be injured Always use the correct wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts for replacement Notice The wrong wheel can also cause problems with bearing life brake cooling speedometer or odometer calibration headlamp aim bumper height vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis If your vehicle is a professional model the wheels have a unique offset and bolt hole diameter Each of the wheels on the professional vehicle have eight wheels nuts The wheels on the non professional vehicle have five wheel nuts See Changing a Flat Tire on page 420 for more information Used Replacement Wheels A CAUTION Putting a used wheel on your vehicle is dangerous You cannot know how it has been used or how far it has been driven It could fail suddenly and cause a crash If you have to replace a wheel use a new GM original equipment wheel 417 Tire Chains A CAUTION Do not use tire ch
9. 184 Other Vehicle Lane Changes If another vehicle enters the same lane as you Adaptive Cruise Control will not detect the vehicle until it is completely in the lane Be ready to take action and apply the brakes yourself Using Adaptive Cruise Control on Hills and When Towing a Trailer How well Adaptive Cruise Control will work on hills and when towing a trailer depends on your vehicle s speed vehicle load traffic conditions and the steepness of the hills It may not detect a vehicle in your lane while driving on hills When going up steep hills you may want to use the accelerator pedal to maintain your vehicle s speed When going downhill especially when towing a trailer you may want to brake to keep your speed down Applying the brake disengages the system You may choose not to use Adaptive Cruise Control on steep hills especially when towing a trailer Disengaging Adaptive Cruise Control To turn off the system apply the brake pedal press the cancel button or press the Adaptive Cruise Control button Erasing Set Speed Memory When you press the Adaptive Cruise Control button or turn the ignition off the set speed memory is erased Other Messages There are three additional messages that may appear on the DIC They are SERVICE RADAR CRUISE RADAR CRUISE NOT READY and CLEAN RADAR These messages will appear to indicate a problem with the Adaptive Cruise Control See DIC Warnings and Messages on
10. 243 LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the drivers side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely NO CRUISE BRAKING GAS PEDAL APPLIED This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC is engaged and you are pressing the accelerator pedal enough to disable ACC automatic braking See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 for more information 244 OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine oil pressure is low severe engine damage may occur If a low oil pressure warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not drive the vehicle until the cause of the low oil pressure is corrected See Engine Oil on page 357 for more information This message displays when the vehicle s engine oil pressure is low The oil pressure light also appears on the instrument panel cluster See Oil Pressure Light on page 230 A multiple chime sounds when this message is displayed See Engine Oil on page 357 for more information Stop the vehicle immediately as engine damage can result from driving a vehicle with low oil pressure Have the vehicle serviced by your dealer as soon as possible when this message is displayed PARKING ASSIST OFF If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system after the vehicle is sh
11. 4 Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the jack lift head until the jack fits under the vehicle 7 Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handle clockwise Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground for the spare tire to fit under the vehicle 8 Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire 5 Raise the jack until the metal flange fits firmly into the channel of the jack head 425 9 Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel bolts mounting surfaces and spare wheel A CAUTION Rust or dirt on the wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make the wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In 10 Place the spare tire on the wheel mounting an emergency you can use a cloth or a surface paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to get all the rust or dirt off A CAUTION Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts If you do the nuts might come loose Your wheel could fall off causing a serious accident 426 11 Put the wheel nuts back on with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel Tighten each nut by hand until the wheel is held against the hub 12 Lower the vehicle by turning the jack han
12. Notice Spinning the wheels can destroy parts of your vehicle as well as the tires If you spin the wheels too fast while shifting the transaxle back and forth you can destroy the transaxle See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 327 For information about using tire chains on your vehicle see Tire Chains on page 418 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out First turn the steering wheel left and right That will clear the area around the front wheels You should turn the traction control system off See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 Then shift back and forth between REVERSE R and a forward gear spinning the wheels as little as possible Release the accelerator pedal while you shift and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transaxle is in gear By slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions you will cause a rocking motion that may free your vehicle If that does not get your vehicle out after a few tries it may need to be towed out If your vehicle does need to be towed out see Towing Your Vehicle on page 334 Loading Your Vehicle It is very important to know how much weight your vehicle can carry This weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all occupants cargo and all nonfactory installed options Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry the Tire and Loading Information label and the Certification label A
13. Wheel Nut Torque All capacities are approximate When adding be sure to fill to the approximate level as recommended in this manual Recheck fluid level after filling Engine Specifications VIN Code Spark Plug Gap ZOL DOHCVE 01050 inches 127 mm pe tomato 0 050 inches 1 27 mm 4 6L DOHC V8 452 Section 6 Maintenance Schedule Maintenance Schedule 0008 454 Owner Checks and Services 00 463 IMMOGUCUION siaine innan iiaa ea 454 At Each Fuel Fill rossin diiran 464 Maintenance Requirements e 454 At Least Once a Month seee 464 Your Vehicle and the Environment 455 At Least Once a Year ceeeeceeeteeeeeeee eens 465 Using the Maintenance Schedule 455 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 467 Scheduled Maintenance ccccseeeeeeeee 457 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 468 Additional Required Services 008 460 Engine Drive Belt Routing eee 469 Maintenance Footnotes 0 c eeseeeeeee 461 Maintenance Record eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 470 453 Maintenance Schedule Introduction Important Keep engine oil at the proper level and change as recommended Protection Plan Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan The Plan supplements your new vehicle warranties See your Warranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealer for details 454 Maintenance Require
14. ceeeeeees 190 FlaSh tO PASS oranan 165 Headlamps cont High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 392 High Low Beam Changer eec 161 On Reminder sosis siivin inenen 190 Wiper Activated scicccsiwueescasscaerimaiuedeanoieeten 190 Heated Seats sinerien eaa 10 Heated Steering Wheel accessen 159 Heata crrarccsiainnearaoni aa 204 Highbeam On Light 0 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 231 High Speed Operation Tires 0 0 405 Highway Hypnosis ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 319 Hill and Mountain Roads 320 Hood Checking Things Under s es 354 Release is cies scsvenrcgecvvivennc vente aE 355 PO aceite cnacc E E E A E 158 How to Use This Manual ccce 3 How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 23 I Ignition POSitiONS scnorinannrninianioenrenas 114 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver 195 Infants and Young Children Restraints 43 499 Inflation Tire Pressure ccce 402 Instrument Panel OVEIVIGW sstsuteccteetn secs sctuaeerebontecneseeaedeaxeveres 156 Instrument Panel I P BriQhtN SS iaeiei denials 192 Cluster dinana iii ee 216 JUMP Starting eifacteinciheististieeaiaeet 384 Keyless Entry System cccceeeeeeeneteeees 91 WRG YS T AE E E A 89 Labeling Tire Sidewall cccecceeeesseeeeees 395 Lamps Battery Load Management sacc 194 Battery Run Down Protection aeee 195 COMEN sonare le rison nai aa o a aaa 192 COUNGSY siieciiiavisies cle
15. From the outside use either the key or the remote keyless entry transmitter From the inside use the power door lock switches or manual lock knobs The manual lock knobs are located at the top of the door panel near the window Push the manual lock knob down to lock the door To unlock the door pull up on the knob Central Door Unlocking System Your vehicle has a central door unlocking mode When unlocking the driver s door you can unlock the other doors at the same time by turning the key clockwise in the door lock cylinder twice Power Door Locks The power door lock switches are located on the armrest on the front doors A Unlock Press the side of the switch with the unlock symbol to unlock the doors Lock Press the side of the switch with the lock symbol to lock the doors 99 Programmable Automatic Door Locks Your vehicle is programmed so that when the doors are closed the ignition is on and the shift lever is moved out of PARK P all the doors will lock The doors will unlock every time you stop the vehicle and move the shift lever into PARK P If someone needs to get out while your vehicle is not in PARK P have the person use the manual lock knob or power door lock switch When the door is closed again it will not lock automatically Use the manual lock knob or power door lock switch to lock the door With the vehicle in PARK P and the ignition on the door locks can be program
16. See Exterior Lamps on page 186 for more information Cruise Control Light The light will go out when the cruise control is turned off See Cruise Control on page 169 and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 for more information Highbeam On Light This light comes on whenever the high beam headlamps are on This light comes on whenever you set your cruise control See Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on page 161 for more information 231 Fuel Gage The fuel gage shows approximately how It works only when the engine is on If the fuel supply gets low the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will appear in the Driver Information Center and a single chime will sound See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information 232 much fuel is in the tank Here are a few concerns some owners have had about the fuel gage All of these situations are normal and do not indicate that anything is wrong with the fuel gage e At the gas station the gas pump shuts off before the gage reads full e The gage may change when you turn stop quickly or accelerate quickly e ttakes a little more or less fuel to fill the tank than the gage indicated For example the gage may have indicated that the tank was half full but it actually took a little more or less than half the tank s capacity to fill the tank Driver Information Center DIC The Driver Information Center DIC gives you the status of many of your ve
17. Transmission Transaxle Transfer Case Unit Repair Manual This manual provides information on unit repair service procedures adjustments and specifications for GM transmissions transaxles and transfer cases Service Bulletins Service Bulletins give technical service information needed to knowledgeably service General Motors cars and trucks Each bulletin contains instructions to assist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle In Canada information pertaining to Product Service Bulletins can be obtained by contacting your General Motors dealer or by calling 1 800 GM DRIVE 1 800 463 7483 Owner s Information Owner publications are written specifically for owners and intended to provide basic operational information about the vehicle The owner s manual will include the Maintenance Schedule for all models In Portfolio Includes a Portfolio Owner s Manual and Warranty Booklet RETAIL SELL PRICE 35 00 Without Portfolio Owner s Manual only RETAIL SELL PRICE 25 00 Current and Past Model Order Forms Technical Service Bulletins and Manuals are available for current and past model GM vehicles To request an order form please specify year and model name of the vehicle ORDER TOLL FREE 1 800 551 4123 Monday Friday 8 00 AM 6 00 PM Eastern Time For Credit Card Orders Only VISA MasterCard Discover visit Helm Inc on the World Wide Web at www helminc com Or you can write to Helm Incorpo
18. Your vehicle may have a center flex storage unit that includes a front center seat with a lap belt and an underseat storage compartment The center seatback can also be used as a fold down armrest Cupholders are also located at the front edge of the storage unit and can be accessed by folding the compartment forward When not being used the center seat lap belt can be stored in the underseat storage compartment Rear Seat Armrest Your vehicle may be equipped with a rear seat center console and armrest To open the console push the button and lift the lid Inside the console are two cupholders that can be pulled out when in use Convenience Net Your vehicle may be equipped with a convenience net The convenience net attaches to the floor of the trunk Put small loads like grocery bags behind the net The net is not for larger heavier loads Store them in the trunk as far forward as you can When not using the net hook the net to the tabs securing it to the sill plate 151 Sunroof The vehicle may have a power sunroof The switches that operate the sunroof are located on the overhead console To open or close the sunroof the ignition must be turned to RUN or Retained Accessory Power RAP must be active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 115 152 Express Open The express open feature will operate from the closed or partially open position To express open the power sunroof fully press
19. cseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 296 Dise MPS ccccceccecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeaees 280 Doing Your Own Service Work 6 348 Door Central Door Unlocking System 4 99 ele G aea Pre Re ere nerr ee cree er neces erreerrr cere 98 Power Door LOCKS c ccecceeeeeeeeeneeeeeees 99 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 100 Rear Door Security Locks cee 100 Driver Position Safety Belt cccccececesseeeeeeeees 24 Driver Information Center DIC 08 233 DIC Controls and Displays eee 233 DIC Vehicle Customization cee 252 DIC Warnings and Messages 008 239 Driving At Night iscnsiisisen tains nnen 312 A E E E tens sve tetenes 316 Defensive waiseiivecdes Heced Mined scesindtiaveineceese 296 Drunken ssavsicsisedcncsanetcansta aaas 297 FrOOWAV site seaisuhed sats ogor sip aS 317 Hill and Mountain Roads 320 Driving cont In Rain and on Wet Roads 0065 314 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out 327 WINTER anessan a aai 322 Dual Climate Control System e 204 E Electric Power Management cecce 194 Electrical System Add On Equipment n s 442 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0068 443 Headlamp Wiring cccceeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeees 443 Power Windows and Other Power ODP1ONS resserre nsaan reaa iiie 443 Rear Underseat Fuse Block ocen 447 Underhood Fuse Block oenen 444 Windsh
20. customer s request by calling 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 indicates content with explicit language XM Updating Updating encryption code The encryption code in the receiver is being updated and no action is required This process should take no longer than 30 seconds XM Not Available Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly but the vehicle is in a location that is blocking the XM signal When you move into an open area the signal should return Loading XM Acquiring channel audio The audio system is acquiring and processing audio and after 4 second delay text data No action is needed This message should disappear shortly Channel Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service Tune to another channel Channel Unavail Channel no This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned longer available Tune to another station If this station was one of the presets choose another station for that preset button No Artist Info Artist Name Feature No artist information is available at this time on this channel not available The system is working properly No Title Info Song Program Title No song title information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly 287 Radio Display Message Action Required No CAT Info Category Name No category information is available at this time on this not available channel The system is working properly No Inf
21. day in bright sunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses Your eyes will have less trouble adjusting to night But if you are driving do not wear sunglasses at night They may cut down on glare from headlamps but they also make a lot of things invisible You can be temporarily blinded by approaching headlamps It can take a second or two or even several seconds for your eyes to re adjust to the dark When you are faced with severe glare as from a driver who does not lower the high beams or a vehicle with misaimed headlamps slow down a little Avoid staring directly into the approaching headlamps Keep the windshield and all the glass on your vehicle clean inside and out Glare at night is made much worse by dirt on the glass Even the inside of the glass can build up a film caused by dust Dirty glass makes lights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly Remember that the headlamps light up far less of a roadway when you are in a turn or curve Keep your eyes moving that way it is easier to pick out dimly lighted objects Just as the headlamps should be checked regularly for proper aim so should your eyes be examined regularly Some drivers suffer from night blindness the inability to see in dim light and are not even aware of it 313 Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads hh WN it 7 Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble On a wet road you
22. e Tires They are vitally important to a safe trouble free trip Is the tread good enough for long distance driving Are the tires all inflated to the recommended pressure e Weather Forecasts What is the weather outlook along your route Should you delay your trip a short time to avoid a major storm system e Maps Do you have up to date maps Highway Hypnosis Is there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel Call it highway hypnosis lack of awareness or whatever There is something about an easy stretch of road with the same scenery along with the hum of the tires on the road the drone of the engine and the rush of the wind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy Do not let it happen to you If it does your vehicle can leave the road in less than a second and you could crash and be injured What can you do about highway hypnosis First be aware that it can happen Then here are some tips e Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated with a comfortably cool interior e Keep your eyes moving Scan the road ahead and to the sides Check your rearview mirrors and your instruments frequently e f you get sleepy pull off the road into a rest service or parking area and take a nap get some exercise or both For safety treat drowsiness on the highway as an emergency 319 Hill and Mountain Roads If you drive regularly in steep country or if you
23. from the maximum trailer weight You can ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice or you can write us at our Customer Assistance Offices See Customer Assistance Offices on page 478 for more information Weight of the Trailer Tongue The tongue load A of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle The Gross Vehicle Weight GVW includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will be carrying that weight too See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 for more information about your vehicle s maximum load capacity 338 If you are using a weight carrying hitch or a weight distributing hitch the trailer tongue A should weigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailer weight B After you have loaded your trailer weigh the trailer and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they are not you may be able to get them right simply by moving some items around in the trailer Total Weight on Your Vehicle s Tires Be sure your vehicle s tires are inflated to the upper limit for cold tires You will find these numbers on the Tire and Loading Information Label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Then be sure you do not go over the GVW limit for your vehicle
24. including the weight of the trailer tongue Hitches It is important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few reasons why you will need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to it Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e Will you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you do not seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle See Engine Exhaust on page 126 Dirt and water can too Safety Chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the manufacturers recommendation for attaching safety chains and do not attach them to the bumper Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your rig And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes Because your vehicle has anti lock brakes do not try to tap into your vehicle s hydraulic brake system If you d
25. middle switch position After entering the switch settings press and release all three buttons at the same time The indicator lights will turn on Press and hold the button you would like to use to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink You may need to hold the button from five to 55 seconds Immediately release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete Press and release the button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful and complete 143 To program another device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home lighting repeat Steps 1 through 8 choosing a different function button in Step 7 than what you used for the garage door opener Programming Universal Home Remote Rolling Code Rolling code garage door openers are used for garage doors produced after 1996 and are code protected Rolling code means the coded signal is changed every time your remote control garage door opener is used Programming a rolling code garage door opener involves time sensitive actions so read the entire procedure before you begin If you do not follow these actions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the procedure 144 Follow these steps to program up to three channels 1 Press the
26. that the low tire pressure warning symbol and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE message will 406 display when the vehicle is first started and then turn off as you start to drive the vehicle This could be an early indicator that the tire pressures are getting low and need to be checked and inflated to the proper pressure Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the drivers
27. 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pushing the lever all the way toward the front of your vehicle and then to the left 3 With your right foot still holding the brake pedal down set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 121 for more information 4 Turn the ignition key to OFF 5 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P 123 Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running A CAUTION It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle with the engine running Your vehicle could move suddenly if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set And if you leave the vehicle with the engine running it could overheat and even catch fire You or others could be injured Do not leave your vehicle with the engine running If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running be sure your vehicle is in PARK P and your parking brake is firmly set before you leave it See Parking Brake on page 121 for more information 124 Torque Lock If you are parking on a hill and you do not shift your transaxle into PARK P properly the weight of the vehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl in the transaxle You may find it difficult to pull the shift lever out of PARK P This is called torque lock To prevent torque lock set the parking brak
28. 3 Turn off the ignition on both vehicles Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarette lighter or the accessory power outlets Turn off the radio and all lamps that are not needed This will avoid sparks and help save both batteries And it could save the radio 4 Open the hoods and locate the positive and negative terminal locations on the other vehicle Your vehicle has a remote positive jump starting terminal and a remote negative jump starting terminal 4 6L LD8 Engine shown 4 6L L37 Engine similar The remote positive terminal is located in the engine compartment on the passenger s side of the vehicle Lift the red plastic cap to access the terminal See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on the location of the remote positive terminal A second remote positive terminal is located on the rear underseat fuse block 385 The remote negative terminal is located behind the power steering pulley near the engine cover It is marked GND You will not see the battery of your vehicle under the hood It is located under the rear passenger s seat You will not need to access the battery for jump starting The remote terminals are for that purpose A CAUTION An electric fan can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan 386 A CAUTION
29. Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer the best protection for adults but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide Always secure children properly in your vehicle To read how see Older Children on page 40 or Infants and Young Children on page 43 There is an airbag readiness light on the e instrument panel which or shows the airbag a N symbol The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if there is an electrical problem See Airbag Readiness Light on page 219 for more information Where Are the Airbags The driver s frontal airbag is in the middle of the steering wheel 69 The right front passenger s frontal airbag is in the instrument panel on the passenger s side 70 The seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver is in the side of the drivers seatback closest to the door The seat mounted side impact airbag for the right If your vehicle has one the roof mounted side front passenger is in the side of the passenger s impact airbag for the driver and the person seated seatback closest to the door directly behind the driver is in the ceiling above the side windows 71 A CAUTION If something is between an occupant and an airbag the airbag might not inflate properly or it
30. Analog COCK ososi nenn naaien anaa 203 Antenna Backglass 0 0 cecseeeeeeeeeeeeees 292 Antenna XM Satellite Radio Antenna System eerren 293 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 0 301 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 223 Appearance Care Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 438 Care of Safety Belts 0 0 0 435 Chemical Paint Spotting eeee 440 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 436 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 431 Fabric Carpet cccceeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 433 FINISH Care wzscsscscsesieesacesentsiushsesivnctenst ieee 436 Finish Damage eccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 439 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces ursinii 434 LG AUG rscces E A E 434 Sheet Metal Damage n s 439 Speaker Covers c cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 435 TIES sescnivvivdenativeescs aurea UNESE EN 439 493 Appearance Care cont Underbody Maintenance eeee 439 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 440 Washing Your Vehicle ceecee 435 Weatherstrips ernan aa 435 Windshield and Wiper Blades 437 Wood Panels cceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeees 435 Ashtray S esicetvvecrtedectacGutsomncteeessvndaeeiiate 202 Audio System S ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 261 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 289 Backglass Antenna aeee 292 Care of Your CD Player a nn 292 Care of Your CDS
31. Blank Display This display shows no information 236 Vehicle Information Display Menu Items i Vehicle Information The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the vehicle information button OIL LIFE REMAINING If the vehicle has this display it shows the estimated oil life remaining If you see 99 OIL LIFE REMAINING on the display that means that 99 of the current oil life remains When the oil life is depleted the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will appear on the display You should change the oil as soon as possible In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life additional maintenance is recommended in the Maintenance Schedule in this manual See Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 and Engine Oil on page 357 Remember you must reset the OIL LIFE yourself after each oil change It will not reset itself Also be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE accidentally at any time other than when the oil has just been changed It cannot be reset accurately until the next oil change To reset the engine oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 360 The display will show 100 when the system is reset UNITS This display allows you to select between English or Metric units of measurement Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ENGLISH or METRIC units PARKING ASSIST If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system thi
32. CHECK TIRE PRESSURE This message displays when the tire pressure in one of the tires needs to be checked This message also displays LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT LEFT REAR or RIGHT REAR to indicate which tire needs to be checked You can receive more than one tire pressure message at a time To read the other messages that may have been sent at the same time press the set reset button If a tire pressure message appears on the DIC stop as soon as you can Have the tire pressures checked and set to those shown on the Tire Loading Information Label See Tires on page 394 Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 The DIC display also shows the tire pressure values for the front and rear tires by pressing the vehicle information button See DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 If the tire pressure is low the low tire pressure warning light comes on See Low Tire Pressure Warning Light on page 224 240 CLEAN RADAR This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC system and the Forward Collision Alert FCA system are disabled because the radar is blocked and cannot detect vehicles in your path It may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray To clean the system see Cleaning the System under Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h This message displays whenever the cruise control is set See Cruise Control on page 169 and Adaptive Cruise
33. Drive at speeds that let you stay in your own lane As you go over the top of a hill be alert There could be something in your lane like a stalled car or an accident You may see highway signs on mountains that warn of special problems Examples are long grades passing or no passing zones a falling rocks area or winding roads Be alert to these and take appropriate action 321 Winter Driving Here are some tips for winter driving e Have your vehicle in good shape for winter e You may want to put winter emergency supplies in your trunk Also see Tires on page 394 322 Include an ice scraper a small brush or broom a supply of windshield washer fluid a rag some winter outer clothing a small shovel a flashlight a red cloth and a couple of reflective warning triangles And if you will be driving under severe conditions include a small bag of sand a piece of old carpet or a couple of burlap bags to help provide traction Be sure you properly secure these items in your vehicle Driving on Snow or Ice Most of the time those places where the tires meet the road probably have good traction However if there is snow or ice between the tires and the road you can have a very slippery situation You will have a lot less traction or grip and will need to be very careful What is the worst time for this Wet ice Very cold snow or ice can be slick and hard to drive on But wet ice can be ev
34. OnStar Virtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling that uses your minutes to access location based weather local traffic reports and stock quotes By pressing the phone button and giving a few simple voice commands you can browse through the various topics See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information OnStar Steering Wheel Controls Your vehicle may have a Talk Mute button that can be used to interact with OnStar Hands Free Calling See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 289 for more information On some vehicles you may have to hold the button for a few seconds and give the command ONSTAR in order to activate the OnStar Hands Free Calling feature On some vehicles the mute button can be used to dial numbers into voicemail systems or to dial phone extensions See the OnStar Owner s Guide for more information How OnStar Service Works In order to provide you with OnStar services your vehicle s OnStar system has the capability of recording and transmitting vehicle information This information is automatically sent to an OnStar Call Center at the time of an OnStar button press Emergency button press or if your airbags or AACN system deploys The vehicle information usually includes your GPS location and in the event of a crash additional information regarding the accident that your vehicle has been involved in e g the direction from which your vehicle was hit
35. OnStar may be able to send a command to unlock your vehicle See OnStar System on page 135 for more information Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Your Remote Keyless Entry RKE system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment At times you may notice a decrease in operating range This is normal for any RKE system If the transmitter does not work or if you have to stand closer to your vehicle for the transmitter to work try this e Check the distance You may be too far from your vehicle You may need to stand closer during rainy or snowy weather e Check the location Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal Take a few steps to the left or right h
36. Remote Start Press and release the lock button and then press and hold this button to use the remote start feature To start the vehicle using the remote start feature do the following 1 Aim the transmitter at the vehicle 2 Press and release the transmitter s lock button then immediately press and hold the transmitters remote start button until the turn signal lights flash or if the vehicle s lights are not visible press and hold the remote start button for at least four seconds The vehicle s doors will lock Pressing the remote start button again after the vehicle has started will turn off the ignition When the vehicle starts the parking lamps will turn on and remain on while the vehicle is running 3 If it is your first remote start since last driving repeat these steps while the engine is still running for a 10 minute time extension Remote start can be extended two times When you enter the vehicle during a remote start and the engine is still running insert the key into the ignition and turn the key to RUN to drive the vehicle If the vehicle is left running it will automatically shut off after 10 minutes unless a time extension has been done To manually shut off a remote start do any of the following e Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle and press the remote start button until the parking lamps turn off e Turn on the hazard warning flashers e Turn the ignition switch on and then off Th
37. Using a match near a battery can cause battery gas to explode People have been hurt doing this and some have been blinded Use a flashlight if you need more light Be sure the battery has enough water You do not need to add water to the battery installed in your new vehicle But if a battery has filler caps be sure the right amount of fluid is there If it is low add water to take care of that first If you do not explosive gas could be present Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you Do not get it on you If you accidentally get it in your eyes or on your skin flush the place with water and get medical help immediately A CAUTION Fans or other moving engine parts can injure you badly Keep your hands away from moving parts once the engine is running 5 Check that the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation If they do you could get a shock The vehicles could be damaged too Before you connect the cables here are some basic things you should know Positive will go to positive or to a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Negative will go to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not connect positive to negative or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other parts too And do not connect the negative cable to the negative terminal on the dead batte
38. Vehicle Identification Number VIN ssiiiecnuterdeenssisstivivencnadidees 441 Service Parts Identification Label 442 Ventilation Adjustment eeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 210 WISOWS istic cvsinsces E A E E 107 W Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 215 Warnings DIC Warnings and Messages 0008 239 Hazard Warning Flashers aac 158 Other Warning Devices aeee 158 Safety and Symbols cececeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 Vehicle Damage sssecscceccusscacseesicncieacsavncdnens 5 508 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance aee 416 Different SiZ syss opreseseinosinisidena sai 414 Replacement cecuri 416 Where to Put the Restraint eee 51 WINDOWS wiiic ceeceeccicieneaneoncdestieaeindeae cerned 104 POWOM cpedegeccgasesce se scchnueancetiint cxtetacevesconsinaes 105 Windshield Rainsense Wipers eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 167 WASNED E A S E 168 Washer FIG saidacencrasnnini 378 Wiper Blade Replacement ascese 392 Wiper Blades Cleaning c ccseeeeeeees 437 Wiper FUSES cceeecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeenees 443 WIPDGIS sevicrscttdconnescsstiaediettsevisdsvanettdvedsedies 166 Winter Driving eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeees 322 Wiper Activated Headlamps ee 190 X XM Radio Messages cee 287 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 293 Y Your Vehicle and the Environment 455
39. Washer Fluid Press and release this paddle located at the top of the turn signal multifunction lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield The wipers will clear the windshield and either stop or return to your preset speed For more washer cycles press and hold the paddle gt Heated Washer Fluid If your vehicle is equipped the heated windshield washer fluid system may be used to help clear ice snow tree sap or bugs from your windshield Sliding the switch on the turn signal multifunction lever to this position and then releasing it will activate the heated windshield washer fluid system This activation will initiate four heated wash wipe cycles 168 The first heated wash wipe cycle may take up to 40 seconds to occur depending on outside temperature After the first wash wipe cycle it may take up to 20 seconds for each of the remaining cycles The heated windshield washer fluid system may be turned off at any time by sliding the switch on the turn signal multifunction lever to this position again When the heated windshield washer fluid system is activated under certain outside temperature conditions steam may flow out of the washer nozzles for a short period of time before washer fluid is sprayed This is a normal condition A message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC when the washer fluid is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Cruise Control bees CAUTION Continue
40. ZD Headlamps This position turns on the headlamps together with the previously listed lamps A warning chime sounds if you open the driver s door when the ignition switch is off and the headlamps are on 4 Fog Lamps Press the exterior lamps control to turn on the fog lamps See Fog Lamps on page 191 IntelliBeam Intelligent High Beam Headlamp Control System If your vehicle has this feature be sure to read this entire section before using it IntelliBeam is an enhancement to your vehicle s headlamp system Using a digital light sensor on your rearview mirror this system turns the vehicle s high beam headlamps on and off according to surrounding traffic conditions The IntelliBeam system turns the high beam headlamps on when it is dark enough there is no other traffic present and the IntelliBeam system is enabled Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam Press and release the IntelliBeam button on the inside rear view mirror The IntelliBeam indicator on the mirror turns on to indicate the system is on Once the system has been turned on it remains on each time the vehicle is started but the IntelliBeam system must be enabled To enable the IntelliBeam system turn the exterior lamp control to AUTO with the turn signal multifunction lever in its neutral position The High Beam On Light appears on the instrument panel cluster when the high beams are on See Highbeam On Light on page 231
41. insurance company and policy number and a general description of the damage to the other vehicle 487 e f possible call your insurance company from the scene of the accident They will walk you through the information they will need If they ask for a police report phone or go to the police department headquarters the next day and you can get a copy of the report for a nominal fee In some states provinces with no fault insurance laws a report may not be necessary This is especially true if there are no injuries and both vehicles are driveable e Choose a reputable collision repair facility for your vehicle Whether you select a GM dealer or a private collision repair facility to fix the damage make sure you are comfortable with them Remember you will have to feel comfortable with their work for a long time e Once you have an estimate read it carefully and make sure you understand what work will be performed on your vehicle If you have a question ask for an explanation Reputable shops welcome this opportunity 488 Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair Process In the event that your vehicle requires damage repairs GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair If you have a pre determined repair facility of choice take your vehicle there or have it towed there Specify to the facility that any required replacement collision parts be original equipment parts either new Genuine GM parts or recyc
42. s lamp s are missing damaged obstructed from view or otherwise undetected e The other vehicle s lamp s are covered with dirt snow and or road spray e The other vehicle s lamp s cannot be detected due to dense exhaust smoke fog snow road spray mist or other airborne obstructions e Your vehicle s windshield is dirty cracked or obstructed by something that blocks the view of the IntelliBeam light sensor e Your vehicle s windshield is covered with ice dirt haze or other obstructions e Your vehicle is loaded such that the front end of the vehicle points upward causing the IntelliBeam sensor to aim high and not detect headlamps and taillamps e You are driving on winding or hilly roads You might need to manually disable or cancel the high beam headlamps by turning the low beam headlamps on if any of the above conditions exist Disabling and Resetting IntelliBeam at the Rearview Mirror IntelliBeam can be disabled by using the controls on the inside rearview mirror AUTO D On Off To disable the system press this button on the inside rearview mirror The IntelliBeam indicator turns off and does not come back on until the IntelliBeam button is pressed again When IntelliBeam has turned on the high beams pull or push the high beam stalk This will disable IntelliBeam The IntelliBeam indicator on the mirror turns off To turn IntelliBeam back on press th
43. this means that your system is not functioning properly and should be checked by a dealer If the light appears clear no light is appearing your OnStar subscription has 3 expired You can always press the blue OnStar button to confirm that your OnStar equipment is active Universal Home Remote System Universal Home Remote System With Three Round LED The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held Radio Frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization Certificate number is KOBGTEO5A This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions a 2 This device may not cause interference This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The Canadian Registration ID number is 3521A GTE05A Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 139 Universal Home Remote System With One Triang
44. this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle If your vehicle can tow a trailer see Towing a Trailer for important information on towing a trailer towing safety rules and trailering tips 329 Tien 330 Example 1 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 300 Ibs 136 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 Available Occupant and Cargo Weight 700 Ibs 317 kg Tem Example 2 Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 Subtract Occupant Weight 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 Available Cargo 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 750 Ibs 340 kg 250 Ibs 113 kg Example 3 Item Description Tota Vehicle Capacity pA Weight for Example 3 1000 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 453 1 000 Ibs 453 kg Subtract Occupant Weight 1 000 Ibs 453 kg 200 Ibs 91 kg x5 Available Cargo Refer to your vehicle s Tire and Loading Information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Certification Label S GM MFD BY GENERAL MOTORS CORP m DATE GVWR GAWR FRT THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL 9 OTOR VEHICLE SAFETY BUMPER NTN ANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE 2000 ASS CAR A vehicle specific Certification label is attached to the rear edge of the driver s door This label shows the gross weight
45. to idle until it cools down See Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light on page 226 See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 371 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 241 ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE Notice If you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible See Engine Overheating on page 369 for more information This message displays when the engine has overheated Immediately look for a safe place to pull your vehicle over and turn the engine off right away to avoid severe engine damage See Engine Overheating on page 369 and Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 371 A chime also sounds when this message is displayed ENGINE POWER REDUCED This message displays when the engine power is being reduced to protect the engine from damage There could be several malfunctions that might cause this message Reduced engine power can affect the vehicle s ability to accelerate If this message is on but there is no reduction in performance proceed to your destination 242 The performance may be reduced the next time the vehicle is driven The vehicle may be driven at a reduced speed while this message is on but acceleration and speed may be reduced Anytime this message stays on the vehicle should be taken to your d
46. to shift the transaxle to THIRD 3 or if necessary to a lower gear if the transaxle shifts too often under heavy loads and or hilly conditions See Towing a Trailer on page 336 for more information THIRD 3 This position is also used for normal driving However it reduces vehicle speed more than DRIVE D without using your brakes You might choose THIRD 3 instead of DRIVE D when driving on hilly winding roads when towing a trailer so there is less shifting between gears and when going down a steep hill SECOND 2 This position reduces vehicle speed more than THIRD 3 without using your brakes You can use SECOND 2 on hills It can help control your speed as you go down steep mountain roads but then you would also want to use your brakes off and on Notice Do not shift into SECOND 2 unless you are going slower than 65 mph 105 km h or you can damage your engine and or transaxle FIRST 1 This position reduces vehicle speed even more than SECOND 2 without using your brakes You can use it on very steep hills or in deep snow or mud If the shift lever is put in FIRST 1 while the vehicle is moving forward the transaxle will not shift into first gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough Notice Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle in one place on a hill using only the accelerator pedal may damage the transaxle If you are stuck do not spin the tires When stopping on a hill use the brak
47. underbody with plain water Clean any areas where mud and debris can collect Dirt packed in close areas of the frame should be loosened before being flushed Your dealer or an underbody car washing system can do this for you 439 Chemical Paint Spotting Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack painted surfaces on the vehicle This damage can take two forms blotchy ring shaped discolorations and small irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface Although no defect in the paint job causes this GM will repair at no charge to the owner the surfaces of new vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within 12 months or 12 000 miles 20 000 km of purchase whichever occurs first 440 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials Interior and exterior polishing cloth Removes tar road oil and asphalt Use on chrome or stainless steel Removes soil and black marks from whitewalls Description Polishing Cloth Wax Treated Tar and Road Oil Remover Chrome Cleaner and Polish White Sidewall Tire Cleaner Vinyl Cleaner Cleans vinyl Removes dirt grime smoke and fingerprints Removes dirt and grime from chrome wheels and wire wheel covers Glass Cleaner Chrome and Wire Wheel Cleaner Removes dust fingerprints and surface contaminants Spray on and wipe off Finish Enhancer Description Swirl Remover Polish
48. 480 If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehicle for recreational purposes such as behind a motorhome see Recreational Vehicle Towing following Recreational Vehicle Towing Recreational vehicle towing means towing your vehicle behind another vehicle such as behind a motorhome The two most common types of recreational vehicle towing are known as dinghy towing towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground and dolly towing towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two wheels up on a device known as a dolly With the proper preparation and equipment many vehicles can be towed in these ways See Dinghy Towing and Dolly Towing following 334 Here are some important things to consider before you do recreational vehicle towing e What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer s recommendations e How far will you tow Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow e Do you have the proper towing equipment See your dealer or trailering professional for additional advice and equipment recommendations e ls your vehicle ready to be towed Just as you would prepare your vehicle for a long trip you will want to make sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed See Before Leaving on a Long Trip on page 318 Dinghy Towing Notice f you tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the
49. CD goes to the next or previous artist in alphabetical order Continue pressing either button until the desired artist displays 285 To change from playback by artist to playback by album press the pushbutton located below the Sort By label From the sort screen push one of the buttons below the album button Press the pushbutton below the Back label to return to the main music navigator screen Now the aloum name displays on the second line between the arrows and songs from the current album begins to play Once all songs from that album have played the player moves to the next album in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files from that album To exit music navigator mode press the button below the Back label to return to normal MP3 playback 286 BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and a message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found displays XM Radio Messages XL Explicit XL on the radio display These channels or any others can be blocked at a Language Channels after the channel name
50. Center Any customer who has access to a TTY ora conventional teletypewriter can communicate with Cadillac by dialing from the United States or Canada 1 888 889 2438 daily 24 hours Courtesy Transportation To enhance your ownership experience we and our participating dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Transportation a customer support program for new vehicles The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to customers in conjunction with the Bumper to Bumper coverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Several transportation options are available when warranty repairs are required This will reduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs 481 Scheduling Service Appointments When your vehicle requires warranty service you should contact your dealer and request an appointment By scheduling a service appointment and advising your service consultant of your transportation needs your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the service department immediately keep driving it until it can be scheduled for service unless of course the problem is safety related If it is please call your dealership let them know this and ask for instructions If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicle off for service you are urged to do so as early in the work day as possible to allow for the same day repair 482 Transportation Options Warranty
51. Cleaner Wax Foaming Tire Shine Low Gloss Wash Wax Concentrate Spot Lifter Odor Eliminator Removes swirl marks fine scratches and other light surface contamination Removes light scratches and protects finish Cleans shines and protects in one step No wiping necessary Medium foaming shampoo Cleans and lightly waxes Biodegradable and phosphate free Quickly removes spots and stains from carpets vinyl and cloth upholstery Odorless spray odor eliminator used on fabrics vinyl leather and carpet Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification Number VIN SAMPLE4UX1M072675 This is the legal identifier for your vehicle It appears on a plate in the front corner of the instrument panel on the driver s side You can see it if you look through the windshield from outside your vehicle The VIN also appears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Parts labels and the certificates of title and registration 441 Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code This code will help you identify your vehicle s engine specifications and replacement parts Service Parts Identification Label You will find this label on your spare tire cover It is very helpful if you ever need to order parts On this label you will find the following e VIN e Model designation e Paint information e Production options and special equipment Do not remove this label from the
52. Control on page 173 for more information If your vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control ACC after a few seconds this message clears and the message SET SPD XX displays at the bottom of the DIC See SET SPD Speed later in this section DRIVER DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the driver s door is not closed completely Make sure that the driver s door is closed completely ENGINE HOT A C Air Conditioning OFF This message displays when the engine coolant becomes hotter than the normal operating temperature See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 226 To avoid added strain on a hot engine the air conditioning compressor automatically turns off When the coolant temperature returns to normal the air conditioning compressor turns back on You can continue to drive your vehicle If this message continues to appear have the system repaired by your dealer as soon as possible to avoid damage to the engine ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE Notice lf you drive your vehicle while the engine is overheating severe engine damage may occur If an overheat warning appears on the instrument panel cluster and or DIC stop the vehicle as soon as possible Do not increase the engine speed above normal idling speed See Engine Overheating on page 369 for more information This message displays when the engine coolant temperature is too hot Stop and allow the vehicle
53. Cruise Control limitations in curves it may respond to a vehicle in another lane or may not have time to react to a vehicle in your lane You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you or lose control of your vehicle Give extra attention in curves and be ready to use the brakes if necessary Select an appropriate speed while driving in curves Adaptive Cruise Control may operate differently in a sharp curve It may reduce your speed if the curve is too sharp When following a vehicle and entering a curve Adaptive Cruise Control could lose track of the vehicle in your lane and accelerate your vehicle When this happens the Vehicle Ahead symbol will not appear Adaptive Cruise Control may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brakes Adaptive Cruise Control may occasionally provide a driver alert and or braking that you consider unnecessary It could respond to signs guardrails and other stationary objects when entering or exiting a curve This is normal operation Your vehicle does not need service 183 Highway Exit Ramps A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control may lose track of the vehicle ahead and accelerate up to your set speed while entering or on highway exit ramps You could be startled by this acceleration and even lose control of the vehicle Disengage Adaptive Cruise Control before entering a highway exit ramp Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control while entering or on exit ramps
54. If the UFRPA system will not activate due toa temporary condition the message PARKING ASSIST OFF will be displayed on the DIC and a red light will be shown on the rear UFRPA display when the shift lever is moved into REVERSE R This occurs under the following conditions 200 The driver disables the system See DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 The parking brake pedal is depressed A trailer was attached to your vehicle or a bicycle or an object was hanging out of your trunk during your last drive when you turned off the vehicle If the attached objects are removed from your vehicle before the start of your next drive the system will return to normal operation unless an object is detected when the vehicle is shifted out of park If this occurs you will have to wait until the vehicle is driven forward above 15 mph 25 km h before UFRPA will return to normal operation A bicycle or an object is attached to the front bumper during your last drive when you turned off the vehicle If the attached objects are removed from your vehicle before the start of your next drive the system will return to normal unless an object is detected when the vehicle is shifted out of park If this occurs UFRPA will return to normal operation when the vehicle is driven forward above 15 mph 25 km h The ultrasonic sensors are not kept clean So be sure to keep your vehicle s front and rear bumpers free of mud dirt snow ice and slush For c
55. Is On Steady following If the light continues to flash when it is safe to do so stop the vehicle Find a safe place to park your vehicle Turn the key off wait at least 10 seconds and restart the engine If the light remains on steady see If the Light Is On Steady following If the light is still flashing follow the previous steps and see your dealer for service as soon as possible If the Light Is On Steady You may be able to correct the emission system malfunction by considering the following Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle If so reinstall the fuel cap making sure to fully install the cap See Filling the Tank on page 352 The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed A loose or missing fuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere A few driving trips with the cap properly installed should turn the light off Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water If so your electrical system may be wet The condition will usually be corrected when the electrical system dries out A few driving trips should turn the light off Have you recently changed brands of fuel If so be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 349 Poor fuel quality will cause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed You may notice this as stalling after start up stalling when you put the vehicle into gear misfir
56. Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 11 Heated Steering Wheel Your vehicle may have a heated steering wheel The button for this feature is located on the steering wheel Press the button to turn the heated steering wheel on or off A light on the button will display while the feature is turned on The steering wheel will take about three minutes to start heating 159 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever e Windshield Washer See Windshield Washer on page 168 e lt gt Heated Washer Fluid See Windshield Washer on page 168 Turn and Lane Change Signals To signal a turn move the lever all the way up or down The lever returns automatically when the turn is complete If you momentarily press and release the lever the turn signal will flash 3 times The lever on the left side of the steering column An arrow on the includes the following instrument panel cluster and in the outside e Turn and Lane Change Signals See rearview mirror will flash Turn and Lane Change Signals on page 160 in the direction of the e D Headlamp High Low Beam Changer See turn or lane change Headlamp High Low Beam Changer on age 161 in eee Feat re See Fiash to Passoh Raise or lower the lever until the arrow starts to page 165 flash to signal a lane change Hold it there until the lane change is complete The lever returns e amp Windshield Wipers See Windshield Wipers when it is released on page 166 160 If the tur
57. MyGMLink com on the web for updated information and to register your vehicle My GM Canada Canada only My GM Canada is a password protected section of gmcanada com where you can save information on GM vehicles get personalized offers and use handy tools and forms with greater ease Here are a few of the valuable tools and services you will have access to My Showroom Find and save information on vehicles and current offers in your area My Dealers Retailers Save details such as address and phone number for each of your preferred GM Dealers or Retailers My Driveway Receive service reminders and helpful advice on owning and maintaining your vehicle My Preferences Manage your profile subscribe to E News and use tools and forms with greater ease To sign up to My GM Canada visit the My GM Canada section within www gmcanada com 477 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users To assist customers who are deaf hard of hearing or speech impaired and who use Text Telephones TTYs Cadillac has TTY equipment available at its Customer Assistance Center Any TTY user can communicate with Cadillac by dialing 1 800 833 CMCC 2622 TTY users in Canada can dial 1 800 263 3830 Customer Assistance Offices Cadillac encourages customers to call the toll free number for assistance However if a customer wishes to write or e mail Cadillac refer to the addresses below United States Cus
58. Press the customization button until the DISPLAY IN ENGLISH screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to select English as the language in which all DIC messages will appear DISPLAY LANGUAGE This feature allows you to select the language in which the DIC messages will appear Press the customization button until the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings ENGLISH default All messages will appear in English DEUTSCH German All messages will appear in German FRANCAIS French All messages will appear in French ESPANOL Spanish All messages will appear in Spanish JAPANESE All messages will appear in Japanese ARABIC All messages will appear in Arabic NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it AUTO DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select when the vehicle s doors will automatically lock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 100 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following set
59. Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly They are under pressure and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap even a little they can come out at high speed Never turn the cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is hot Wait for the cooling system and coolant surge tank pressure cap to cool if you ever have to turn the pressure cap A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine set for the proper coolant mixture With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant 1 You can remove the coolant surge tank pressure cap when the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap and upper radiator hose is no longer hot OPE sete ori oy Notice In cold weather water can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts Use the
60. System Operation With Three Round LED 141 Universal Home Remote System Operation With One Triangular LED 06 146 Storage Areas eee 150 Glove BOX ccccceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaees 150 Cupholder S siccccnicsdsveueeicsesncersa inventive 150 Coinholder S ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 150 Center Console Storage Area a 150 Center Flex Storage Unit 0 eeeee 151 Rear Seat Armrest cccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Convenience Net cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 151 SUNMOOP srein ia aa desea deta 152 Keys A CAUTION Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons They could operate the power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move The children or others could be badly injured or even killed Do not leave the keys in a vehicle with children 89 Master Key Valet Key There is a master key that can be used for the driver s door ignition and glove box There is also a valet key which only operates the driver s door and the ignition 90 Notice If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle you may have to damage the vehicle to get in Be sure you have spare keys In an emergency contact Cadillac Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 480 If your vehicle is equipped with the OnStar system with an active subscription and you lock your keys inside the vehicle
61. System Parts After a Crash A CAUTION A crash can damage the restraint systems in your vehicle A damaged restraint system may not properly protect the person using it resulting in serious injury or even death in a crash To help make sure your restraint systems are working properly after a crash have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as possible If you have had a crash do you need new belts or LATCH system parts After a very minor collision nothing may be necessary But if the belts were stretched as they would be if worn during a more severe crash then you need new parts If the LATCH system was being used during a more severe crash you may need new LATCH system parts If belts are cut or damaged replace them Collision damage also may mean you will need to have LATCH system safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the belt or LATCH system was not being used at the time of the collision If an airbag inflates you will need to replace airbag system parts See the part on the airbag system earlier in this section If the frontal airbags inflate you will also need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assembly Be sure to do so Then the new retractor assembly will be there to help protect you in a collision After a crash you may need to replace the driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor
62. The person wearing the belt could 4 Buckle position and release the safety belt as described in Rear Seat Passengers on CAUTION Continued page 34 Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses the shoulder 38 To remove and store the comfort guide squeeze the belt edges together so that you can take them out of the guide Slide the guide into its storage pocket on the top of the seatback Safety Belt Pretensioners Your vehicle has safety belt pretensioners for the driver and right front passenger Although you cannot see them they are part of the safety belt assembly They help tighten the safety belts during the early stages of a moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met And if your vehicle has side impact airbags safety belt pretensioners can help tighten the safety belts in a side crash Pretensioners work only once If they activate in a crash you will need to get new ones and probably other new parts for your safety belt system See Replacing Restraint System Parts After a Crash on page 85 Safety Belt Extender If the vehicle s safety belt will fasten around you you should use it But if a safety belt is not long enough your dealer will order you an extender When you go in to order it take the heaviest coat you will wear so the extender will be long enough for you To help avoid personal injury do not let someone else use it an
63. Tiros sessesniconinnnsraen 412 Different Size Tires and Wheels 414 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 000 414 Section 5 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance 416 Wheel Replacement acens 416 Tire Chains ss ctvsiistivie lenin ies 418 If a Tire Goes Flat 0 419 Changing a Flat Tire ee eeeeeees 420 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 421 Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire eee 423 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 429 Spare WiC sirecseiwedgesde ie tiiviwlveei ences 430 Appearance Care ow eee 431 Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle 431 Fabric Carpet cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeateeeeeeeeees 433 LO ATNON orririk iaaiiai 434 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces ceee 434 Wood Panels csiacccecasaeatecesesantet captencenastnrcess 435 Speaker Covers cccccccceceeeeceteeeeeeeeeeees 435 Care of Safety Belts eres 435 Weather stripS eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 435 Washing Your Vehicle 0c 435 Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses 436 FINISH Care wsiseetieceransceinesseeeetiaeennecsaytweeceens 436 346 Service and Appearance Care Windshield and Wiper Blades 437 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 438 TIVES ononaria EEEN 439 Sheet Metal Damage aeee 439 Finish Damage cceccseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 439 Underbody Maint
64. When you use the Virtual Advisor feature of OnStar Hands Free Calling your vehicle also sends OnStar your GPS location so that we can provide you with location based services 137 OnStar service cannot work unless your vehicle is in a place where OnStar has an agreement with a wireless service provider for service in that area OnStar service also cannot work unless you are in a place where the wireless service provider OnStar has hired for that area has coverage network capacity and reception when the service is needed and technology that is compatible with the OnStar service Not all services are available everywhere particularly in remote or enclosed areas or at all times OnStar service that involves location information about your vehicle cannot work unless GPS satellite signals are unobstructed and available in that place as well 138 Your vehicle must have a working electrical system including adequate battery power for the OnStar equipment to operate There are other problems OnStar cannot control that may prevent OnStar from providing OnStar service to you at any particular time or place Some examples are damage to important parts of your vehicle in an accident hills tall buildings tunnels weather or wireless phone network congestion Your Responsibility You may need to increase the volume of your radio to hear the OnStar advisor If the light next to the OnStar buttons is red
65. a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools A CAUTION Storing a jack a tire or other equipment in the passenger compartment of the vehicle could cause injury In a sudden stop or collision loose equipment could strike someone Store all these in the proper place After you have put the spare tire on your vehicle store the flat tire in your trunk Store the flat tire as far forward in the trunk as possible Store the jack and wheel wrench in their compartment in the trunk For storage the jack must be raised until the screw end is flush with the edge of the jack The compact spare is for temporary use only Replace the compact spare tire with a full size tire as soon as you can A Cover E Jack Container B Wing Nut F Spare Tire C Retainer G Bolt D Jack and Wheel Wrench 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 102 2 Reinstall the spare tire F making sure to line up the wheel center hole with the bolt G and place it on the compartment floor 429 3 Insert the jack container E into the spare tire F Then insert the jack and wheel wrench D into the center of the spare tire making sure to line up the wheel nut hole with the bolt G on the compartment floor 4 Secure the spare tire and the jack container with the retainer C and then the wing nut B 5 Reinstall the spare tire cover A Spare Tire Compact Spare Tire Your vehicle may have a compact spare tire Although the compact spare tire was
66. a Radio Data System RDS The RDS feature is available for use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS information This system relies upon receiving specific information from these stations and only works when the information is available While the radio is tuned to an FM RDS station the station name or call letters display In rare cases a radio station can broadcast incorrect information that causes the radio features to work improperly If this happens contact the radio station XM Satellite Radio Service XM is a satellite radio service that is based in the 48 contiguous United States and Canada XM offers a large variety of coast to coast channels including music news sports talk traffic weather U S subscribers and children s programming XM provides digital quality audio and text information that includes song title and artist name A service fee is required in order to receive the XM service For more information contact XM in the U S at www xmradio com or call 1 800 852 XMXM 9696 or in Canada at www xmradio ca or call 1 877 GET XMSR 438 9677 Playing the Radio Power Volume Press this knob to turn the system on and off Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume Speed Compensated Volume SCV The radio has with Speed Compensated Volume SCV When SCV is on the radio volume automatically adjusts to compensate for road and wind noise as you
67. a child restraint in the right front passenger s position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be attached or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached There is no place to attach the top tether in this position Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat See Where to Put the Restraint on page 51 for additional information Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the LATCH System A CAUTION If a LATCH type child restraint is not attached to anchors the restraint will not be able to protect the child correctly In a crash the child could be seriously injured or killed Make sure that a LATCH type child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure the restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual A CAUTION Each top tether anchor and lower anchor in the vehicle is designed to hold only one child restraint Attaching more than one child restraint to a single anchor could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or even break during a crash A child or others could be injured if this happens To help prevent injury to people and damage to your vehicle attach only one child restraint per anchor 57 A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strang
68. again Never store objects on the rear shelf because they may get caught in the sunshade or be tossed about in your vehicle 108 Theft Deterrent Systems Vehicle theft is big business especially in some cities Although your vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features we know that nothing we put on it can make it impossible to steal Valet Lockout Switch The valet lockout switch is located inside the glove box Off Press this side of the button to turn the lockout feature off When the lockout feature is off you can open the trunk using either the keyless entry transmitter or the trunk release button located near the headlamp switch on the instrument panel On Press this side of the button to turn the lockout feature on When the lockout feature is turned on the trunk cannot be unlocked with the keyless entry transmitter or the trunk release button located near the headlamp switch on the instrument panel If the valet lockout feature is on it will also disable the Universal Home Remote transmitter if equipped Locking the glove box with your key will also help to secure your vehicle See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 and Trunk on page 102 for additional information Content Theft Deterrent The security light is located on the instrument panel cluster If the ignition is off and any door is open the security light will flash reminding you to arm the system To
69. air delivery mode pressing the up arrow button will cancel automatic operation and place the system in manual mode 74 Vent This mode directs air to the upper outlets 74 Bi Level This mode directs half the air to the upper outlets and the other half to the floor outlets 4 Floor This mode directs the air to the floor outlets For more information on how to use the front climate control system see Dual Climate Control System on page 204 For more information on the air outlets see Outlet Adjustment on page 210 Be sure to keep the area under the front seats clear of any objects so that the air inside of your vehicle can circulate effectively Passenger Compartment Air Filter The passenger compartment air filter traps most of the pollen from the air entering your vehicle Like your vehicle s engine air cleaner filter it may need to be changed periodically For how often to change the passenger compartment air filter see Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 To access the passenger compartment air filter do the following 1 Use a tool to gently pry the cover up If your vehicle has tabs that allow you to unlatch the cover with your fingers you will not need a tool for this step The access panel for the passenger compartment air filter is located under the hood near the windshield on the passenger s side of the vehicle 213 2 Then insert a tool behind the push pin located on the in
70. airbag will inflate if the crash severity is above the system s designed threshold level The threshold level can vary with specific vehicle design Side impact airbags are not intended to inflate in many frontal or near frontal impacts rollovers or rear impacts Both roof mounted side impact airbags will deploy when either side of the vehicle is struck In any particular crash no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated simply because of the damage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costs were For frontal airbags inflation is determined by what the vehicle hits the angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicle slows down For side impact airbags inflation is determined by the location and severity of the impact What Makes an Airbag Inflate In an impact of sufficient severity the airbag sensing system detects that the vehicle is ina crash The sensing system triggers a release of gas from the inflator which inflates the airbag The inflator airbag and related hardware are all part of the airbag modules Frontal airbag modules are located inside the steering wheel and the instrument panel For vehicles with seat mounted side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the side of the front seatbacks closest to the door For vehicles with roof mounted side impact airbags there are also airbag modules in the ceiling of the vehicle near the side window How Does an Airbag Restrain In modera
71. arm the system do the following 1 Open the door 2 Lock the door using the power door lock switch with the door open or the remote keyless entry transmitter The security light should come on and stay on 3 Close all the doors The security light should go off within approximately 30 seconds If a door or the trunk is opened without a key or a remote keyless entry transmitter the horn will sound and the lamps will flash for about 30 seconds 109 The theft deterrent system will not arm if you lock the doors with a key or use the manual door lock It activates only if you use a power door lock with the door open or the remote keyless entry transmitter To avoid activating the alarm by accident do the following e The vehicle should be locked with the door key or the manual door lock after the doors are closed if you do not want to arm the theft deterrent system e Always unlock a door with a key or use the remote keyless entry transmitter system Pressing the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter disables the theft deterrent system Unlocking a door any other way will activate the alarm when a door or the trunk is opened If you activate the alarm by accident unlock the driver s door with your key You can also turn off the alarm by using the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter system or by starting the car with a valid key 110 Changes or modifications made to this system b
72. as Remote Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance may not be available until you register with OnStar 135 Available Services with Safe amp Sound Plan e Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment e Advanced Automatic Crash Notification AACN If equipped e Link to Emergency Services e Roadside Assistance e Stolen Vehicle Location Assistance e AccidentAssist e Remote Door Unlock Vehicle Alert e OnStar Vehicle Diagnostics e GM Goodwrench On Demand Diagnostics e OnStar Hands Free Calling with 30 complimentary minutes e OnStar Virtual Advisor 136 Available Services included with Directions amp Connections Plan e All Safe and Sound Plan Services e Driving Directions Advisor delivered or OnStar Turn by Turn Navigation If equipped e RideAssist e Information and Convenience Services OnStar Hands Free Calling OnStar Hands Free Calling allows eligible OnStar subscribers to make and receive calls using voice commands Hands Free Calling is fully integrated into the vehicle and can be used with OnStar Pre Paid Minute Packages Hands Free Calling may also be linked to a Verizon Wireless service plan depending on eligibility To find out more refer to the OnStar Owner s Guide in the vehicle s glove box visit www onstar com or www onstar ca or speak with an OnStar advisor by pressing the OnStar button or calling 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 OnStar Virtual Advisor
73. assemblies even if the frontal airbags have not deployed The driver and front passenger s safety belt retractor assemblies contain the safety belt pretensioners Have your safety belt pretensioners checked if your vehicle has been in a collision or if your airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle or while you are driving See Airbag Readiness Light on page 219 85 4 NOTES 86 Section 2 Features and Controls KEYS sirini cudaacepecvedeasdelaccunsdeovseiseeseeosy 89 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System 91 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation cccccecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 92 Doors and Locks cccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 98 Door LOCKS sieciice2cvisedeedicshsencctceaceececsssadesesace 98 Central Door Unlocking System 00 99 Power Door LOCKS ccccceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeueas 99 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 100 Rear Door Security LOCKS ecese 100 Lockout Protection sisirain 101 BUNK too osscet actrees eo eet ease Stes 102 WMG OWS ies vcccs se tehcivcovcewietnedneis eaaa a 104 Power WIndOWS c ccccceceeseseeseeaeeeseeeueas 105 Sun V SOTS aeeeeererrerinrrrrrererreern 107 Theft Deterrent Systems 00 108 Valet Lockout Switch eccere 108 Content Theft Deterrent 0 ee 109 PASS Key I cccccccescssessesscseseessceeneees 111 PASS Key Ill Operation cccccccceeeee 112 Starting and Operating Your Vehi
74. automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes These brushes can also damage the surface of these wheels Tires To clean the tires use a stiff brush with tire cleaner Notice Using petroleum based tire dressing products on your vehicle may damage the paint finish and or tires When applying a tire dressing always wipe off any overspray from all painted surfaces on your vehicle Sheet Metal Damage If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metal repair or replacement make sure the body repair shop applies anti corrosion material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide the corrosion protection while maintaining the warranty Finish Damage Any stone chips fractures or deep scratches in the finish should be repaired right away Bare metal will corrode quickly and may develop into major repair expense Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch up materials available from your dealer Larger areas of finish damage can be corrected in your dealer s body and paint shop Underbody Maintenance Chemicals used for ice and snow removal and dust control can collect on the underbody If these are not removed corrosion and rust can develop on the underbody parts such as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have corrosion protection At least every spring flush these materials from the
75. capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle A 331 If your vehicle is a Professional Vehicle the vehicle specific Certification label is provided by the final stage manufacturer The coach builder should be consulted if the final stage manufacturer s label is not present The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR label should be on the drivers door edge If you do have a heavy load you should spread it out See Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit earlier in this section 332 A CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Notice Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not overload your vehicle If you put things inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they will go as fast as the vehicle goes If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the
76. changes the compass could give false readings To adjust for zone changes do the following 1 Find your current location and variance zone number on the zone map that follows Press and hold the auto highbeam button approximately six seconds until a zone number appears in the display Once the zone number appears in the display press the auto highbeam button quickly until you reach the correct zone number Stop pressing the button and the mirror will return to normal operation If C appears in the compass window the compass needs calibration See Compass Calibration listed previously 129 Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with a compass display The mirror also contains OnStar controls For more information see OnStar System on page 135 The mirror includes an eight point compass display in the upper right corner of the mirror face When on the compass automatically calibrates as the vehicle is driven 130 Mirror Operation cb On Off Press and hold the button located on the lower left side of the mirror face for about three seconds to turn the automatic dimming fe
77. child restraints Add on child restraints which are purchased by the vehicle s owner are available in four basic types Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child s weight height and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used For most basic types of child restraints there are many different models available When purchasing a child restraint be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle If it is the restraint will have a label saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety standards The restraint manufacturer s instructions that come with the restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular child restraint In addition there are many kinds of restraints available for children with special needs A CAUTION Newborn infants need complete support including support for the head and neck This is necessary because a newborn infant s neck is weak and its head weighs so much compared with the rest of its body In a crash an infant in a rear facing seat settles into the restraint so the crash forces can be distributed across the strongest part of an infant s body the back and shoulders Infants always should be secured in appropriate infant restraints A CAUTION Child Restraint Systems The body structure of a young child is quite unlike that of an adult or older child
78. cleaner filter at the Maintenance II intervals and replace it at the first oil change after each 50 000 mile 83 000 km interval See Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 for more information If you are driving in dusty dirty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter To inspect the air cleaner filter remove the filter from the vehicle and lightly shake the filter to release loose dust and dirt If the filter remains caked with dirt a new filter is required 362 To inspect or replace the filter do the following I gt f KY la SRS k Loosen and remove the two screws on the top of the engine air cleaner filter cover 2 Lift up the outboard side of the cover at an angle while pulling toward you This is necessary due to the two hinges located on the inboard side of the cover 3 Remove the engine air cleaner filter element and any loose debris that may be found in the air cleaner base 4 Inspect or replace the air filter element Follow these steps to reinstall the cover to the engine air cleaner filter housing 1 Align the two hinges located on the inboard side of the cover 2 Push the cover slightly down and towards the engine to engage the tabs in the hinges and align the two screws 3 Tighten the two screws on the top of the engine air cleaner filter housing cover A CAUTION Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter of
79. cold outside See Remote Vehicle Start under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 When the key is inserted into the ignition and the ignition is turned on the heated seat feature will turn off To turn the heated seat feature back on press the desired button Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel Your vehicle may have the memory package The controls for this feature are located on the driver s door panel and are used to program and recall memory settings for the driver s seat outside mirror and the steering wheel position if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature 11 To save your positions in memory do the following 1 Adjust the driver s seat including the seatback recliner and lumbar both outside mirrors and the steering wheel to a comfortable position 2 Press and hold button 1 until two beeps sound through the driver s side front speaker to let you know that the position has been stored A second seating mirror and steering wheel position can be programmed by repeating the above steps and pressing button 2 for a second driver To recall your memory positions the vehicle must be in PARK P Press and release either button 1 or button 2 corresponding to the desired driving position The seat outside mirrors and steering wheel will move to the position previously stored for the identified driver You will hear a single beep If you use th
80. dangerous Plain water or some other liquid such as alcohol can boil before the proper coolant mixture will Your vehicle s coolant warning system is set for the proper coolant mixture CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued With plain water or the wrong mixture your engine could get too hot but you would not get the overheat warning Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned Use a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant Notice If you use an improper coolant mixture your engine could overheat and be badly damaged The repair cost would not be covered by your warranty Too much water in the mixture can freeze and crack the engine radiator heater core and other parts If you have to add coolant more than two times a year have your dealer check your cooling system Notice If you use extra inhibitors and or additives in your vehicle s cooling system you could damage your vehicle Use only the proper mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the cooling system See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 for more information 367 Checking Coolant The engine coolant surge tank is located COLON toward the rear of Dy d the engine compartment on the passengers side of the vehicle For more information on location see Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 368 A CAUTION Turning the surge tank pressure cap when the
81. dealer To remove the child restraint just unbuckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger 66 Airbag System Your vehicle has the following airbags e A frontal airbag for the driver and another frontal airbag for the right front passenger and e A seat mounted side impact airbag for the driver and another for the right front passenger Your vehicle may also have the following airbags e A roof mounted side impact airbag for the driver and passenger directly behind the driver and e A roof mounted side impact airbag for the right front passenger and the person seated directly behind that passenger Airbags are designed to supplement the protection provided by safety belts Even though today s airbags are also designed to help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag all airbags must inflate very quickly to do their job Here are the most important things to know about the airbag system A CAUTION You can be severely injured or killed ina crash if you are not wearing your safety belt even if you have airbags Wearing your safety belt during a crash helps reduce your chance of hitting things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it Airbags are supplemental restraints to the safety belts All airbags are designed to work with safety belts but do not replace
82. decrease the set speed when Adaptive Cruise Control is already active Cancel Press this button to cancel adaptive cruise control GAP Increase Following Distance Press this button to increase the distance between your vehicle and other vehicles GAP Decrease Following Distance Press this button to decrease the distance between your vehicle and other vehicles Adaptive cruise control will not work if the master cylinder brake fluid level is low 176 Engaging Adaptive Cruise Control With the Set Button A CAUTION If you leave your Adaptive Cruise Control switch on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the Adaptive Cruise Control switch off until you want to use cruise control The set speed is selected by the driver This is the speed you will travel if there is no vehicle detected in your path To set Adaptive Cruise Control do the following 1 Press the On button 2 Get up to the speed you want 3 Press in the SET button and release it 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Once Adaptive Cruise Control is set it may immediately apply the brakes if it detects a vehicle ahead is too close or moving slower than your vehicle The on symbol is located on the display at the top of the instrument panel to the right of the driver When the on symbol is lit on the display i
83. dims only during nighttime driving 128 Compass Operation AUTO 2D Press and hold the auto highbeam button for approximately three seconds to turn the compass on or off When the ignition and the compass feature are on the compass will show two character boxes for about two seconds After two seconds the mirror will display the compass heading Compass Calibration If after two seconds the display does not show the correct direction N for North for example there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item The compass can be placed in calibration mode manually by pressing and holding the auto highbeam button for approximately nine seconds until a C is shown in the compass display The mirror can then be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction Compass Variance The mirror is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if the vehicle is driven outside zone eight Under certain circumstances such as a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust the compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic north and true geographic north If the mirror is not adjusted to account for zone
84. doors If enabled through the Driver Information Center DIC the parking lamps may flash once to indicate locking has occurred or the horn may chirp when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds from the previous press of the lock button See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 for additional information If the vehicle has the content theft deterrent system pressing the lock button may also arm it See Content Theft Deterrent on page 109 m Unlock Press the unlock button to unlock the driver s door If the button is pressed again within five seconds all remaining doors will unlock The interior lamps will come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on If enabled through the DIC the parking lamps can be programmed to come on for a set amount of time when the vehicle is unlocked using the RKE transmitter See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 Pressing the unlock button on the RKE transmitter may disarm the content theft deterrent system See Content Theft Deterrent on page 109 Remote Trunk Release Press and hold this button for about one second to release the trunk lid The transaxle must be in PARK P for this feature to operate amp Vehicle Locator Panic Alarm Press and release this button to locate your vehicle The turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound three times Press and hold this button for more than two seconds to activate the panic alarm The
85. engine and radiator are hot can allow steam and scalding liquids to blow out and burn you badly Never turn the surge tank pressure cap even a little when the engine and radiator are hot The vehicle must be on a level surface When your engine is cold the coolant level should be at the FULL COLD mark located on the side of the surge tank that faces the engine Adding Coolant If you need more coolant add the proper DEX COOL coolant mixture at the coolant surge tank but only when the engine is cool A CAUTION You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Coolant contains ethylene glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough Do not spill coolant on a hot engine When replacing the pressure cap make sure to turn the cap until it clicks Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap Notice If the pressure cap is not tightly installed coolant loss and possible engine damage may occur Be sure the cap is properly and tightly secured See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on location Engine Overheating You will find an ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE message or an ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE message displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information You will also hear a chime There is also an engine temperature warning light and or gage on the instrument panel cluster See Engine Coolant
86. for important safety information when using remote start in a closed garage Remote Start Ready If your vehicle does not have the remote vehicle start feature it may have the remote start ready feature This feature allows your dealer to add the manufacturers remote vehicle start feature See your dealer if you would like to add the manufacturer s remote vehicle start feature to your vehicle 98 Doors and Locks Door Locks A CAUTION Unlocked doors can be dangerous e Passengers especially children can easily open the doors and fall out of a moving vehicle When a door is locked the handle will not open it You increase the chance of being thrown out of the vehicle in a crash if the doors are not locked So wear safety belts properly and lock the doors whenever you drive Young children who get into unlocked vehicles may be unable to get out A child can be overcome by extreme heat and can suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Always lock your vehicle whenever you leave it CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued e Outsiders can easily enter through an unlocked door when you slow down or stop your vehicle Locking your doors can help prevent this from happening There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle Because your vehicle has the theft deterrent system you must unlock the doors with the key or remote keyless entry transmitter to avoid setting off the alarm
87. for whom the safety belts are designed A young child s hip bones are still so small that the vehicle s regular safety belt may not remain low on the hip bones as it should Instead it may settle up around the child s abdomen In a crash the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure This alone could cause serious or fatal injuries Young children always should be secured in appropriate child restraints An infant car bed A a special bed made for use in a motor vehicle is an infant restraint system designed to restrain or position a child on a continuous flat surface Make sure that the infant s head rests toward the center of the vehicle 47 A rear facing infant seat B provides restraint A forward facing child seat C E provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the for the child s body with the harness and also infant The harness system holds the infant sometimes with surfaces such as T shaped in place and in a crash acts to keep the infant or shelf like shields positioned in the restraint 48 Q How Should I Use a Child Restraint A A child restraint system is any device designed for use in a motor vehicle to restrain seat or position children A built in child restraint system is a permanent part of the motor vehicle An add on child restraint system is a portable one which is purchased by the vehicle s owner To help reduce in
88. fully inflated when the vehicle was new it can lose air after a time Check the inflation pressure regularly It should be 60 psi 420 kPa After installing the compact spare on the vehicle stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare tire is correctly inflated The compact spare is made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph 105 km h for distances up to 3 000 miles 5 000 km so you can finish your trip and have the full size tire repaired or replaced at your convenience 430 Of course it is best to replace the spare with a full size tire as soon as possible The spare tire will last longer and be in good shape in case it is needed again Notice When the compact spare is installed do not take your vehicle through an automatic car wash with guide rails The compact spare can get caught on the rails That can damage the tire and wheel and maybe other parts of your vehicle Do not use the compact spare on other vehicles And do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel with other wheels or tires They will not fit Keep the spare tire and its wheel together Notice Tire chains will not fit your compact spare Using them can damage your vehicle and can damage the chains too Do not use tire chains on your compact spare Spare Tire Your vehicle may have a spare tire which when new was fully inflated A spare tire may lose air over time so check its inflation pressure regularly See Inflation Tire Pressure
89. gear to keep the vehicle s speed down Applying the brake or shifting into a lower gear ends cruise control If you need to apply the brake or shift to a lower gear due to the grade of the downhill slope you might not want to attempt to use the cruise control feature Ending Cruise Control To turn off the cruise control step lightly on the brake pedal or press the cancel button on the steering wheel Erasing Speed Memory When you turn off the cruise control or the ignition your cruise control set speed memory is erased Adaptive Cruise Control If your vehicle has this feature be sure to read this entire section before using it The system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to u
90. get all the rust or dirt off See Changing a Flat Tire on page 420 When It Is Time for New Tires One way to tell when it is time for new tires is to check the treadwear indicators which will appear when your tires have only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm or less of tread remaining You need a new tire if any of the following statements are true You can see the indicators at three or more places around the tire You can see cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber The tread or sidewall is cracked cut or snagged deep enough to show cord or fabric The tire has a bump bulge or split The tire has a puncture cut or other damage that cannot be repaired well because of the size or location of the damage 411 Buying New Tires GM has developed and matched specific tires for your vehicle The original equipment tires installed on your vehicle when it was new were designed to meet General Motors Tire Performance Criteria Specification TPC spec system rating If you need replacement tires GM strongly recommends that you get tires with the same TPC Spec rating This way your vehicle will continue to have tires that are designed to give the same performance and vehicle safety during normal use as the original tires GM s exclusive TPC Spec system considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall performance of your vehicle including brake system performance ride and handling tractio
91. go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane Backing Up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move that hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you Making Turns Notice Making very sharp turns while trailering could cause the trailer to come in contact with the vehicle Your vehicle could be damaged Avoid making very sharp turns while trailering When you are turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer will not strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle may need a different turn signal flasher and or extra wiring Check with your dealer The arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly hooked up the trailer lamps will also flash telling other drivers you are about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signal when they are not It is important to check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working Driving on Gr
92. have a somewhat lower BAC level There is a gender difference too Women generally have a lower relative percentage of body water than men Since alcohol is carried in body water this means that a woman generally will reach a higher BAC level than a man of her same body weight will when each has the same number of drinks The law in most U S states and throughout Canada sets the legal limit at 0 08 percent In some other countries the limit is even lower For example it is 0 05 percent in both France and Germany The BAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United States is 0 04 percent The BAC will be over 0 10 percent after three to six drinks in one hour Of course as we have seen it depends on how much alcohol is in the drinks and how quickly the person drinks them But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of 0 10 percent Research shows that the driving skills of many people are impaired at a BAC approaching 0 05 percent and that the effects are worse at night All drivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0 05 percent Statistics show that the chance of being in a collision increases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of 0 05 percent or above A driver with a BAC level of 0 06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having a collision Ata BAC level of 0 10 percent the chance of this driver having a collision is 12 times greater at a level of 0 15 percent the chance is 25 times greater The bo
93. less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash 25 Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body Ses ss f LIN A The shoulder belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way 26 Q What is wrong with this A The lap belt is too loose It will not give nearly as much protection this way A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your lap belt is too loose In a crash you could slide under the lap belt and apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs 27 Q What is wrong with this A The belt is buckled in the wrong place 28 A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in the wrong place like this In a crash the belt would go up over your abdomen The belt forces wou
94. on one CD or all CDs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following e To play the tracks in random order from the CD that is currently playing press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize Current Disc displays Press the pushbutton again to turn off random play e To play tracks from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon anda message showing disc and or track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found displays Playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc Your vehicle s radio system may have the MP3 feature If it has this feature it is capable of playing an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc For more information on how to play an MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW disc see Using an MP3 on page 280 later in this section CD Messages DISC ERROR If this message displays and or the CD ejects it could be for one of the following reason
95. operating automatically even at near freezing outside temperatures Press the A C button on the fan control to turn off the A C For improved window clearing performance in defog or defrost modes the A C compressor will run automatically lt AUTO RECIRCULATION If the AUTO position is selected on either the fan or mode control the system will automatically control the air inlet to supply fresh outside air or recirculate the interior air to cool the car faster The indicator light on the recirculation button will light whenever the system switches to recirculation You may force outside air by pressing the recirculation button when the light is lit For vehicles without rear climate controls press the outside air button to force outside air The next time AUTO fan or mode is selected the air inlet will reset back to AUTO operation 205 Manual Operation S Fan Turn the left control either to the left or right to adjust the fan speed Turning this control completely counterclockwise will turn on the automatic fan operation Turning this control to the O position will turn the climate control system off If the airflow seems low when the fan speed is at the highest setting the passenger compartment air filter may need to be replaced See Passenger Compartment Air Filter on page 213 Off Turn the left control to this position to turn the entire climate control system off To change the current mode selec
96. or ignite e They contain enough electricity to burn you If you do not follow these steps exactly some or all of these things can hurt you 384 Notice Ignoring these steps could result in costly damage to your vehicle that would not be covered by your warranty Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling it will not work and it could damage your vehicle 1 Check the other vehicle It must have a 12 volt battery with a negative ground system Notice If the other vehicle s system is not a 12 volt system with a negative ground both vehicles can be damaged Only use vehicles with 12 volt systems with negative grounds to jump start your vehicle 2 Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cables can reach but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other If they are it could cause a ground connection you do not want You would not be able to start your vehicle and the bad grounding could damage the electrical systems To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling set the parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved in the jump start procedure Put an automatic transaxle in PARK P or a manual transaxle in NEUTRAL before setting the parking brake Notice lf you leave your radio or other accessories on during the jump starting procedure they could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always turn off your radio and other accessories when jump starting your vehicle
97. other For better radio reception most AM radio stations will boost the power levels during the day and then reduce these levels during the night Static can also occur when things like storms and power lines interfere with radio reception When this happens try reducing the treble on your radio FM Stereo FM stereo will give the best sound but FM signals will reach only about 10 to 40 miles 16 to 65 km Tall buildings or hills can interfere with FM signals causing the sound to fade in and out XM Satellite Radio Service XM Satellite Radio Service gives digital radio reception from coast to coast in the 48 contiguous United States and in Canada Just as with FM tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals causing the sound to fade in and out In addition traveling or standing under heavy foliage bridges garages or tunnels may cause loss of XM signal for a period of time The radio may display NO XM SIGNAL to indicate interference 291 Cellular Phone Usage Cellular phone usage may cause interference with your vehicle s radio This interference may occur when making or receiving phone calls charging the phone s battery or simply having the phone on This interference is an increased level of static while listening to the radio If static is received while listening to the radio unplug the cellular phone and turn it off Care of Your CDs Handle CDs carefully Store them in
98. page 452 Notice Do not add too much oil If the engine has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross hatched area that shows the proper operating range the engine could be damaged 358 See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for the location of the engine oil fill cap Le PALA SAE 5W 30 AR Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove it Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere in the proper operating range in the cross hatched area Push the dipstick all the way back in when you are through What Kind of Engine Oil to Use RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY GRADE ENGINE OILS HOT WEATHER FIT c LOOK FOR THIS SYMBOL AND GM STANDARD GM6094M DO NOT USE SAE 10W 40 SAE 20W 50 OR ANY OTHER VISCOSITY GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED COLD WEATHER Look for two things GM6094M Your vehicle s engine requires oil meeting GM Standard GM6094M You should look for and use only an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M SAE 5W 30 As shown in the viscosity chart SAE 5W 30 is best for your vehicle These numbers on an oil container show its viscosity or thickness Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 20W 50 Oils meeting these requirements should also have the starburst symbol on the container This symbol indicates that the oil has been certified by the American Petroleum Institute API You should look for this information on the oil container and use only those oil
99. power outlets are designed for accessory power plugs only 202 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter Notice If you put papers pins or other flammable items in the ashtray hot cigarettes or other smoking materials could ignite them and possibly damage your vehicle Never put flammable items in the ashtray Front Ashtray With the full floor console the ashtray is located below the climate control system To open push down and then release the cover To clean the ashtray push the lip of the ashtray to remove it Push the opposite side of the ashtray s lip to install For vehicles without the floor console pull the tray located below the climate controls to reveal the ashtray The ashtray can be removed by pulling on the ledge located at the top of the ashtray Rear Ashtray The ashtrays are located on the door armrests To use an ashtray lift the lid Cigarette Lighter Notice Holding a cigarette lighter in while it is heating will not allow the lighter to back away from the heating element when it is hot Damage from overheating may occur to the lighter or heating element or a fuse could be blown Do not hold a cigarette lighter in while it is heating The cigarette lighter is located near the front ashtray Press the lighter all the way in and release it It will pop back out by itself once the element has heated for use Cigarette lighters can be used to provide electrical power to accessories See Accessory P
100. previous folder functions do not display on a CD R that was recorded without folders or playlists When displaying the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT When the CD R contains only playlists and compressed audio files but no folders all files are located under the root folder The folder down and 282 the folder up buttons search playlists Px first and then goes to the root folder When the radio displays the name of the folder the radio displays ROOT Order of Play Tracks recorded to the CD R play in the following order e Play begins from the first track in the first playlist and continues sequentially through all tracks in each playlist When the last track of the last playlist has played play continues from the first track of the first playlist Playlists can be changed by pressing the next and previous folder button the seek buttons or turning the tuner knob e Play begins from the first track in the first folder and continues sequentially through all tracks in each folder When the last track of the last folder has played play continues from the first track of the first folder When play enters a new folder the display does not automatically show the new folder name unless the folder mode has been chosen as the default display The new track name displays File System and Naming The song name that displays is the song name that is contained in the ID3 tag If the song name is not present i
101. program is free of charge and your case will generally be heard within 40 days If you do not agree with the decision given in your case you may reject it and proceed with any other venue for relief available to you You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll free telephone number or write them at the following address BBB Auto Line Program Council of Better Business Bureaus Inc 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington VA 22203 1838 Telephone 1 800 955 5100 This program is available in all 50 states and the District of Columbia Eligibility is limited by vehicle age mileage and other factors General Motors reserves the right to change eligibility limitations and or discontinue its participation in this program 475 STEP THREE Canadian Owners General Motors Participation in the Mediation Arbitration Program In the event that you do not feel your concerns have been addressed after the following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two General Motors of Canada Limited wants you to be aware of its participation in a no charge mediation Arbitration program General Motors of Canada Limited has committed to binding arbitration of owner disputes involving factory related vehicle service claims The program provides for the review of the facts involved by an impartial third party arbiter and may include an informal hearing before the arbiter The program is designed so that the entire dispute se
102. rating is the maximum speed a tire is certified to carry a load Speed ratings range from A to Z 399 Tire Terminology and Definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional accessories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmission transaxle power steering power brakes power windows power seats and air conditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread 400 Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a t
103. recommended coolant and the proper coolant mixture Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise If you hear a hiss wait for that to stop A hiss means there is still some pressure left 2 Then keep turning the cap and remove it 375 4 6L L37 Engine shown 4 6L LD8 Engine similar 376 3 Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the FULL COLD mark on the side of the coolant surge tank 4 With the coolant surge tank cap off start the engine and let it run until you can feel the upper radiator hose getting hot Watch out for the engine cooling fans By this time the coolant level inside the coolant surge tank may be lower If the level is lower add more of the proper mixture to the coolant surge tank until the level reaches the FULL COLD mark on the side of the coolant surge tank Then replace the cap Be sure the cap is hand tight and fully seated gi Power Steering Fluid The power steering fluid reservoir is located next to the underhood fuse block on the passenger s side of the vehicle See Engine AM Compartment Overview a on page 356 for more information on location When to Check Power Steering Fluid It is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluid unless you suspect there is a leak in the system or you hear an unusual noise A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired How to Check Power Steering
104. right of the driver The Vehicle Ahead symbol will only appear when a vehicle is detected in your path If this symbol does not appear or disappears briefly Adaptive Cruise Control will not respond to vehicles you may see ahead 180 A CAUTION When the Adaptive Cruise Control radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt it may not detect a vehicle ahead Adaptive Cruise Control may not have time to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a collision Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control when the radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt Keep your radar clean See Cleaning the System later in this section Adaptive Cruise Control will automatically slow your vehicle down when approaching a slower moving vehicle It will then adjust your speed to follow the vehicle in front at the selected follow distance Your speed will increase or decrease to follow the vehicle in front of you but will not exceed the set speed It may apply limited braking if necessary When braking is active your brake lights will come on Braking may feel or sound different than if you were applying the brakes yourself This is normal Stationary or Very Slow Moving Objects A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control may not detect and react to stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects ahead of you You could crash into an object ahead of you Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control when approaching stationary or slow moving vehicles or other object
105. scratches and water spotting High pressure car washes may cause water to enter the vehicle Cleaning Exterior Lamps Lenses Use only lukewarm or cold water a soft cloth and a car washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicle on page 435 Finish Care Occasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle by hand may be necessary to remove residue from the paint finish GM approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 440 436 Notice Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a basecoat clearcoat paint finish may damage it Use only non abrasive waxes and polishes that are made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish on your vehicle The vehicle has a basecoat clearcoat paint finish The clearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the colored basecoat Always use waxes and polishes that are non abrasive and made for a basecoat clearcoat paint finish Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and other salts ice melting agents road oil and tar tree sap bird droppings chemicals from industrial chimneys etc can damage the vehicle s finish if they remain on painted surfaces Wash the vehicle as soon as possible If necessary use non abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging weather and chemical fallout that c
106. seat and in the lower storage bin See Center Console Storage Area on page 150 There are two accessory power outlets in the rear seat area located on the door armrests next to the ashtrays Your vehicle may have a small cap that must be removed to access the accessory power outlet If it does when not using the outlet be sure to cover it with the protective cap The accessory power outlet can be used at any time Notice Leaving electrical equipment on for extended periods will drain the battery Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating 201 Certain accessory power plugs may not be compatible to the accessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicle or adapter fuses If you experience a problem see your dealer for additional information on the accessory power outlets Notice Adding any electrical equipment to your vehicle may damage it or keep other components from working as they should The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not use equipment exceeding maximum amperage rating of 20 amperes Check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment Follow the proper installation instructions that are included with any electrical equipment you install Notice Improper use of the power outlet can cause damage not covered by your warranty Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug because the
107. seatback reclined if your vehicle is CAUTION Continued moving To raise a front seat head restraint pull up on the restraint To lower it press the button located on the top of the seatback and push the head restraint down Head Restraints To adjust the height of a rear seat head restraint pull up or push down on the restraint The front seat head restraints can also tilt forward and rearward The rear seat head restraints do not tilt Adjust the head restraint so that the top of the restraint is at the same height as the top of the occupant s head This position reduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash The height of all the head restraints can be adjusted 15 Center Seat Your vehicle may have a front center seat This seat can be converted to a storage area by lowering the seatback See Center Flex Storage Unit on page 151 For information on safety belts for this position see Center Front Passenger Position on page 33 Rear Seats Heated Seats Your vehicle may have heated rear seats To operate the rear heated seats the ignition must be on _ Heated Seatback Press this button to turn on the heated seatback The buttons are located on the rear doors e Heated Seat and Seatback Press this button to turn on the heated seat and seatback Press a button to turn on the desired feature A light on that button will display to show which feature
108. secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Put the child restraint on the seat 2 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 60 3 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 4 Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt If your child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 61 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure To remove the child restraint if the top tether is attached to the top tether anchor disconnect it Unbu
109. sensitivity setting level one This allows more rain or snow to collect on the windshield between wipes Turning the wiper band away from you to higher sensitivity levels increases the sensitivity of the system and frequency of wipes The highest sensitivity setting level five is closest to low A single wipe will occur each time you turn the wiper stalk to a higher sensitivity level to indicate that the sensitivity level has been increased Notice Going through an automatic car wash with the wipers on can damage them Turn the wipers off when going through an automatic car wash The mist and wash cycles operate as normal and are not affected by the Rainsense II function The Rainsense Il system can be overridden at any time by manually turning the wiper band to low or high speed When Rainsense II is active the headlamps will turn on automatically The headlamps will turn off again once the wipers turn off if it is light enough outside If it is dark they will remain on See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 190 for more information Notice Do not place stickers or other items on the exterior glass surface directly in front of the moisture sensor Doing this could cause the moisture sensor to malfunction 167 Windshield Washer A CAUTION In freezing weather do not use your washer until the windshield is warmed Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield blocking your vision lt
110. system and the Forward Collision Alert FCA system are disabled and need service See your dealer 247 SERVICE STABILITRAK Your vehicle may have a vehicle stabilit enhancement system called StabiliTrak See StabiliTrak System on page 305 This message displays if there has been a problem detected with the StabiliTrak system If this message comes on while you are driving pull off the road as soon as possible and stop carefully Try resetting the system by turning the ignition off then back on If this message still stays on or comes back on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service Have the StabiliTrak system inspected by your dealer as soon as possible SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS System This message displays when the magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control system is not operating properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer 248 SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM This message displays when there is a problem with the theft deterrent system programmed in the key A fault has been detected in the system which means that the system is disabled and it is not protecting the vehicle The vehicle usually restarts however you may want to take the vehicle to your dealer before turning off the engine See PASS Key Ill Operation on page 112 for more information SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM This message displays if a part on the Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system is not working pr
111. systems do not record sounds such as conversation of vehicle occupants To read this information special equipment is needed and access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data is required GM will not access information about a crash event or share it with others other than e with the consent of the vehicle owner or if the vehicle is leased with the consent of the lessee e in response to an official request of police or similar government office e as part of GM s defense of litigation through the discovery process or e as required by law In addition once GM collects or receives data GM may e use the data for GM research needs e make it available for research where appropriate confidentiality is to be maintained and need is shown or e share summary data which is not tied to a specific vehicle with non GM organizations for research purposes Others such as law enforcement may have access to the special equipment that can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the device that stores the data If your vehicle has OnStar please check the OnStar subscription service agreement or manual for information on its operations and data collection Collision Damage Repair If your vehicle is involved in a collision and it is damaged have the damage repaired by a qualified technician using the proper equipment and quality replacement parts Poorly performed collision repair
112. the AUX button on the front climate control system so that the light is not lit 209 Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger uses a warming grid to remove fog or frost from the rear window Gy Rear Defogger Press the center of the right control to turn the rear window defogger on or off Be sure to clear as much snow from the rear window as possible The rear window defogger will turn off approximately 20 minutes after the button is pressed if your vehicle is moving at slower vehicle speeds At higher vehicle speeds the rear defogger may stay on continuously Each additional press will run the defogger for approximately 10 minutes The heated outside rearview mirrors will heat to help clear fog or frost from the surface of the mirror when the rear window defogger is on Notice Do not use a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window Do not adhere anything to the defogger grid lines in the rear glass These actions may damage the rear defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty 210 Outlet Adjustment For the front outlets use the thumbwheel located below each outlet to change the direction of the airflow Use the thumbwheel located next to the outlets to shut the airflow or to open the outlets and re direct the air For the rear outlets slide the lever left or right and up or down to change the direction of the airflow Operation Tips e Clear away any ice snow or leaves fro
113. the air conditioning system on or off When in AUTO the air conditioning compressor will come on automatically as necessary The air conditioning system removes moisture from the air so you may notice a small amount of water dripping underneath your vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine This is normal 207 Sensors The solar sensor located in the defrost grille middle of the instrument panel monitors the solar radiation Do not cover the solar sensor or the system will not work properly 208 There is also an interior temperature sensor located next to the steering wheel that measures the temperature of the air inside your vehicle There is also an exterior temperature sensor located behind the front grille This sensor reads the outside air temperature and helps maintain the temperature inside the vehicle Any cover on the front of the vehicle could cause a false reading in the displayed temperature In order to prevent false temperature readings at startup the displayed temperature will not change until the following occurs e Vehicle speed is above 10 mph 16 kmh for 5 minutes e Vehicle speed is above 32 mph 51 kmh for 2 and a half minutes The climate control system uses the information from these sensors to maintain your comfort setting by adjusting the outlet temperature fan speed and the air delivery mode The system may also supply cooler air to the side of the vehicle facing the
114. the belt across you very quickly If this happens let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly 2 Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks The latch plates for the safety belts in each rear seating position vary in size If the center rear or the left rear latch plate is inserted into the incorrect buckle the plate will not latch properly Be sure you are using the correct buckle and that the latch plate clicks when inserted into the buckle When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way it will lock If it does let it go back and start again Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 39 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 3 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder part 35 A CAUTION You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder belt is too loose In a crash you would move forward too much which could increase injury The shoulder belt should fit against your body Gr 5 Ay wie D The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs Ina crash this applies force to the pelvic bones And you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt If you slid under it the
115. the center rear seat passenger position move the child toward the safety belt buckle In either case be sure that the shoulder belt still is on the child s shoulder so that in a crash the child s upper body would have the restraint that belts provide A CAUTION Never do this Here two children are wearing the same belt The belt can not properly spread the impact forces In a crash the two children can be crushed together and seriously injured A belt must be used by only one person at a time 41 A CAUTION Never do this Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap shoulder belt but the shoulder part is behind the child If the child wears the belt in this way in a crash the child might slide under the belt The belt s force would then be applied right on the child s abdomen That could cause serious or fatal injuries Wherever the child sits the lap portion of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the child s thighs This applies belt force to the child s pelvic bones in a crash 42 Infants and Young Children Everyone in a vehicle needs protection This includes infants and all other children Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need for everyone to use safety restraints In fact the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while i
116. the driver s door Always remember to remove your key from the ignition and take it with you This will lock your ignition and transaxle Also always remember to lock the doors The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ignition while your vehicle is parked You may not be able to start your vehicle after it has been parked for an extended period of time Retained Accessory Power RAP The following accessories on your vehicle may be used for up to 10 minutes after the ignition key is turned from RUN to OFF e Radio e Power Windows e Audio Steering Wheel Controls e Sunroof Power to these accessories stops after 10 minutes or if the driver s door is opened If you want power for another 10 minutes close all the doors and turn the ignition key to RUN and then back to OFF Starting the Engine Place the transaxle in the proper gear Move your shift lever to PARK P or NEUTRAL N Your engine will not start in any other position this is a safety feature To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Notice Shifting into PARK P with the vehicle moving could damage the transaxle Shift into PARK P only when your vehicle is stopped Starting Procedure 1 With your foot off the accelerator pedal turn the ignition key to START When the engine starts let go of the key The idle speed will go down as your engine gets warm Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operat
117. the fan control to the AUTO position 2 Turn the mode control to the AUTO position 3 Adjust the temperature to a comfortable setting between 68 F 21 C and 78 F 26 C Choosing the coldest or warmest temperature setting will not cause the system to heat or cool any faster In cold weather the system will start at reduced fan speeds to avoid blowing cold air into your vehicle until warmer air is available The system will start out blowing air at the floor but may change modes automatically as the vehicle warms up to maintain the chosen temperature setting The length of time needed to warm the interior will depend on the outside temperature and temperature of the vehicle 4 Wait 20 to 30 minutes for the system to stabilize in order for the system to regulate automatically Then adjust the temperature as necessary to find your comfort setting Do not cover the solar sensor located in the center of the instrument panel near the windshield For more information on the solar sensor see Sensors later in this section After the vehicle is started the display will show the interior temperature settings and the outside temperature If the AUTO position is selected on the fan or mode control the system will automatically control the air conditioning compressor The A C compressor will run automatically even at cool outside temperatures in order to dehumidify the air The A C indicator light will be lit when the system is
118. the following Continue to press and hold the Universal Home Remote button while you press and release every two seconds cycle the hand held transmitter button until the frequency signal has been successfully accepted by the Universal Home Remote The Universal Home Remote indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly Proceed with Step 4 under Programming Universal Home Remote to complete Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate Universal Home Remote button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons To erase programming from the three Universal Home Remote buttons do the following 1 Press and hold down the two outside buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the two outside buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Release both buttons The Universal Home Remote is now in the training learning mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this section Individual buttons cannot be erased but they can be reprogrammed See Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button following this section Reprogramming a Single Universal Home Remote Button To program a device to Universal Home Remote using a Universal Home Remote button previously trained follow t
119. the ignition switch to RUN with the engine off 3 Press the Driver Information Center DIC vehicle information button until the RELEARN TIRE POSITIONS displays 4 Press the set reset button to allow the system to learn the tire positions The horn will sound twice to indicate that the TPMS is ready and then the message TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE will display The sensor matching process can begin 5 Start with the driver s side front tire 6 Remove the valve cap from the valve stem Activate the TPMS sensor by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure for five seconds or until a horn chirp sounds The horn chirp which may take up to 30 seconds confirms that the sensor identification code has been matched to this tire position To decrease the tire s air pressure use the pointed end of the valve cap a pencil style air pressure gage ora key 7 Proceed to the passenger s side front tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 8 Proceed to the passenger s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 9 Proceed to the driver s side rear tire and repeat the procedure in Step 6 10 After hearing the confirming horn chirp for the driver s side rear tire the tire learning process ends Turn the ignition switch to OFF 11 Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure level as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label 12 Put the valve caps back on the valve stems The compact spare
120. the object The fact that such emergency situations are always possible is a good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly Off Road Recovery You may find that your right wheels have dropped off the edge of a road onto the shoulder while you are driving If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below the pavement recovery should be fairly easy Ease off the accelerator and then if there is nothing in the way steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge of the pavement You can turn the steering wheel up to one quarter turn until the right front tire contacts the pavement edge Then turn your steering wheel to go straight down the roadway Passing The driver of a vehicle about to pass another on a two lane highway waits for just the right moment accelerates moves around the vehicle ahead then goes back into the right lane again A simple maneuver Not necessarily Passing another vehicle on a two lane highway is a potentially dangerous move since the passing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncoming traffic for several seconds A miscalculation an error in judgment or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the passing driver face to face with the worst of all traffic accidents the head on collision 309 So here are some tips for passing 310 Drive ahead Look down the road to the sides and to crossroads for situations that might
121. their original cases or other protective cases and away from direct sunlight and dust The CD player scans the bottom surface of the disc If the surface of a CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly or not at all If the surface of a CD is soiled take a soft lint free cloth or dampen a clean soft cloth in a mild neutral detergent solution mixed with water and clean it Make sure the wiping process starts from the center to the edge 292 Do not touch the bottom side of a CD while handling it this could damage the surface Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Care of the CD Player Do not use CD lens cleaners for CD players because the lens of the CD optics can become contaminated by lubricants Backglass Antenna The AM FM antenna is located in the rear window Make sure that the inside surface of the rear window is not scratched and that the grid lines on the glass are not damaged If the inside surface is damaged it could interfere with radio reception Notice Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting with metallic film The metallic film in some tinting materials will interfere with or distort the incoming radio reception Any damage caused to your antenna due to metallic tinting materials will not be covered by your warranty Notice Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window may damage the rear windo
122. there is an electrical problem The system check includes the airbag sensors the airbag modules the wiring and the diagnostic module For more information on the airbag system see Airbag System on page 66 This light will come on when you start your vehicle and it will flash for a few seconds Then the light should go out This means the system is ready e N If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or comes on when you are driving your airbag system may not work properly Have your vehicle serviced right away A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle it means the airbag system may not be working properly The airbags in your vehicle may not inflate in a crash or they could even inflate without a crash To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle serviced right away if the airbag readiness light stays on after you start your vehicle The airbag readiness light should flash for a few seconds when you turn the vehicle on If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If there is a problem with the airbag system in your vehicle the SERVICE AIR BAG message will appear on the DIC display See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 and Safety Belt Pretensioners on page 39 for more information 219 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator Your vehicle has the passenger sensing
123. to the original main radio screen showing the radio station frequency labels and to begin the process of programming your favorites for the chosen amount of numbered pages Setting the Tone Bass Midrange Treble BASS MID TREB Bass Midrange or Treble To adjust bass midrange or treble press the tune knob until the tone control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted 270 setting The highlighted setting can also be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD forward or REV reverse button until the desired levels are obtained If a station s frequency is weak or has static decrease the treble To quickly adjust bass midrange or treble to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BASS MID or TREB label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds EQ Equalization For the non Bose amplified radio perform the following steps to setup the equalization settings 1 Press the Tune knob until the equalization label displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the equalization label to get choices of POP ROCK CTRY country TALK JAZZ and CLAS
124. to these surfaces may damage the transmitter 94 To replace the battery in the remote keyless entry transmitter do the following 1 Insert a flat object with a thin edge into the notch on the side of the transmitter and separate the bottom half from the top half 2 Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this 3 Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing down Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together tightly so moisture does not get in Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle Remove the old battery but do not use a metal object to do this Slide the new battery into the transmitter with the positive side of the battery facing up Use a type CR2032 battery or equivalent type Snap the front and the back of the transmitter together tightly so moisture does not get in Test the operation of the transmitter with the vehicle To replace the battery in the RKE transmitter do the following 1 Use a flat object with a thin edge into the notch located above the metal base and separate the bottom half from the top half of the transmitter 95 Remote Vehicle Start The remote vehicle starting feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle It als
125. triangular LED This system provides a way to replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting Do not use the this system with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the transmitter Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in programming the transmitter Be sure to keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future programming You only need the original remote control transmitter for fixed code programming It is also recommended that upon the sale or lease termination of the vehicle the programmed buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing your Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or security device you are programming When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage 141 BULB gn i D If you do not know if your garage door opener is a fixed code or rolling code device open your garage door opener s remote control battery cover Your garage door opener is a fixed code device if there is a panel of switche
126. turn signal lamps will flash and the horn will sound repeatedly for 30 seconds The alarm will turn off when the ignition is moved to RUN or the alarm button is pressed again The ignition must be in OFF for the panic alarm to work Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle Each RKE transmitter is coded to prevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle If a transmitter is lost or stolen a replacement can be purchased through your GM dealer Remember to bring any additional transmitters so they can also be re coded to match the new transmitter Once your dealer has coded the new transmitter the lost transmitter will not unlock your vehicle The vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it See RELEARN REMOTE KEY under DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 93 Battery Replacement Under normal use the battery in your RKE transmitter should last about four years The battery is weak if the transmitter will not work at the normal range in any location If you have to get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works it is probably time to change the battery The REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY message in the vehicle s DIC will display if the RKE transmitter battery is low See REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for additional information Notice When replacing the battery use care not to touch any of the circuitry Static from your body transferred
127. vehicle 442 Electrical System Add On Electrical Equipment Notice Do not add anything electrical to your vehicle unless you check with your dealer first Some electrical equipment can damage your vehicle and the damage would not be covered by your warranty Some add on electrical equipment can keep other components from working as they should Add on equipment can drain your vehicle s battery even if your vehicle is not operating Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to add anything electrical to your vehicle see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 82 Headlamp Wiring The headlamp wiring system has four individual fuses An electrical overload will cause the lamps to go on and off or in some cases to remain off If this happens have the headlamp wiring checked right away Windshield Wiper Fuses The windshield wiper motor is protected by an internal circuit breaker If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow the wipers will stop until the motor cools and will then restart A fuse powers the wiper motor If the fuse blows there is an electrical problem Be sure to have it fixed Power Windows and Other Power Options Circuit breakers protect the power windows and power seats When the current load is too heavy the circuit breaker opens and closes protecting the circuit until the problem is fixed or goes away Fuses and Circuit Breakers The wiring circuits in your veh
128. when selecting the follow distance The range of selectable distances may not be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions If you prefer to travel at a follow distance farther than Adaptive Cruise Control allows disengage the system and drive manually Alerting the Driver e A temporary condition prohibits Adaptive f Cruise Control from operating See DIC The Adaptive Cruise Warnings and Messages on page 239 for Control alert symbol is more information located on the y S e A malfunction is detected in the system See D afir display at ie top orhe DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 inst men panel for more information the right of the driver i See Defensive Driving on page 296 The alert symbol will flash and a warning beep will sound when driver action may be required If AX CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control is engaged the alert symbol will flash when Adaptive Cruise Control has only limited e Adaptive Cruise Control cannot apply sufficient braking ability to slow your vehicle In braking because you are approaching a some cases Adaptive Cruise Control may vehicle too rapidly not have time to slow your vehicle enough e The vehicle speed drops below about to avoid a collision Be ready to take 20 mph 32 km h action and apply the brakes yourself See Defensive Driving on page 296 179 Approaching and Following a Vehicle The Vehicle Ahead symbol is located on the top of the instrument panel to the
129. where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly press and release the Learn or Smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer You will have 30 seconds to start Step 8 8 Return to the vehicle Firmly press and hold the programmed Universal Home Remote button for two seconds then release it Immediately press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds then release it Immediately press and hold the same button a third time for two seconds then release The Universal Home Remote should now activate the rolling code device To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 of Programming Universal Home Remote Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all previous programming from the Universal Home Remote buttons 148 Gate Operator and Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission This may not be long enough for Universal Home Remote to pick up the signal during programming Similarly some U S gate operators are manufactured to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulty programming a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Programming Universal Home Remote procedures regardless of where you live replace Step 3 under Programming Universal Home Remote with
130. with the child restraint say that the top tether must be anchored See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 if the child restraint has a top tether 63 You will be using the lap shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position Be sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint Secure the child in the child restraint when and as the instructions say 1 Your vehicle has a right front passenger s frontal airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 77 We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in a rear seat even if the airbag is off If your child restraint is forward facing move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the child restraint in this seat See Power Seats on page 9 When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag the off indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you turn the ignition to RUN or START See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 220 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 64 Pick up the latch plate and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle s safety belt through or around the restraint The child restraint instructions will show you how 4 Buckle the belt Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 Pull the rest of the should
131. yan Le QO amp we CORD ep w 3 29 L zZ X We we OQ fe Peansais Rs OTe q109 Light Truck Tire Example A Tire Size The tire size code is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail 398 B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C Dual Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used in a dual configuration D DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards E Tire Identification Number TIN The letters and numbers following DOT code are the Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture F Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread
132. your vehicle will be provided and installed by the final body manufacturer The Tire and Loading Information label should be attached to the B pillar of your vehicle See the final stage manufacturer s manual or contact them directly The label shows the original tires installed on your professional vehicle and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures for those tires The label also tells you the professional vehicle s capacity weight Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how
133. 1 Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely Suddenly an animal jumps out in front of you You slam on the brakes and continue braking Here is what happens with ABS A computer senses that wheels are slowing down If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at both rear wheels 302 ABS can change the brake pressure faster than any driver could The computer is programmed to make the most of available tire and road conditions This can help you steer around the obstacle while braking hard As you brake your computer keeps receiving updates on wheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly Remember ABS does not change the time you need to get your foot up to the brake pedal or always decrease stopping distance If you get too close to the vehicle in front of you you will not have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops Always leave enough room up ahead to stop even though you have ABS Using ABS Do not pump the brakes Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let anti lock work for you You may hear the anti lock pump or motor operate and feel the brake pedal pulsate but this is normal Braking in Emergencies With ABS you can steer and brake at the same time In many emergencies steering can help you more than even the very best braking Traction Control System TCS Your vehicle has a
134. 1 DIC Vehicle Customization Your vehicle has customization capabilities that allow you to program certain features to one preferred setting Customization features can only be programmed to one setting on the vehicle and cannot be programmed to a preferred setting for two different drivers All of the customization options may not be available on your vehicle Only the options available will be displayed on your DIC The customization features were set to the default settings when your vehicle left the factory but they may have been changed from their default state since that time The customization preferences are automatically recalled To change customization preferences use the following procedure 252 Entering the Feature Settings Menu 1 Turn the ignition on and place the vehicle in PARK P To avoid excessive drain on the battery it is recommended that the headlamps are turned off 2 Press the customization button to enter the feature settings menu If the menu is not available FEATURE SETTINGS AVAILABLE IN PARK will display Before entering the menu make sure the vehicle is in PARK P Feature Settings Menu Items The following are customization features that allow you to program settings to the vehicle DISPLAY IN ENGLISH This feature will only display if a language other than English has been set This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear back to English
135. 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 161 The Forward Collision Alert FCA system provides an audible and visual alert if you approach a vehicle too quickly that is directly ahead FCA also provides a visual alert with no audible alert if you are following another vehicle much too closely The FCA alert symbol is located on top of the instrument panel to the right of the driver FCA uses the Adaptive Cruise Control radar to detect a vehicle directly ahead in your path within a distance of 328 ft 100 m and operates at speeds above 20 mph 32 km h A CAUTION FCA is only a warning system and does not apply the brakes When you are approaching a vehicle or object too rapidly or when you are following a vehicle too closely that is ahead of you FCA may not provide you with enough time to avoid a collision FCA is not designed to warn the driver of pedestrians CAUTION Continued 162 CAUTION Continued or animals Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes For more information see Defensive Driving on page 296 The FCA control is located on the steering wheel To en
136. 1 8 inch cable to the radio s front auxiliary input jack When connecting an auxiliary device the radio automatically detects the device and Aux Input Device displays The device begins playing audio over the vehicle speakers If an auxiliary device has already been connected the device does not begin playing audio until the radio s CD AUX button is pressed Power Volume Turn this knob clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume of the portable player You might need to do additional volume adjustments from the portable device BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a portable audio device is playing The portable audio device continues playing so you might want to stop it or power it off CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when a portable audio device is playing Press this button again and the system begins playing audio from the connected portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found displays 280 Using an MP3 MP3 WMA CD R or CD RW Disc The radio plays MP3 and WMA files that were recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc The files can be recorded with the following fixed bit rates 32 kbps 40 kbps 56 kbps 64 kbps 80 kbps 96 kbps 112 kbps 128 kbps 160 kbps 192 kbps 224 kbps 256 kbps and 320 kbps or a variable bit rate Song title artist name and album can display when files are recorded using
137. 2007 Cadillac DTS Owner Manual Cli Seats and Restraint Systems __ss s si i NC 7 Universal Home Remote System _ 139 Front Seats eceicdvecsccesaetcentnnacicasivcvsticssnvieves 9 Storage Areas Leeeereeereererereeneree 150 Rear S atS coccccccccccccccccccccnccenccuccvcuceenceenee 16 SUNOG coches cudenieen ae aa e i 152 Safety Belts EE PEE EEA E E EEE 18 Instrument Panel ss 153 Child ReStraintS oo cccceccccccseseeeeeeeneeeeeees 40 nstram nt Panel Overview e 156 Airbag System pea eer et ey haces ener 66 Climate Controls aaessessnennseosssnsrererrne 204 Restraint System Check asessssssseseesseee 84 Warning Lights Gages and Features and Controls a 87 INGICATOFS sunken 215 KEYS ae EE ca eee 89 Driver Information Center DIC 233 Doors and LOCKS o eesesscssssececesesececeseeees 98 Audio System s sseeeseeeeeeeeeeees 261 WIRKOWS sacissnadacaeui ed nsalhivectaaunidiedeavdesials 104 Driving Your Vehicle s sisi 295 Theft Deterrent Systems eee 108 Your Driving the Road and Starting and Operating Your Vehicle __ 113 Your Vehicle een 296 MiIOTS Vitnauiccinadivisdecocssntteceninmcaaeatinesies 128 TOWING cececcececececececeececsesvececeetsvsvsteceeerens 334 OnStar System ossessi 135 Service and Appearance Care 345 Service asssssssssssssesssrrsrrrrrreresssrrrrrrrrrene 347 UCM E T EEN O 349 Checking Things Under the Hood _ 354 Headlamp Aimi
138. 3 Restraint System Check Checking the Restraint Systems Now and then make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired See Care of Safety Belts on page 435 for more information Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in a crash They can rip apart under impact forces If a belt is torn or frayed get a new one right away Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 84 Notice If you damage the covering for the driver s or the right front passenger s airbag or the airbag covering on the driver s and right front passenger s seatback or the side impact airbag covering if equipped on the ceiling near the side windows the bag may not work properly You may have to replace the airbag module in the steering wheel both the airbag module and the instrument panel for the right front passenger s airbag the airbag module and seatback for the driver s and right front passenger s seat mounted side impact airbags or side impact airbag module and ceiling covering for the roof mounted side impact airbag if equipped Do not open or break the airbag coverings Replacing Restraint
139. 4 Heated Mirrors cceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeees 134 Power Foldaway Mirrors ecce 133 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode siirsin 371 Owner Checks and Services c 463 Owners Canadian ccccecccecceeeeeeeeeeenaeeeaes 3 Palit Damage ssvteasnnwerdsiavnravdasetunietsaeteeeccans 439 Panic Brake Assist enerne 306 Parade Dimming ccceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeeees 193 Park Ald sistesiaerdnnedecisiters leven anisar 196 Park P Shifting NTO cescuaecrnstenssawtakaeceantie dndieseesreentt 122 Shifting QUE Of aiccasescecsastezascenneheceweasaeatearse 125 Parking SSIS N E E A 196 PAK Siete Atte entecs scan scaaceneneceententieasenes cies 121 Over Things That Burn esee 125 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 220 Passenger Compartment Air Filter 213 Passenger Sensing System cccceeeeeees 77 PASSING cae steven A E 309 PASS Key UNG sic ccna csantseanrcasesontncacdesnecesanese 111 PASS Key Ill Operation ccccccceeceeees 112 Performance Shifting 0 ccceeceeeeeteeeeeees 121 Power Accessory Outlet S c cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 201 DOOR LOCKS crara a oroanauheens 99 Electrical System cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 443 Inadvertent Battery Saver eeeeee 195 Power cont Lumbar Controls sinenion onian 9 Rear Lumbar Controls eceseeeeeeeeeees 17 Reclining Seatbacks ceeceeeeeseteeeeeeee
140. 40 000 80000 120000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Professional Vehicle Only Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote j Inspect engine accessory drive belt An Emission Control Service See footnote n Maintenance Footnotes t The U S Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item will not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability prior to the completion of the vehicle s useful life We however urge that all recommended maintenance services be performed at the indicated intervals and the maintenance be recorded a Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for ee hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc Inspect disc brake pads for wear and rotors for surface condition Inspect other brake parts including calipers parking brake etc b Visually inspect front and rear suspension and steering system for damaged loose or missing parts or signs of wear Inspect power steering lines and hoses for proper hook up binding leaks cracks chafing etc 461 c Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if they are cracked swollen or deteriorated Inspect all pipes fittings and clamps replace with genuine GM parts as needed To help ensure proper operation a pressure test of the cooling system and pressure cap an
141. 8 Emergency Trunk Release Handle Notice Do not use the emergency trunk release handle as a tie down or anchor point when securing items in the trunk as it could damage the handle The emergency trunk release handle is only intended to aid a person trapped in a latched trunk enabling them to open the trunk from the inside There is a glow in the dark emergency trunk release handle located inside the trunk near the latch This handle will glow following exposure to light Pull the release handle to open the trunk from the inside Rear Seat Pass Through Your vehicle has a small door in the rear seat This door allows you to access the trunk from inside the vehicle The rear seat armrest must be down for the pass through door to open To release the pass through door move the release up with your fingers To close the door raise it and push it until it latches 103 Windows A CAUTION Leaving children helpless adults or pets in a vehicle with the windows closed is dangerous They can be overcome by the extreme heat and suffer permanent injuries or even death from heat stroke Never leave a child a helpless adult or a pet alone in a vehicle especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather 104 Power Windows The power window switches are located on the driver s door armrest In addition each door has a switch for its own window The front power window switch operate
142. 800 458 8006 In Canada contact the Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre by calling 1 888 446 2000 We encourage you to call the toll free number in order to give your inquiry prompt attention Please have the following information available to give the Customer Assistance Representative e Vehicle Identification Number VIN This is available from the vehicle registration or title or the plate at the top left of the instrument panel and visible through the windshield e Dealership name and location e Vehicle delivery date and present mileage When contacting Cadillac please remember that your concern will likely be resolved at a dealer s facility That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if you have a concern STEP THREE United States Owners Both General Motors and your dealer are committed to making sure you are completely satisfied with your new vehicle However if you continue to remain unsatisfied after following the procedure outlined in Steps One and Two you should file with the Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program to enforce your rights The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus to settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs or the interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty Although you may be required to resort to this informal dispute resolution program prior to filing a court action use of the
143. ARK P Tune to your favorite stations using the presets favorites button and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has this feature See Defensive Driving on page 296 FAV Favorites A maximum of 36 stations can be programmed as favorites using the six pushbuttons positioned below the radio station frequency labels and by using the radio favorites page button FAV button Press the FAV button to go through up to six pages of favorites each having six favorite stations available per page Each page of favorites can contain any combination of AM FM or XM if equipped stations To store a station as a favorite perform the following steps 1 Tune to the desired radio station 2 Press the FAV button to display the page where you want the station stored 3 Press and hold one of the six pushbuttons until a beep sounds When that pushbutton is pressed and released the station that was set returns 4 Repeat the steps for each pushbutton radio station you want stored as a favorite 269 The number of favorites pages can be setup using the MENU button To setup the number of favorites pages perform the following steps 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the FAV 1 6 label 3 Select the desired number of favorites pages by pressing the pushbutton located below the displayed page numbers 4 Press the FAV button or let the menu time out to return
144. AT under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 for more information Further programming for automatic seat and steering wheel movement can be done using the Driver Information Center DIC You can select or not select the following e The easy exit seat feature e The memory seat recall feature For programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 Power Reclining Seatbacks a e To recline the seatback press the control toward the rear of the vehicle e To raise the seatback press the control toward the front of the vehicle Your seats have power reclining seatbacks Use the vertical power seat control located on the outboard side of the seat to operate them 13 CAUTION Continued cannot do their job when you are reclined like this The shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be against your body Instead it will be in front of you Ina crash you could go into it receiving neck or other injuries The lap belt cannot do its job either Ina crash the belt could go up over your abdomen The belt forces would be there not at your pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion have the seatback upright Then sit well back in the seat and wear your safety belt properly Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicle is in motion can be dangerous Even if you buckle up your safety belts Do not have a
145. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors If the position you are using has a fixed or adjustable head restraint and you are using a dual tether route the tether around the head restraint 2 If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether be attached attach and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor if equipped Refer to the child restraint instructions and the following steps 2 1 Find the top tether anchor 2 2 Pull open the top tether anchor trim cover to expose the anchor 2 3 If you have an adjustable head restraint raise the head restraint 2 4 Route attach and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions If the position you are using has an adjustable head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether under the head restraint and in between the head restraint posts If the position you are using has a fixed head restraint and you are using a single tether route the tether over the head restraint 3 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 59 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position If your child restraint has the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system you will be using the lap shoulder belt to
146. C3 Automatic Leveling Control Compressor Gal F48 F38 F39 F40 F4 F42 F483 R13 F44 F45 F46 F47 F49 F1 R15 F1 Amplifier Navigation Japan Option Interior Lamps Signal Canister Vent Magnetic Ride Control Module Option 449 Fa F9 Back up Lamps Lighter Console 450 Engine Control Module Transaxle Control Module ECM TCM Memory Seat Module Logic Right Front Massage Option Fuses Miscellaneous i i Drivers Side Park Lamp Ignition Switch Passenger s Side Park Lamp Circuit Breakers CB1 Front Passengers Seat Memory Seat Module Drivers Power Seat Memory Seat Module Door Module Power Windows Memory Seat Module CB4 Tilt Telescoping Steering Wheel Option Relays Usa Front Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning Fan Option R7 Door Unlatch License Plate Lamp Option R10 R11 Overhead Lamps Option R12 R15 Electronic Leveling Control Compressor 451 Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 for more information Application Engish SSMetrio For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge amount see the refrigerant caution label located under the hood See your dealer for more information Cooling System 12 6 qt 12 0L Air Conditioning Refrigerant
147. CAUTION Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR If you do parts on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles These could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle 327 Tire and Loading Information Label SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Label Example A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar With the driver s door open you will find the label attached below the door lock post striker The Tire and Loading Information label shows the number of occupant seating positions A and the maximum vehicle capacity weight B in kilograms and pounds 328 The Tire and Loading Information label also shows the tire size of the original equipment tires C and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures D For more information on tires and inflation see Tires on page 394 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 There is also important loading information on the Certification label It tells you the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for the front and rear axle see Certification Label later in this section If you have a Professional Vehicle a Tire and Loading Information label specific to
148. Control Press the SET button until you reach the lower speed you want then release it To slow down in very small amounts briefly press the SET button Each time you do this your set speed will decrease by 1 mph 1 km h slower Resuming a Set Speed Suppose you set your Adaptive Cruise Control at a desired speed and then you apply the brake This will turn off the Adaptive Cruise Control But you do not need to reset it Once you are going about 25 mph 40 km h or more press the RES button Adaptive Cruise Control will be engaged with the previously chosen set speed Selecting the Follow Distance GAP When the system detects a slower moving vehicle it will adjust your vehicle s speed and maintain the follow distance gap you select 178 Use the plus and minus buttons on the steering wheel to adjust the follow distance Press the plus button to increase the distance or the minus button to decrease the distance The first button press will show you the current follow distance setting on the DIC Your current follow distance setting will be maintained until you change it There are six follow distances to choose from The follow distance selection ranges from near to far one second to two seconds follow time The distance maintained for a selected follow distance will vary based on vehicle speed The faster the vehicle speed the further back your vehicle will follow Consider traffic and weather conditions
149. D R or all discs in a six disc CD player To use random do one of the following 1 To play MP3 files from the CD R in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Random Current Disc displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play 2 To play songs from all CDs loaded in a six disc CD player in random order press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label until Randomize All Discs displays Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play Music Navigator Use the music navigator feature to play MP3 files on the CD R in order by artist or album Press the pushbutton located below the music navigator label The player scans the disc to sort the files by artist and album ID3 tag information It may take several minutes to scan the disc depending on the number of MP3 files recorded to the CD R The radio might begin playing while it is scanning the disc in the background When the scan is finished the CD R begins playing again Once the disc has scanned the player defaults to playing MP3 files in order by artist The current artist playing is shown on the second line of the display between the arrows Once all songs by that artist have played the player moves to the next artist in alphabetical order on the CD R and begins playing MP3 files by that artist If you want to listen to MP3 files by another artist press the pushbutton located below either arrow button The
150. D R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 292 for more information 283 If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp Eject Press the CD eject button to eject CD R s To eject the CD R that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD R can be removed If the CD R is not
151. DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no delayed locking of the vehicle s doors ON default The locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed by 10 seconds after a power door lock switch is pressed when a door is open or the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed while a door is open NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 256 EXIT LIGHTING If it is dark enough outside this feature allows you to select the amount of time you want the exterior lamps to remain on This happens after the key is turned from RUN to OFF Press the customization button until EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lamps will not turn on 30 SECONDS default The exterior lamps will stay on for 30 seconds 1 MINUTE The exterior lamps will stay on for one minute 2 MINUTES The exterior lamps will stay on for two minutes NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings a
152. Driving on page 322 A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake after you move the shift lever to PARK P Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will not move See Shifting Into Park P on page 122 If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling a trailer also see Towing a Trailer on page 336 127 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Intellibeam OnStar and Compass Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with OnStar and a compass display For more information see OnStar System on page 135 For more information on Intellibeam see Intellibeam Intelligent High Beam Headlamp Control System under Exterior Lamps on page 186 The mirror includes an eight point compass display in the upper right corner of the mirror face When on the compass automatically calibrates as the vehicle is driven Automatic Dimming Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic dimming rearview mirror The automatic dimming feature is activated whenever the vehicle is turned on and
153. Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons You should erase the programmed buttons when you sell the vehicle or terminate your lease To erase either rolling code or fixed code on the Universal Home Remote device do the following 1 Press and hold the two outside buttons at the same time for about 20 seconds until the indicator lights located directly above the buttons begin to blink rapidly 2 Once the indicator lights begin to blink release both buttons The codes from all button will be erased For additional information on Universal Home Remote see Customer Assistance Offices on page 478 145 Universal Home Remote System Operation With One Triangular LED Your vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System If there is one triangular Light Emitting Diode LED above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions below If your vehicle has three round LED above the Universal Home Remote buttons follow the instructions under Universal Home Remote System Operation with three round LED Do not use the Universal Home Remote with any garage door opener that does not have the stop and reverse feature This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 If you have a newer garage door opener with rolling codes please be sure to follow Steps 6 through 8 to complete the programming of your Universal Home Remote Transmitter 146 Read the instructions completely before attem
154. Fluid To check the power steering fluid do the following 1 Turn the key off and let the engine compartment cool down 2 Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean 3 Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag 4 Replace the cap and completely tighten it 5 Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level on the dipstick The level should be at the FULL COLD mark If necessary add only enough fluid to bring the level up to the mark What to Use To determine what kind of fluid to use see Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 Always use the proper fluid Failure to use the proper fluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals 377 Windshield Washer Fluid What to Use When you need windshield washer fluid be sure to read the manufacturer s instructions before use If you will be operating your vehicle in an area where the temperature may fall below freezing use a fluid that has sufficient protection against freezing Adding Washer Fluid The WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC when the fluid is low See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information Open the cap with the washer symbol on it Add washer fluid until the tank is full See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for reservoir location 378 Notice e When using concentrated washer fluid follow the manufacturer s instructions for ad
155. Front and Rear Parking Assist and Adaptive Cruise Control Display If Equipped See Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 196 and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 Analog Clock See Analog Clock on page 203 Hazard Warning Flashers Button See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 158 Radio See Audio System s on page 261 Trunk Release Button See Trunk on page 102 Instrument Panel Brightness Control See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 192 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever See Turn Signal Multifunction Lever on page 160 Hood Release See Hood Release on page 355 Parking Brake See Parking Brake on page 121 Heated Steering Wheel Button If Equipped See Heated Steering Wheel on page 159 Cruise Control or Adaptive Cruise Control See Cruise Control on page 169 or Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 Climate Controls See Dual Climate Control System on page 204 Glove Box See Glove Box on page 150 157 Hazard Warning Flashers Your hazard warning flashers let you warn others They also let police know you have a problem Your front and rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off The hazard warning flasher button is located in the center of the instrument panel Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key is in and even if the key is not in the ignition switch Press the button to make the front and rear turn sign
156. G Single Tire Maximum Load Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load when used as a single For information on recommended tire pressure see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 Tire Size The following illustration shows an example of a tire size P225 60R16 97S A P Metric Tire The United States version of a metric tire sizing system The letter P as the first character in the tire size means a passenger vehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U S Tire and Rim Association B Tire Width The three digit number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall C Aspect Ratio A two digit number that indicates the tire height to width measurements For example if the tire size aspect ratio is 60 as shown in item C of the illustration it would mean that the tire s sidewall is 60 percent as high as it is wide D Construction Code A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in the tire The letter R means radial ply construction the letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply construction E Rim Diameter Diameter of the wheel in inches F Service Description These characters represent the load range and speed rating of the tire The load index represents the load carry capacity a tire is certified to carry The load index can range from 1 to 279 The speed
157. ID3 tags version 1 and 2 Compressed Audio The radio also plays discs that contain both uncompressed CD audio CDA files and MP3 WMA files By default the radio reads only the uncompressed audio and ignores the MP3 WMA files Pressing the CAT category button toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio format MP3 WMA Format If you burn your own MP3 WMA disc on a personal computer Make sure the MP3 files are recorded on a CD R or CD RW disc Do not mix standard audio and MP3 files on one disc Make sure the CD does not have more than a maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files to read and play Create a folder structure that makes it easy to find songs while driving Organize songs by albums using one folder for each album Each folder or album should contain 18 songs or less Avoid subfolders The system can support up to 8 subfolders deep however keep the total number of folders to a minimum in order to reduce the complexity and confusion in trying to locate a particular folder during playback Make sure playlists have a mp3 or wpl extension other file extensions may not work e Minimize the length of the file folder or playlist names Long file folder or playlist names or a combination of a large number of files and folders or playlists can cause the player to be unable to play up to the maximum number of files folders playlists or sessions If you wish to play a large number of f
158. ITIONS After rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor the Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system must re learn the tire positions To re learn the tire positions see Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 406 See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 410 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information RELEARN REMOTE KEY This display allows you to match the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to your vehicle To match an RKE transmitter to your vehicle do the following 1 Press the vehicle information button until RELEARN REMOTE KEY displays 2 Press the set reset button The message REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE will display 238 3 Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons on the first transmitter at the same time for about 15 seconds A chime will sound indicating that the transmitter is matched 4 To match additional transmitters at this time repeat Step 3 Each vehicle can have a maximum of eight transmitters matched to it 5 To exit the programming mode you must cycle the key to OFF Blank Display This display shows no information DIC Warnings and Messages These messages appear if there is a problem detected in one of your vehicle s systems You must acknowledge a message to clear it from the screen for further use To clear a message press the set reset button Be sure to take any message that appears on the screen seriously and remember that clearing the message wi
159. OLANT Abin GAOL FULLY a AREAR FACING a CHILD RESTRAINT FAN CAUSE REARWARD dau HAZARD SECURE IN THIS SEATING BURNS CHILD SEAT POSITION WARNING FLASHER COOLANT AVOID PULL BELT SPARKS OR OUT FLAMES COMPLETELY ai THEN SECURE y IN THIS SEATING CHILD SEAT LAMPS PRESSURE SPARK OR POSITION FLAME M ANTI LOCK COULD rower MLT DOOR LOCK ae SERVICE gt EXPLODE MANUAL BATTERY winpow __ _ UNLOCK SYSTEM e DO NOT INSTALL A FORWARD FACING DAYTIME CHILD RESTRAINT RUNNING ENGINE OL ara OWNER MANUAL Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Front SC ats ascii tae aa 9 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 32 POWOr SG ats innies iintindi a asak 9 Right Front Passenger Position 0 32 Power LUMDAT f0ceiihnccs vine ines 9 Center Front Passenger Position 33 Massaging Lumbar ceeeeeeeneeeeeeeneeees 10 Rear Seat Passengers ccecce 34 Heated and Cooled Seats 0 0 0 10 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 37 Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel 11 Safety Belt Pretensioners ccccceeeeees 39 Power Reclining Seatbacks eeeeeee 13 Safety Belt Extender 39 Head Restraints eects 15 Child Restraints cca sexaceccssseseccesenceneancesees 40 Center Seat ose eeeeeeeeeeeeeeien 16 Older Children cccceceecccseseeseeesteseeeeteseees 40 Rear Seats ccccccceccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaneneneeees 16 In
160. OR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings LIGHTS OFF The exterior lamps will not flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ON default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the unlock button on the RKE transmitter NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 255 DELAY DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not the locking of the vehicle s doors will be delayed The locking of the vehicle s doors is delayed for up to 10 seconds after a power door lock switch is pressed when a door is open or after the lock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed while a door is open The key must be out of the ignition for this feature to work Press the customization button until DELAY
161. Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name part number or specification can be obtained from your dealer Engine Air Cleaner Filter Element Engine Oil Filter Passenger Compartment Air Filter Element Spark Plugs 12571535 41 987 Wiper Blade 21 7 in 55 0 cm Driver s Side 10374585 Po SY Passenger s Side 10374586 Fe 468 Engine Drive Belt Routing 4 6L V8 Engines 469 Maintenance Record After the scheduled services are performed record the date odometer reading who performed the service and the type of services performed in the boxes provided See Maintenance Requirements on page 454 Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 463 can be added on the following record pages You should retain all maintenance receipts Maintenance Record Maintenance Record cont d Maintenance Record cont d Odometer A Maintenance I or 7 Reading Serviced By Maintenance II Services Performed 472 Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information 474 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 474 Online Owner Center o ae 477 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 008 478 Customer Assistance Offices 00 478 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 479 Roadside Service ccccceccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 480 Courtesy Transportation ceeeeeeees 481 Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders c
162. Run your engine only as long as you must This saves fuel When you run the engine make it go a little faster than just idle That is push the accelerator slightly This uses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps the battery charged 325 You will need a well charged battery to restart the vehicle and possibly for signaling later on with your headlamps Let the heater run for a while Then shut the engine off and close the window almost all the way to preserve the heat Start the engine again and repeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable from the cold But do it as little as possible Preserve the fuel as long as you can To help keep warm you can get out of the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercises every half hour or so until help comes If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow In order to free your vehicle when it is stuck you will need to spin the wheels but you do not want to spin your wheels too fast The method known as rocking can help you get out when you are stuck but you must use caution 326 A CAUTION If you let your vehicle s tires spin at high speed they can explode and you or others could be injured And the transaxle or other parts of the vehicle can overheat That could cause an engine compartment fire or other damage When you are stuck spin the wheels as little as possible Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph 55 km h as shown on the speedometer
163. TION Do not let anyone ride where he or she cannot wear a safety belt properly If you are in a crash and you are not wearing a safety belt your injuries can be much worse You can hit things inside the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash you might not be if you are buckled up Always fasten your safety belt and check that your passengers belts are fastened properly too A CAUTION It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Your vehicle has indicators to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts See Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 218 and Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light on page 218 In most states and in all Canadian provinces the law says to wear safety belts Here is why They work You never know if you will be in a crash If you do have a crash you do not know if it will be a bad one A few crashes are mild and some crashes can be so serious that even buckled up a person would not survive But most crashes are in between In many of them people who buckle up can survive and sometimes walk away Without bel
164. Temperature Warning Light on page 226 and Engine Coolant Temperature Gage on page 226 369 If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine A CAUTION Steam from an overheated engine can burn you badly even if you just open the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn it off and get everyone away from the vehicle until it cools down Wait until there is no sign of steam or coolant before you open the hood If you keep driving when the vehicles engine is overheated the liquids in it can catch fire You or others could be badly burned Stop your engine if it overheats and get out of the vehicle until the engine is cool See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 371 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency 370 Notice If your engine catches fire because you keep driving with no coolant your vehicle can be badly damaged The costly repairs would not be covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 371 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine An overheat warning along with a low coolant message can indicate a serious problem If you get an engine overheat warning with no low coolant message but see or hear no steam the problem may not be too serious Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you e Climb a long hill on a hot day e Stop after high
165. This message displays when your vehicle speed is limited to 80 mph 128 km h because the vehicle detects a problem in the speed variable assist steering magnetic ride control or automatic leveling control systems Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer STABILITRAK NOT READY If your vehicle has StabiliTrak this message may display and the Traction Control System and StabiliTrak Warning Light on the instrument panel cluster may be on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 19 mph 30 km h for 30 seconds The StabiliTrak system is not functional until the light has turned off See StabiliTrak System on page 305 for more information 249 STARTING DISABLED SERVICE THROTTLE This message displays when your vehicle s throttle system is not functioning properly Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer THEFT ATTEMPTED f This message displays if the content theft deterrent system has detected a break in attempt while you were away from your vehicle See Content Theft Deterrent on page 109 for more information TIGHTEN GAS CAP This message displays when the fuel cap has not been fully tightened Recheck the fuel cap to ensure that it is on and tightened properly This symbol appears with this message 250 TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays when the Tire Pressure Monitor TPM system is re learning the tire positions on your vehicle See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 406 The
166. U button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton located under the AUTO VOLUM label on the radio display 4 Press the ON or OFF button to turn this feature on or off 268 Finding a Station BAND Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped The selection displays dd Tune Turn this knob to select radio stations K SEEK Press the right or left SEEK arrow to go to the next or to the previous station and stay there To scan stations press and hold either SEEK arrow for three seconds until a beep sounds The radio goes to a station plays for a few seconds then goes to the next station Press either SEEK arrow again to stop scanning The radio only seeks and scans stations with a strong signal that are in the selected band i Information XM Satellite Radio Service MP3 and RDS Features Press the information button to display additional text information related to the current FM RDS or XM station or MP3 song A choice of additional information such as Channel Song Artist CAT category can appear Continue pressing the information button to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under any one of the labels and the information about that label displays When information is not available No Info displays Storing a Radio Station as a Favorite Drivers are encouraged to set up their radio station favorites while the vehicle is in P
167. able or disable FCA press the Adaptive Cruise Control button See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 FCA is enabled when the green light on the button is lit FCA is disabled when the indicator light is amber A CAUTION e On winding roads FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you Do not rely on FCA on winding roads When weather limits visibility such as in fog rain or snow FCA performance is limited There may not be enough warning distance to the vehicle in front of you Do not rely on FCA in low visibility conditions A CAUTION When FCA is enabled the Adaptive Cruise Control switch is on If you press another Adaptive Cruise Control button you might go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Be careful not to press adaptive cruise buttons unless you want to use cruise control 163 Alerting the Driver KA The alert symbol will flash when e Your vehicle is approaching another vehicle too quickly e Your vehicle is following a vehicle ahead of you much too closely The FCA alert symbol will flash and a warning beep will sound when driver action may be required See Defensive Driving on page 296 for more information 164 Detecting the Vehicle Ahead The vehicle ahead symbol located next to the FCA symbol will only appear when a vehicle ahead of you is detected in your path If this symbol does not appea
168. ach of us is subject to the same laws of physics when driving on curves The traction of the tires against the road surface makes it possible for the vehicle to change its path when you turn the front wheels If there is no traction inertia will keep the vehicle going in the same direction If you have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice you will understand this The traction you can get in a curve depends on the condition of your tires and the road surface the angle at which the curve is banked and your speed While you are in a curve speed is the one factor you can control Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve Then you suddenly accelerate Both control systems steering and acceleration have to do their work where the tires meet the road Adding the sudden acceleration can demand too much of those places You can lose control See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 What should you do if this ever happens Ease up on the accelerator pedal steer the vehicle the way you want it to go and slow down If you have StabiliTrak the system may be active See StabiliTrak System on page 305 Speed limit signs near curves warn that you should adjust your speed Of course the posted speeds are based on good weather and road conditions Under less favorable conditions you will want to go slower If you need to reduce your speed as you approach a curve do it before you enter the curve while your fron
169. actory programmed position when the vehicle is in REVERSE R This feature may be useful in allowing you to view the curb when you are parallel parking When the vehicle is shifted out of REVERSE R and either a five second delay has occurred or the ignition is turned to OFF the driver s and passenger s side mirror will return to its original position This feature can be enabled disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC 134 Outside Convex Mirror A CAUTION A convex mirror can make things like other vehicles look farther away than they really are If you cut too sharply into the right lane you could hit a vehicle on your right Check your inside mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes The passenger s side mirror is convex A convex mirror s Surface is curved so more can be seen from the drivers seat This mirror does not have a dimming feature Outside Heated Mirrors When you operate the rear window defogger it also warms both outside mirrors to help clear them of fog or ice See Dual Climate Control System on page 204 for more information OnStar System e OnStar uses several innovative technologies and live advisors to provide you with a wide range of safety security information and convenience services If your airbags deploy the system is designed to make an automatic call to OnStar Emergency advisors who can request emergency services be
170. ad remains See When It Is Time for New Tires on page 411 UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire See Uniform Tire Quality Grading on page 414 402 Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo load See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb weight accessory weight occupant weight and cargo weight Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the vehicle s capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure See Tire and Loading Information Label under Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Inflation Tire Pressure Tires need the correct amount of air pressure to operate effectively Notice Do not let anyone tell you that under inflation or over inflation is all right It is not If your tires do not have enough air under inflation you can get the following e Too much flexing e Too much heat e Tire overloading e Premature or irregular wear e Poor handling e Reduced fuel economy If your tires have too much air over inflation you can get the followi
171. ades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you do not shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that they would get hot and no longer work well On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph 70 km h to reduce the possibility of the engine and the transmission overheating 341 Parking on Hills But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill here is how to do it 1 Apply your regular brakes but do not shift into A CAUTION PARK P 2 Have someone place chocks behind the You really should not park your vehicle trailer wheels with a trailer attached on a hill 3 When the wheel chocks are in place release If something goes wrong your rig could the regular brakes until the chocks absorb start to move People can be injured and the load both your vehicle and the trailer can be 4 Reapply the regular brakes Then shift damaged into PARK P firmly and apply your parking brake 5 Release the regular brakes 342 When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill 1 Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal down while you e Start your engine e Shift into a gear and e Make sure the parking brake has released 2 Let up on the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks Maintenance When Trailer Towing Your vehicle w
172. affect your passing patterns If you have any doubt whatsoever about making a successful pass wait for a better time Watch for traffic signs pavement markings and lines If you can see a sign up ahead that might indicate a turn or an intersection delay your pass A broken center line usually indicates it is all right to pass providing the road ahead is clear Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane or a double solid line even if the road seems empty of approaching traffic Do not get too close to the vehicle you want to pass while you are awaiting an opportunity For one thing following too closely reduces your area of vision especially if you are following a larger vehicle Also you will not have adequate space if the vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops Keep back a reasonable distance When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and do not get too close Time your move so you will be increasing speed as the time comes to move into the other lane If the way is clear to pass you will have a running start that more than makes up for the distance you would lose by dropping back And if something happens to cause you to cancel your pass you need only slow down and drop back again and wait for another opportunity If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle wait your turn But take care that someone is not trying to pass you as you pull out to pas
173. age the vehicle Many times this damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty and it could be costly But the notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage When you read other manuals you might see CAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or in different words There are also warning labels on the vehicle They use the same words CAUTION or NOTICE Vehicle Symbols The vehicle has components and labels that use symbols instead of text Symbols are shown along with the text describing the operation or information relating to a specific component control message gage or indicator If you need help figuring out a specific name of a component gage or indicator reference the following topics e Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1 e Features and Controls in Section 2 e Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3 e Climate Controls in Section 3 e Warning Lights Gages and Indicators in Section 3 e Audio System s in Section 3 e Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5 These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle LATCH BOTH LAP AND ae SHOULDER BELTS TO crate ENGINE ee Se PROTECT OCCUPANT Suton AD cootant ering Ge DO NOT TWIST SAFETY i TEMP BELT WHEN ATTACHING PROTECT 4 TURN FUSE EYES BY FASTEN SIGNALS BATTERY BOX SHIELDING SEAT AIRBAG X CHARGING ACCESS U I BELTS SYSTEM PARKING CAUSTIC LANDS ENGINE BATTERY MOVE SEAT e DO NOT INSTALL a CO
174. ains There is not enough clearance Tire chains used ona vehicle without the proper amount of clearance can cause damage to the brakes CAUTION Continued Use another type of traction device only if its manufacturer recommends it for use on your vehicle and tire size combination and road conditions Follow that manufacturer s instructions To help avoid damage to your vehicle drive slowly readjust or remove the device if it is contacting your vehicle and do not spin your vehicle s wheels If you do find traction devices that will fit install them on the front tires suspension or other vehicle parts The area damaged by the tire chains could cause you to lose control of your vehicle and you or others may be injured in a crash CAUTION Continued 418 If a Tire Goes Flat It is unusual for a tire to blowout while you are driving especially if you maintain your vehicle s tires properly If air goes out of a tire it is much more likely to leak out slowly But if you should ever have a blowout here are a few tips about what to expect and what to do If a front tire fails the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly Steer to maintain lane position and then gently brake to a stop well out of the traffic lane A rear blowout particularly on a curve acts much like a skid and may require the same corr
175. aker and tone controls to the middle position press the tune knob for more than two seconds until a beep sounds 271 Digital Signal Processing DSP This feature is used to provide a choice of four different listening experiences DSP can be used while listening to the audio system or a CD To change the DSP mode press the tune knob until the DSP control label displays Press the pushbutton located under the DSP label until the control labels display Continue by pressing the desired button below the control labels on the display For more information on the control label displays see the following e Norm Normal Select this screen button to adjust the audio for normal mode This provides the best sound quality for all seating positions e Driv Driver Select this screen button to adjust the audio for the driver to receive the best possible sound quality 272 e Rear Select this screen button to adjust the audio for the rear seat passengers to receive the best possible sound quality Surround Centerpoint Select this screen button to enable Bose Centerpoint signal processing circuitry Centerpoint produces a full vehicle surround sound listening experience from a CD MP3 WMA or XM stereo digital audio source and delivers five independent audio channels from conventional two channel stereo recordings Not available for AM FM or auxiliary sources Digital Signal Processing DSP is only availab
176. al lamps flash on and off Press the button again to turn the flashers off When the hazard warning flashers are on your turn signals will not work Other Warning Devices If you carry reflective triangles you can set them up at the side of the road about 300 feet 100 m behind your vehicle 158 Horn Press near or on the horn symbols on your steering wheel pad to sound the horn Tilt Wheel A tilt wheel lets you adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can raise the steering wheel to the highest level to give your legs more room when you enter and exit the vehicle The lever that lets you tilt the steering wheel is located on the left side of the steering column To tilt the wheel hold the wheel and pull the lever Then move the wheel to a comfortable position and release the lever to lock the wheel in place Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column iy A Z If your vehicle has this feature the power tilt wheel control is located on the outboard side of the steering column To operate the power tilt feature push the control up and the steering wheel will tilt up Push the control down and the steering wheel will go down Push the control forward and the steering wheel moves toward the front of the vehicle Push the control rearward and the steering wheel moves toward the rear of the vehicle To set the memory position see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 and Memory Seat
177. an take their toll over a period of years To help keep the paint finish looking new keep the vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts Bright metal parts should be cleaned regularly to keep their luster Washing with water is all that is usually needed However you may use chrome polish on chrome or stainless steel trim if necessary Use special care with aluminum trim To avoid damaging protective trim never use auto or chrome polish steam or caustic soap to clean aluminum A coating of wax rubbed to high polish is recommended for all bright metal parts Windshield and Wiper Blades If the windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if the wiper blade chatters when running wax sap or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a glass cleaning liquid or powder and water solution The windshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsed with water Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper blades and affect their performance Clean the blade by wiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full strength windshield washer solvent Then rinse the blade with water Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary replace blades that look worn 437 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Your vehicle may have either aluminum or chrome plated wheels Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean clot
178. any crashes severe enough to inflate the airbag windshields are broken by vehicle deformation Additional windshield breakage may also occur from the right front passenger airbag e Airbags are designed to inflate only once After an airbag inflates you will need some new parts for the airbag system If you do not get them the airbag system will not be there to help protect you in another crash A new system will include airbag modules and possibly other parts The service manual for your vehicle covers the need to replace other parts e Your vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which records information after a crash See Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data Recorders on page 484 e Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems Improper service can mean that an airbag system will not work properly See your dealer for service Passenger Sensing System Your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger airbag status indicator on the overhead console will be visible when you turn your ignition key to RUN or START OFF ON PASSENGER AIRBAG l A wy A A United States Canada The words ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off will be visible during the system check When the system check is complete either the word ON or the word OFF or the symbol for on or the symbol for off will be visible See Passenger Airbag Status In
179. are aimed properly read all the instructions before beginning Failure to follow these instructions could cause damage to headlamp parts The vehicle should be properly prepared as follows e The vehicle should be placed so the headlamps are 25 ft 7 6 m from a light colored wall e The vehicle must have all four tires on a level surface which is level all the way to the wall e The vehicle should be placed so it is perpendicular to the wall e The vehicle should not have any snow ice or mud on it e The vehicle should be fully assembled and all other work stopped while headlamp aiming is being performed e The vehicle should be normally loaded with a full tank of fuel and one person or 160 Ibs 75 kg sitting on the driver s seat e Tires should be properly inflated e The spare tire is in its original location in the vehicle 389 Headlamp aiming is done with the vehicle s low beam headlamps The high beam headlamps will be correctly aimed if the low beam headlamps are aimed properly To adjust the vertical aim do the following 1 Open the hood See Hood Release on page 355 for more information A Cw o A 2 Find the center line running through the lens of the headlamp 3 Measure the distance from the ground to the center line running through the lens of the headlamp Record the distance 390 4 At the wall measure from the ground upward A to the recorded distance from Step 3 a
180. are planning to visit there here are some tips that can make your trips safer and more enjoyable e Keep your vehicle in good shape Check all fluid levels and also the brakes tires cooling system and transaxle These parts can work hard on mountain roads A CAUTION If you do not shift down your brakes could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Shift down to let your engine assist your brakes on a steep downhill slope Driving on steep hills or mountains is different from driving in flat or rolling terrain 320 A CAUTION Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL N or with the ignition off is dangerous Your brakes will have to do all the work of slowing down They could get so hot that they would not work well You would then have poor braking or even none going down a hill You could crash Always have your engine running and your vehicle in gear when you go downhill e Know how to go down hills The most important thing to know is this let your engine do some of the slowing down Shift to a lower gear when you go down a steep or long hill Know how to go uphill You may want to shift down to a lower gear The lower gears help cool your engine and transaxle and you can climb the hill better e Stay in your own lane when driving on two lane roads in hills or mountains Do not swing wide or cut across the center of the road
181. ass or other things that can burn 125 Engine Exhaust A CAUTION Engine exhaust can kill It contains the gas carbon monoxide CO which you cannot see or smell It can cause unconsciousness and death You might have exhaust coming in if e Your exhaust system sounds strange or different e Your vehicle gets rusty underneath e Your vehicle was damaged in a collision CAUTION Continued 126 CAUTION Continued e Your vehicle was damaged when driving over high points on the road or over road debris e Repairs were not done correctly e Your vehicle or exhaust system has been modified improperly If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into your vehicle e Drive it only with all the windows down to blow out any CO and e Have your vehicle fixed immediately Running the Engine While Parked It is better not to park with the engine running But if you ever have to here are some things to know A CAUTION Idling the engine with the climate control system off could allow dangerous exhaust into your vehicle See the earlier caution under Engine Exhaust on page 126 Also idling in a closed in place can let deadly carbon monoxide CO into your vehicle even if the climate control fan is at the highest setting One place this can happen is a garage Exhaust with CO can come in easily NEVER park in a garage with the engine running Another closed in place can be a blizzard See Winter
182. atic dimming feature is active each time the vehicle is started 132 Compass Operation Press the on off button once to turn the compass on or off When the ignition and the compass feature are on the compass will show two character boxes for about two seconds After two seconds the mirror will display the compass heading Compass Calibration See Compass Calibration under Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass on page 130 for more information Compass Variance See Compass Variance under Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass on page 130 for more information Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors Your vehicle s mirror controls are located on the driver s door armrest e Press A to select the drivers side mirror Then press the arrows located on the four way control pad to adjust the mirror e Press B to select the passenger s side mirror Then press the arrows located on the four way control pad to adjust the mirror If your vehicle has manual fold mirrors the mirrors can be manually folded inward to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash To fold push the mirror toward the vehicle To return th
183. ature on or off The indicator light will illuminate when this feature is active The automatic dimming feature is active each time the vehicle is started Compass Operation Press the on off button once to turn the compass on or off When the ignition and the compass feature are on the compass will show two character boxes for about two seconds After two seconds the mirror will display the compass heading Compass Calibration If after two seconds the display does not show a compass heading for example N for North there may be a strong magnetic field interfering with the compass Such interference may be caused by a magnetic antenna mount magnetic note pad holder or a similar magnetic item If the letter C should ever appear in the compass window the compass may need calibration The mirror can be calibrated by driving the vehicle in circles at 5 mph 8 km h or less until the display reads a direction The compass can be placed in calibration mode manually by pressing and holding the on off button until a C is shown in the compass display Compass Variance The zone is set to zone eight upon leaving the factory It will be necessary to adjust the compass to compensate for compass variance if you live outside zone eight Under certain circumstances as during a long distance cross country trip it will be necessary to adjust for compass variance Compass variance is the difference between earth s magnetic nort
184. atus of either ON or OFF The ON display indicates the radio clock display is disabled and the OFF display indicates the radio clock display is enabled Press this pushbutton to toggle the radio clock display on or off If the radio clock display is turned on the screen displays Radio Clock ON for 10 seconds then returns to the original clock display menu If the radio clock display is turned off the screen displays Radio Clock OFF for 10 seconds The menus for clock and date settings are removed and ON displays as a current status indicating that the clock display can be turned on if desired Setting the Time and Date on the Digital Radio Clock If your vehicle has a radio with a single CD player it has a clock button for setting the time and date To set the time and date do the following 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button and HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under each one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or the FWD The radio clock and analog clock are not synchronized Occasionally you may need to set the digital radio clock using the procedure below to synchronize both clocks forward button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arr
185. be on The massage cycle will run for up to 10 minutes To stop massage press the massaging lumbar switch again or press the power lumbar switch Heated and Cooled Seats Your vehicle may have heated and cooled front seats To operate the heated or cooled seats the ignition must be on The buttons are located on the front doors Driver s Side Buttons Shown Passenger s Side Buttons Similar Heated Seatback Press this button to turn on the heated seatback Cooled Seat Press this button to turn on the cooled seat e Heated Seat and Seatback Press this button to turn on the heated seat and seatback Press a button to turn on the desired feature A light on that button will display to show which feature is on There are three temperature settings for each feature A column of three lights next to the buttons will display which setting the feature is in high medium or low Three lights indicate the highest setting two lights for medium and one light for the lowest setting When you press a button the feature will turn on at the highest setting Each time you press the button the feature will go down one temperature setting To turn the feature off keep pressing the button until the display lights turn off If your vehicle has remote vehicle start and is started using the remote keyless entry transmitter the front heated seats will be turned on to the high setting if it is
186. be on along with the fog lamps Cornering Lamps The cornering lamps come on when the headlamps or parking lamps are on and you signal a turn with the multifunction lever They provide more light for cornering 192 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver If the manual parking lamps or headlamps have been left on the exterior lamps will turn off approximately 10 minutes after the ignition is turned to OFF This protects against draining the battery in case you have accidentally left the headlamps or parking lamps on The battery saver does not work if the headlamps are turned on after the ignition switch is turned to OFF If you need to leave the lamps on for more than 10 minutes use the exterior lamp control to turn the lamps back on Instrument Panel Brightness Instrument Panel Brightness This feature controls the brightness of the instrument panel lights The button for this control is located below the exterior lamps control Push the button in and release to extend the button Turn the button clockwise for brightness of the instrument panel lights and counter clockwise to turn the brightness down Courtesy Lamps The courtesy lamps are located on the headliner above the rear seat These lamps come on by turning the instrument panel brightness knob fully clockwise or when any door is opened and it is dark outside Puddle lamps are located on the bottom of the front and rear door trim Professional vehicles have a
187. belt would apply force at your abdomen This could cause serious or even fatal injuries The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash 36 To unlatch the belt just push the button on the buckle Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides Rear shoulder belt comfort guides may provide added safety belt comfort for older children who have outgrown booster seats and for small adults When installed on a shoulder belt the comfort guide better positions the belt away from the neck and head There is one guide for each outside passenger position in the rear seat Here is how to install a comfort guide to the safety belt 1 Remove the guide from its storage pocket on the side of the seatback Slide the guide under and past the belt The elastic cord must be under the belt Then place the guide over the belt and insert the two edges of the belt into the slots of the guide 37 CAUTION Continued be seriously injured The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces 3 Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat The elastic cord must be under the belt and the guide on top A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed ina crash
188. bjects that are close to the vehicle which are at least 10 inches 25 4 cm off the ground and below hood or trunk level The system detects objects up to 4 feet 1 2 m in front of the vehicle and up to 8 feet 2 5 m behind your vehicle UFRPA determines how close these objects are from your bumpers within this area Four ultrasonic sensors on the front and rear bumpers are used to detect the distance to the object 196 A CAUTION The Ultrasonic Front and Rear Park Assist UFRPA system does not replace driver vision UFRPA does not Operate above speeds of 5 mph 8 km h Detect objects more than 4 feet 1 2 meters in front of the vehicle and more than 8 feet 2 5 meters behind the vehicle This distance may be less during warmer or humid weather Detect objects that are below the bumper underneath the vehicle or that are very close to the vehicle Detect children pedestrians bicyclists or pets So if you do not use proper care before moving forward or backing up you could hit a vehicle child pedestrian bicyclist or CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued pet resulting in vehicle damage injury or death Even though the vehicle has the UFRPA system always check carefully before moving forward or backing up by checking in front of and behind your vehicle Rear Parking Assist Display Front Parking Assist Display The front display is located on top of the instrument panel to the right of
189. ble Guides amon A z a part number or specification may be obtained from Category LG oF GOLE your dealer f Elui Power Steering GM Power Steering Fluid Usage uid Lubricant System GM Part No U S 89021184 Engine oil which meets in Canada 89021186 GM Standard GM6094M and Automatic DEXRON VI Automatic displays the American Petroleum Transaxle Transmission Fluid Institute Certified for Gasoline Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Engine Oil Engines starburst symbol Key Lock GM Part No U S 12346241 GM Goodwrench oil meets all the y in Canada 10953474 requirements for your vehicle To determine the proper viscosity for Hood Latch icla i Assembly Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol T Secondary GM Part No U S 12346293 f f Latch Pivots in Canada 992723 or lubricant 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable Spring meeting requirements of NLGI 2 water and use only DEX COOL Anch d t LB LB Engine Coolant Coolant See Engine Coolant Release Paw Category Ot OCE on page 366 Multi Purpose Lubricant Superlube Hydraulic Brake Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid or Hood and Door GM Part ho US 12346241 System equivalent DOT 3 brake fluid Hinges in Canada 10953474 eee GM Optikleen Washer Solvent Weatherstrip Lubricant GM Part No U S 3634770 Weatherstrip in Canada 10953518 or Dielectric Conditioning Silicone Grease GM Part No U S 12345579 in Canada 992887 467 Normal Maintenance
190. board side of the air filter compartment to carefully pry the pin out 214 3 To remove the air filter insert a tool between the air filter and the compartment wall on the outboard side of the vehicle Then push in to flatten the pin holding the air filter in place Gently remove the air filter and any loose debris that may be inside the air filter compartment 4 Insert the new air filter by pushing until you hear a click Then reinstall the push pin and snap the cover into place Warning Lights Gages and Indicators This part describes the warning lights and gages that may be on your vehicle The pictures will help you locate them Warning lights and gages can signal that something is wrong before it becomes serious enough to cause an expensive repair or replacement Paying attention to your warning lights and gages could also save you or others from injury Warning lights come on when there may be or is a problem with one of your vehicle s functions As you will see in the details on the next few pages some warning lights come on briefly when you start the engine just to let you know they are working If you are familiar with this section you should not be alarmed when this happens Gages can indicate when there may be oris a problem with one of your vehicle s functions Often gages and warning lights work together to let you know when there is a problem with your vehicle When one of the warning lights com
191. cannot stop accelerate or turn as well because your tire to road traction is not as good as on dry roads And if your tires do not have much tread left you will get even less traction It is always wise to go slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall while you are driving The surface may get wet suddenly when your reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement 314 The heavier the rain the harder it is to see Even if your windshield wiper blades are in good shape a heavy rain can make it harder to see road signs and traffic signals pavement markings the edge of the road and even people walking It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape and keep your windshield washer fluid reservoir filled with washer fluid Replace your windshield wiper inserts when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield or when strips of rubber start to separate from the inserts A CAUTION Wet brakes can cause accidents They may not work as well in a quick stop and may cause pulling to one side You could lose control of the vehicle After driving through a large puddle of water or a car wash apply your brake pedal lightly until your brakes work normally Driving too fast through large water puddles or even going through some car washes can cause problems too The water may affect your brakes Try to avoid puddles But if you cannot try to slow down before you hit them Hydroplani
192. cce 484 Collision Damage Repair ccee 485 Customer Assistance Information Reporting Safety Defects 00 0008 489 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 0608 489 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government eec 489 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors ceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeees 490 Service Publications Ordering INTOPMATION deseninin aa aA 490 473 Customer Assistance and Information Customer Satisfaction Procedure Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and to Cadillac Normally any concerns with the sales transaction or the operation of your vehicle will be resolved by your dealer s sales or service departments Sometimes however despite the best intentions of all concerned misunderstandings can occur If your concern has not been resolved to your satisfaction the following steps should be taken STEP ONE Discuss your concern with a member of dealership management Normally concerns can be quickly resolved at that level If the matter has already been reviewed with the sales service or parts manager contact the owner of the dealership or the general manager 474 STEP TWO If after contacting a member of dealership management it appears your concern cannot be resolved by the dealership without further help in the United States contact the Cadillac Customer Assistance Center 24 hours a day by calling 1
193. ce even though it is turned off CAUTION Continued 52 CAUTION Continued We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbags are off If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the right front passenger s airbag if it inflates Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in the rear seat Wherever you install a child restraint be sure to secure the child restraint properly Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving or in a crash This system is designed to make installation of a child restraint easier The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that are made for use with the LATCH system Make sure that a LATCH compatible child restraint is properly installed using the anchors or use the vehicle s safety belts to secure t
194. cicieieeesareseatiiacceesbueceestaney 377 Windshield Washer scce 378 Fog Lamp Light asessori ssssisssaruiasamndiennnns 231 FOG LAMPS sessirnar es 191 Forward Collision Alert FAC System 161 RUC E E emnanacecsesaubcarke A 349 ACGIIVS nisin eda aaa 350 California Fuel ieii na aana a 350 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 354 Filling Your Tank cceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 352 Fuels in Foreign Countries 0 0 0 0 351 GAGS aae aaa e E 232 Gasoline Octane ssisssisuinissiiiieaniai sinesi 349 Gasoline Specifications 0 cee 349 Fuses Fuses and Circuit Breakers 00 443 Rear Underseat Fuse Block acceca 447 Underhood Fuse Block scce 444 Windshield Wiper ceecee 443 G Gage Engine Coolant Temperature 0 00 226 UCN E E A E A EE ETN 232 SPCCCOMEtE srraraiisriu iiaa 217 Tachometer sssssssesrrsesrrrrsrerrriserrrnrnrrrnnns 217 Garage Door Opener cseeeeees 139 140 Gasoline Octane esitip anini o aa ea cack 349 Specifications sessies 349 Glove BOX ssisirio insanning denei aiaiai 150 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 479 H Hazard Warning Flashers ocen 158 Head Restraints ce ecceeseeeeeeeeeereeeeeneees 15 Headlamp AON ea aihveaeaist ave trek tev acttedsaeteaetean ces 389 Headlamp Wiring cccceseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 443 Headlamps Bulb Replacement ccceceeeeeeeeeeneeeees 392 Daytime Running Lamps
195. cing Brake System Parts The braking system on a vehicle is complex Its many parts have to be of top quality and work well together if the vehicle is to have really good braking Your vehicle was designed and tested with top quality GM brake parts When you replace parts of your braking system for example when your brake linings wear down and you need new ones put in be sure you get new approved replacement parts If you do not your brakes may no longer work properly For example if someone puts in brake linings that are wrong for your vehicle the balance between your front and rear brakes can change for the worse The braking performance you have come to expect can change in many other ways if someone puts in the wrong replacement brake parts 381 Battery Your vehicle has a maintenance free battery When it is time for a new battery get one that has the replacement number shown on the original battery s label We recommend an ACDelco replacement battery Warning Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Wash hands after handling The battery is located under the rear seat cushion To access the battery see Rear Underseat Fuse Block on page 447 You do not need to access the battery to jump start your vehicle See Jump Starting on page 384 382 A CAUTION A battery that is
196. ckle the vehicle s safety belt and let it go back all the way The safety belt will move freely again and be ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position A CAUTION A child in a child restraint in the center front seat can be badly injured or killed by the right front passenger s airbag if it inflates Never secure a child restraint in the center front seat It is always better to secure a child restraint in the rear seat Do not secure a child restraint in the center front seat position 62 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position Your vehicle has a right front passenger s airbag A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward facing child restraint See Where to Put the Restraint on page 51 In addition your vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag when an infant in a rear facing infant seat or a small child in a forward facing child restraint or booster seat is detected See Passenger Sensing System on page 77 and Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 220 for more information on this including important safety information A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rea
197. classical to display 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired setting For the Bose amplified radio perform the following steps to setup the equalization settings 1 Press the Tune knob until the DSP Digital Signal Processing label displays 2 Press the pushbutton located under the DSP label to get choices of Norm Driv Rear and Surround to display 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired setting To select Surround press either the fourth or fifth pushbutton located under the displayed Surround until Centerpoint displays To return to the manual mode press the tune knob Select either BASS MID or TREB and start to manually adjust the settings by turning the tune knob Adjusting the Speakers Balance Fade BAL FADE Balance Fade To adjust balance or fade press the tune knob until the speaker control labels display Continue pressing to highlight the desired label or press the pushbutton positioned under the desired label Turn the tune knob clockwise or counterclockwise to adjust the highlighted setting The highlighted setting can be adjusted by pressing either the SEEK FWD forward or REV reverse buttons until the desired levels are obtained To quickly adjust balance or fade to the middle position press the pushbutton positioned under the BAL or FADE label for more than two seconds A beep sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position To quickly adjust all spe
198. cle 113 New Vehicle Break In cseeeeeeeeeeees 113 Ignition POSitiONS 2 0 eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeees 114 Retained Accessory Power RAP 115 Starting the Engine 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 115 Engine Coolant Heater ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 117 Automatic Transaxle Operation 0 118 Performance Shifting 0 0 0 0 cseeeeeeeees 121 Parking Brake ssidisevstevecianotdesveicdsteacedleest 121 Shifting Into Park P eeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 122 Shifting Out of Park P eeen 125 Parking Over Things That Burn 125 Engine Exhaust cceeeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeees 126 Running the Engine While Parked 127 MONS eerie eniai eee eee Dae 128 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Intellibeam OnStar and Compass 128 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with OnStar and Compass 0 00 130 87 Section 2 Features and Controls Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror With COMPASS eeeeeeee anasi Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror Outside Curb View Assist Mirror Outside Convex Mirror ece Outside Heated Mirrors a e OnStar System iier Universal Home Remote System Universal Home Remote System With Three Round LED csecsenc Universal Home Remote System With One Triangular LED 000 88 Universal Home Remote
199. cle in good condition see your GM Goodwrench dealer 455 This schedule is for vehicles that e carry passengers and cargo within recommended limits You will find these limits on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 e are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legal driving limits e use the recommended fuel See Gasoline Octane on page 349 The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 should be performed when indicated See Additional Required Services on page 460 and Maintenance Footnotes on page 467 for further information 456 A CAUTION Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous In trying to do some jobs you can be seriously injured Do your own maintenance work only if you have the required know how and the proper tools and equipment for the job If you have any doubt see your GM Goodwrench dealer to have a qualified technician do the work Some maintenance services can be complex So unless you are technically qualified and have the necessary equipment you should have your GM Goodwrench dealer do these jobs When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for your service needs you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM parts If you want to purchase service information see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 490 Owner Checks and Services on page 463 tel
200. control system warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 for more information StabiliTrak Indicator Light A ee For vehicles that have the StabiliTrak system this warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If it stays on or comes on when you are driving there may be a problem with your StabiliTrak system and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly If the StabiliTrak system warning light comes on and stays on for an extended period of time when the system is turned on your vehicle needs service See StabiliTrak System on page 305 for more information 225 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The engine coolant temperature warning light will come on when the engine is very hot AA RIAA This light will also come on briefly when the vehicle is started If the light does not go out or comes on and stays on while driving there may be a problem with the cooling system Driving with engine coolant temperature light on could cause your vehicle to overheat see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 371 See Engine Overheating on pa
201. ction Control System TCS 8 303 Magnetic Ride Control esserne 304 StabiliTrak Systeii 2cncacakice ete 305 Panic Brake Assist accen 306 SISCHING ssivniieniiiistietineaitiaasiia ene 306 Off Road Recovery ceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 309 PASSING seececauinsecetrataasnasteecneabeendsensetatunehiude 309 Loss Of Control Sossi 311 Driving at Nighi sesaran 312 Driving Your Vehicle Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads 314 City DIVING vissri aneian adera aA 316 Freeway Driving ssssssssssirrressrrrererrrreserene 317 Before Leaving on a Long Trip 318 Highway Hypnosis seee 319 Hill and Mountain Roads 320 Winter DIVING ssescoetsstescesteseareaseutecdassunnaededy 322 If Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice Or SNOW cecceeceeecceeeeeeeeeeees 326 Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out 327 Loading Your Vehicle cecce 327 TOWING sesvstieicceieteide ienaddesneincitisee tahiti 334 Towing Your Vehicle lce 334 Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 0 334 Towing a Trailer aenescens 336 295 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle A CAUTION Defensive driving really means Be ready Defensive Driving for anything On city streets rural roads The best advice anyone can give about driving is or expressways it means Always expect Drive defensively the unexpected Assume that pedestrians Please start with a very important safety device in or other
202. d e Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higher speed Press the SET button then release the button and the accelerator pedal The vehicle now cruises at the higher speed e Press the RES button Hold it there until you get up to the desired speed and then release the button To increase your speed in very small amounts briefly press the RES button and then release it Each time you do this the vehicle accelerates approximately 1 mph 1 6 km h The accelerate feature only works after you have set the cruise control speed by pressing the SET button 171 Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control There are two ways to reduce your speed while using cruise control e Press the SET button until you reach the lower desired speed then release it e To slow down in very small amounts push the SET button briefly Each time you do this the vehicle slows down approximately 1 mph 1 6 km h Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control Use the accelerator pedal to increase your speed When you take your foot off the pedal the vehicle slows down to your previous cruise control speed 172 Using Cruise Control on Hills How well your cruise control works on hills depends upon the vehicle speed load and the steepness of the hills When going up steep hills you might have to step on the accelerator pedal to maintain the vehicle s speed When going downhill you might have to brake or shift to a lower
203. d With cruise control you can maintain a speed of approximately 25 mph 40 km h or more without keeping your foot on the accelerator This Cruise control can be dangerous on is helpful on long trips Cruise control does not slippery roads On such roads fast work at speeds below about 25 mph 40 km h changes in tire traction can cause When cruise control is on you will see a excessive wheel slip and you could lose cruise light on the instrument panel cluster control Do not use cruise control on When you apply your brakes the cruise control slippery roads shuts off If your vehicle is in cruise control when the 7 Traction Control System TCS begins to limit A CAUTION wheel spin the cruise control automatically turns off See Traction Control System TCS on Cruise control can be dangerous where page 303 When road conditions let you safely use you cannot drive safely at a steady speed it again you can turn the cruise control back on So do not use your cruise control on winding roads or in heavy traffic CAUTION Continued 169 Setting Cruise Control A CAUTION If you leave your cruise control on when you are not using cruise you might hit a button and go into cruise when you do not want to You could be startled and even lose control Keep the cruise control switch off until you want to use cruise control The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel 170
204. d use it only for the seat it is made to fit The extender has been designed for adults Never use it for securing child seats To wear it just attach it to the regular safety belt For more information see the instruction sheet that comes with the extender 39 Child Restraints Q What is the proper way to wear safety belts Older Children A An older child should wear a lap shoulder belt and get the additional restraint a shoulder belt can provide The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck The lap belt should fit snugly below the hips just touching the top of the thighs It should never be worn over the abdomen which could cause severe or even fatal internal injuries in a crash According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating positions In a crash children who are not buckled up can strike other people who are buckled up or can be thrown out of the vehicle Older children need to use safety belts properly Older children who have outgrown booster seats should wear the vehicle s safety belts 40 Q What if a child is wearing a lap shoulder belt but the child is so small that the shoulder belt is very close to the child s face or neck As If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window move the child toward the center of the vehicle Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides on page 37 If the child is sitting in
205. d cleaning the outside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser is recommended at least once a year d Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking Replace wiper blades that appear worn or damaged or that streak or miss areas of the windshield e Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all your belts buckles latch plates retractors and anchorages are working properly Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts If you see anything that might keep a safety belt system from doing its job have it repaired Have any torn or frayed safety belts replaced Also look for any opened or broken airbag coverings and have them repaired or replaced The airbag system does not need regular maintenance 462 f Lubricate all key lock cylinders Lubricate all hinges and latches including those for the hood rear compartment glove box door and console door More frequent lubrication may be required when exposed to a corrosive environment Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak g If you drive regularly under dusty conditions the filter may require replacement more often h Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or more of these conditions In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 90 F 32 C or higher In hilly or moun
206. d dry soils remove as much as possible and then vacuum To clean use the following instructions 1 Saturate a lint free clean white cloth with water or club soda 2 Wring the cloth to remove excess moisture 3 Start on the outside edge of the soil and gently rub toward the center Continue cleaning using a clean area of the cloth each time it becomes soiled 4 Continue to gently rub the soiled area until the cleaning cloth remains clean 5 If the soil is not completely removed use a mild soap solution and repeat the cleaning process that was used with plain water If any of the soil remains a commercial fabric cleaner or spot lifter may be necessary When a commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter is to be used test a small hidden area for colorfastness first If the locally cleaned area gives any impression that a ring formation may result clean the entire surface After the cleaning process has been completed a paper towel can be used to blot excess moisture from the fabric or carpet 433 Leather A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used Allow the leather to dry naturally Do not use heat to dry Never use steam to clean leather Never use spot lifters or spot removers on leather Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect leather may permane
207. d of the wheel wrench to gently pry the wheel covers off Be careful not to scratch the aluminum wheel edge and do not try to remove it with your hands Then loosen the wheel nuts with the wheel wrench Do not remove them yet 423 Find the jacking location from the diagram above and use the corresponding cutouts located in the plastic molding The front location is A 8 5 inches 21 cm from the rear edge of the front wheel well and the rear location B is 3 5 inches 8 5 cm from the front edge of the rear wheel well The notches may also be labeled JACK with an arrow pointing to the jacking location on the vehicle 424 A CAUTION Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up is dangerous If the vehicle slips off the jack you could be badly injured or killed Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack A CAUTION Raising your vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle Notice If you position the jack under the 6 Put the spare tire near you rocker molding and attempt to raise the vehicle you could break the molding and or cause other damage to your vehicle Always position the jack so that when the jack head is raised it will fit firmly in the notch located inboard from the rocker molding
208. d this manual and get familiar with your vehicle s audio system you can use it with less effort as well as take advantage of its features While your vehicle is parked set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them A CAUTION This system provides you with a far greater access to audio stations and song listings Giving extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving can cause a crash and you or others can be injured or killed Always keep your eyes on the road and your mind on the drive avoid engaging in extended searching while driving Keeping your mind on the drive is important for safe driving For more information see Defensive Driving on page 296 261 Here are some ways in which you can help avoid distraction while driving While your vehicle is parked e Familiarize yourself with all of its controls e Familiarize yourself with its operation e Set up your audio system by presetting your favorite radio stations setting the tone and adjusting the speakers Then when driving conditions permit you can tune to your favorite radio stations using the presets and steering wheel controls if the vehicle has them Notice Before adding any sound equipment to your vehicle such as an audi
209. ddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regular brake See Parking Brake on page 121 Do not use the accelerator pedal and be ready to turn off the engine immediately if it starts Try to start the engine in each gear The vehicle should start only in PARK P or NEUTRAL N If the vehicle starts in any other position contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock Control System Check A CAUTION When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move suddenly If the vehicle moves you or others could be injured 1 Before you start be sure you have enough room around the vehicle It should be parked on a level surface 2 Firmly apply the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 121 Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately if the vehicle begins to move 3 With the engine off turn the ignition to RUN but do not start the engine Without applying the regular brake try to move the shift lever out of PARK P with normal effort If the shift lever moves out of PARK P contact your GM Goodwrench dealer for service 465 Ignition Transaxle Lock Check While parked and with the parking brake set try to turn the ignition to OFF in each shift lever position e The ignition should turn to OFF only when the shift lever is
210. dicator on page 220 The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag under certain conditions The driver s airbags are not part of the passenger sensing system 77 The passenger sensing system works with sensors that are part of the right front passenger s seat and safety belt The sensors are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag should be enabled may inflate or not Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding ina forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys 78 A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed t
211. ding water e Do not mix water with ready to use washer fluid Water can cause the solution to freeze and damage your washer fluid tank and other parts of the washer system Also water does not clean as well as washer fluid e Fill your washer fluid tank only three quarters full when it is very cold This allows for expansion if freezing occurs which could damage the tank if it is completely full e Do not use engine coolant antifreeze in your windshield washer It can damage your washer system and paint Brakes Brake Fluid Your brake master DOT 3 cylinder reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for reservoir location and access AR There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir might go down The first is that the brake fluid goes down to an acceptable level during normal brake lining wear When new linings are put in the fluid level goes back up The other reason is that fluid is leaking out of the brake system If it is you should have your brake system fixed since a leak means that sooner or later your brakes will not work well or will not work at all So it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak If you add fluid when your linings are worn then you will have too much fluid when you get new brake linings You should add or remove brake fluid as necessary only when work is don
212. dle counterclockwise Lower the jack completely 427 A CAUTION Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to come loose and even come off This could lead to an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel nuts If you have to replace them be sure to get new GM original equipment wheel nuts Stop somewhere as soon as you can and have the nuts tightened with a torque wrench to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 452 for wheel nut torque specification Notice Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead to brake pulsation and rotor damage To avoid expensive brake repairs evenly tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence and to the proper torque specification See Capacities and Specifications on page 452 for the wheel nut torque specification 428 8 Wheel Nuts 5 Wheel Nuts 13 Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in a crisscross sequence as shown If your vehicle is equipped with wheel nut covers screw the nut covers on with your fingers then tighten one quarter turn with the wheel wrench Notice Wheel covers will not fit on your compact spare If you try to put a wheel cover on the compact spare you could damage the cover or the spare Do not try to put a wheel cover on your compact spare tire if equipped It will not fit Store the wheel cover and lug nut caps in the trunk until you have the flat tire repaired or replaced Storing
213. dless heavy braking Some people drive in spurts heavy acceleration followed by heavy braking rather than keeping pace with traffic This is a mistake The brakes may not have time to cool between hard stops The brakes will wear out much faster if you do a lot of heavy braking If you keep pace with the traffic and allow realistic following distances you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking That means better braking and longer brake life If your vehicle s engine ever stops while you are driving brake normally but do not pump the brakes If you do the pedal may get harder to push down If the engine stops you will still have some power brake assist But you will use it when you brake Once the power assist is used up it may take longer to stop and the brake pedal will be harder to push Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 Anti Lock Brake System ABS Your vehicle has the Anti Lock Brake System ABS an advanced electronic braking system that will help prevent a braking skid When you start your engine and begin to drive away ABS will check itself You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise while this test is going on and you may even notice that your brake pedal moves a little This is normal If there is a problem with ABS this warning light will stay on See Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 223 30
214. drive the vehicle If there seems to be no leak with the engine on check to see if the electric engine cooling fans are running If the engine is overheating both fans should be running If they are not your vehicle needs service Notice Engine damage from running your engine without coolant is not covered by your warranty See Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode on page 371 for information on driving to a safe place in an emergency Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant could require changing sooner at 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle 373 How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Surge Tank If you have not found a problem yet check to see if coolant is visible in the surge tank If coolant is visible but the level is not at the FULL COLD mark located on the side of the surge tank add enough of a 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant at the coolant surge tank to bring the level to the FULL COLD mark but be sure the cooling system including the coolant surge tank pressure cap is cool before you do it See Engine Coolant on page 366 for more information 374 If no coolant is visible in the surge tank add coolant as follows A CAUTION
215. drivers are going to be careless your vehicle Buckle up See Safety Belts They and make mistakes Anticipate what they Are for Everyone on page 78 might do and be ready Rear end collisions are about the most preventable of accidents Yet they are common Allow enough following distance Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate on the driving task Anything that distracts from the driving task makes proper defensive driving more difficult and can even cause a collision with resulting injury Ask a passenger to help do these things or pull off the road in a safe place to do them These simple defensive driving techniques could save your life 296 Drunken Driving Death and injury associated with drinking and driving is a national tragedy It is the number one contributor to the highway death toll claiming thousands of victims every year Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive a vehicle e Judgment e Muscular Coordination e Vision e Attentiveness Police records show that almost half of all motor vehicle related deaths involve alcohol In most cases these deaths are the result of someone who was drinking and driving In recent years more than 16 000 annual motor vehicle related deaths have been associated with the use of alcohol with more than 300 000 people injured Many adults by some estimates nearly half the adult population choose never to drink alcohol so they never dri
216. dy takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol in one drink No amount of coffee or number of cold showers will speed that up will be careful is not the right answer What if there is an emergency a need to take sudden action as when a child darts into the street A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able to react quickly enough to avoid the collision There is something else about drinking and driving that many people do not know Medical research shows that alcohol in a person s system can make crash injuries worse especially injuries to the brain spinal cord or heart This means that when anyone who has been drinking driver or passenger is in a crash that person s chance of being killed or permanently disabled is higher than if the person had not been drinking A CAUTION Drinking and then driving is very dangerous Your reflexes perceptions attentiveness and judgment can be affected by even a small amount of alcohol You can have a serious or even fatal collision if you drive after drinking Please do not drink and drive or ride with a driver who has been drinking Ride home in a cab or if you are with a group designate a driver who will not drink 299 Control of a Vehicle You have three systems that make your vehicle go where you want it to go They are the brakes the steering and the accelerator All three systems have to do their work at the places where the
217. e Shut off the flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or by notifying the station attendant Leave the area immediately Notice If you need a new fuel cap be sure to get the right type Your dealer can get one for you If you get the wrong type it may not fit properly This may cause your malfunction indicator lamp to light and may damage your fuel tank and emissions system See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 227 353 Filling a Portable Fuel Container A CAUTION Checking Things Under the Hood A CAUTION Never fill a portable fuel container while it is in your vehicle Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite the gasoline vapor You can be badly burned and your vehicle damaged if this occurs To help avoid injury to you and others e Dispense gasoline only into approved containers e Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle in a vehicle s trunk pickup bed or on any surface other than the ground Bring the fill nozzle in contact with the inside of the fill opening before operating the nozzle Contact should be maintained until the filling is complete e Do not smoke while pumping gasoline 354 An electric fan under the hood can start up and injure you even when the engine is not running Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan A CAUTION Things that burn can get on hot engine parts and start a fire These include liquids like f
218. e a Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid as needed Perform any needed additional services See Additional Required Services in this section Lubricate body components See footnote f Check transaxle fluid level and add fluid as needed Replace passenger compartment air filter See footnote g 459 Additional Required Services The following services should be performed at the first maintenance service I or II after the indicated miles kilometers shown for each item Additional Required Services Service and Miles Kilometers 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 40 000 80 000 120 000 160 000 200 000 240 000 Inspect fuel system for damage or leaks Inspect exhaust system for loose or damaged components Replace engine air cleaner filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 362 Throttle body service An Emission Control Service See footnotes t and l Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter normal service Replace spark plugs An Emission Control Service Except Professional Vehicle Engine cooling system service or every five years whichever occurs first An Emission Control Service See footnote j Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter severe service See footnote h 460 Additional Required Services cont d ae 25 000 50 000 75 000 100 000 125 000 150 000 Service and Miles Kilometers
219. e f you need roadside assistance call GM Roadside Assistance See Roadside Service on page 480 for more information e If your vehicle cannot be driven know where Here is what to do if you are involved in an accident e Try to relax and then check to make sure you are all right If you are uninjured make sure that no one else in your vehicle or the other vehicle is injured If there has been an injury call 911 for help Do not leave the scene of an accident until all matters have been taken care of Move your vehicle only if its position puts you in danger or you are instructed to move it by a police officer Give only the necessary and requested information to police and other parties involved in the accident Do not discuss your personal condition mental frame of mind or anything unrelated to the accident This will help guard against post accident legal action the towing service will be taking it Get a card from the tow truck operator or write down the drivers name the service s name and the phone number Remove any valuables from your vehicle before it is towed away Make sure this includes your insurance information and registration if you keep these items in your vehicle Gather the important information you will need from the other driver Things like name address phone number driver s license number vehicle license plate vehicle make model and model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN
220. e 17 128 130 132 California Fuel wiccciciccsciienseeecciesceeeeveeeenes 350 California Proposition 65 Warning 348 Canadian OWNS ceceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 3 Capacities and Specifications 0 452 Carbon Monoxide 102 126 322 336 Care of Safety Belts siaa aiaei aaa ea aaae 435 Your CD Player irisaren 292 YOUN CDS 2 teat ccc ecettaten cee eee et eae 292 CD MP3 sitisicrciveaviieda instantiated 280 Center Console Storage Area ceecee 150 Center Flex Storage Unit eeee 151 Center Front Passenger Position Safety Bellour senene sna d aa 33 Center Seat cs csce seccavinanescisonssseiedareesizadeeescacaey 16 Chains Tire cccccccceccceccceeeueeeaeeeaeeeaeeeeeeees 418 Charging System Light aeaaee 222 Check Engine Light sivecttieccsieietetiecctediieccsd 227 Checking Things Under the Hood 354 Chemical Paint Spotting eeee 440 Child Restraints Child Restraint Systems cceeeeeeeeeeeees 47 Infants and Young Children 0008 43 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHIDO caves eonidas iu 53 Older Children ccsisiscicies ctvestseiccessaeisercces saves 40 Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat Position ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 60 Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position 00 62 Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position 0 08 62 Where to Put
221. e IntelliBeam button on the mirror A different sensitivity setting is available for dealer diagnostics This is done by pushing and holding this button for 20 seconds until the IntelliBeam indicator light flashes three times If you accidentally activate this the vehicle s setting automatically is reset when the ignition is turned off and then on again 189 Cleaning the IntelliBeam Light Sensor The light sensor is located on the inside of the vehicle in front of the inside rearview mirror ZB T f Clean the light sensor window periodically using glass cleaner on a soft cloth Gently wipe the sensor window Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the surface of the sensor window Wiper Activated Headlamps This feature activates the headlamps and parking lamps after the windshield wipers are turned on and have completed eight wipe cycles within four minutes When the ignition is turned to OFF the wiper activated headlamps immediately turn off The wiper activated headlamps also turn off if the windshield wipers are turned off 190 Headlamps on Reminder A warning chime will sound if the exterior lamp control is left on in either the headlamp or parking lamp position and the driver s door is opened with the ignition off Daytime Running Lamps DRL Daytime Running Lamps DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be helpful in many different driv
222. e a single attachment B to secure the top tether to the anchor Some child restraints that have top tethers are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached Others require the top tether always to be attached In Canada the law requires that forward facing child restraints have a top tether and that the tether be attached In the United States some child restraints also have a top tether Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint If the child restraint does not have a top tether one can be obtained in kit form for many child restraints Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kit is available Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations 2 Top Tether Anchor Seating positions with top tether anchors Lower Anchor Seating positions with two lower anchors Rear Seat To assist you in locating the lower anchors each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion 55 To assist you in locating the top tether anchors the top tether anchor symbol is located on the trim cover The top tether anchors are located under the trim covers on the rear seatback filler panel Pull open the trim cover to access the anchors Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child restraint will be placed 56 Do not secure
223. e and then shift into PARK P properly before you leave the driver s seat To find out how see Shifting Into Park P on page 122 If torque lock does occur you may need to have another vehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of the pressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle so you can pull the shift lever out of PARK P Shifting Out of Park P Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P when the ignition is RUN See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 118 The shift lock control system is designed to do the following e Prevent the ignition key from being removed unless the shift lever is in PARK P e Prevent movement of the console shift lever out of PARK P unless the ignition is in a position other than OFF The shift lock control system is always functional except in the case of a dead battery or low voltage less than 9 V battery If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease the pressure on the shift lever Push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into the gear you want If you are still having a problem shifting then have your vehicle serviced soon Parking Over Things That Burn A CAUTION Things that can burn could touch hot exhaust parts under your vehicle and ignite Do not park over papers leaves dry gr
224. e cap counterclockwise to remove Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean rag or paper towel Push it back in all the way wait three seconds and then pull it back out again 3 Check both sides of the dipstick and read the lower level The fluid level must be in the cross hatched area If the fluid level is in the acceptable range push the dipstick back in all the way and turn the handle clockwise Reinstall the engine air cleaner filter assembly 365 How to Add Automatic Transaxle Fluid Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of transaxle fluid to use See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 If the fluid level is low add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level into the cross hatched area on the dipstick 1 Pull out the dipstick 2 Using a long neck funnel add enough fluid at the dipstick hole to bring it to the proper level It does not take much fluid generally less than one pint 0 5 L Do not overfill Notice Use of the incorrect automatic transaxle fluid may damage your vehicle and the damages may not be covered by your warranty Always use the automatic transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 3 After adding fluid recheck the fluid level as described under How to Check Automatic Transaxle Fluid earlier in this section 4 When the correct fluid level is obtained push the dipstick back in all the wa
225. e mirror to its original position push outward Be sure to return both mirrors to their original unfolded position before driving If your vehicle has the power foldaway mirrors feature do the following e Press C to unfold the mirrors e Press D to fold the mirrors If the mirrors are accidentally folded unfolded manually they may shake or flutter at normal driving speeds and may not stay in the unfolded position If this happens you will need to reset the mirrors See Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors next Resetting the Power Foldaway Mirrors You will need to reset the power foldaway mirrors if the following occurs e They are accidentally manually folded unfolded e The mirrors will not stay in the unfolded position e The mirrors shake and flutter at normal driving speeds To reset the power foldaway mirrors fold and unfold them three times using the mirror controls This will reset them to their normal position 133 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror If the vehicle is equipped with this feature the drivers side mirror will adjust for the glare of headlamps behind you This feature is controlled by the on and off settings on the automatic dimming rearview mirror Outside Curb View Assist Mirror If your vehicle is equipped with memory mirrors it will also be capable of performing the curb view assist mirror feature This feature will allow the driver s and passenger s side mirror to tilt to a f
226. e on the brake hydraulic system A CAUTION If your vehicle has too much brake fluid it can spill on the engine The fluid will burn if the engine is hot enough You or others could be burned and your vehicle could be damaged Add brake fluid only when work is done on the brake hydraulic system If the ignition is on and the brake fluid is low the SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM message will be displayed in the Driver Information Center DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 379 What to Add When you do need brake fluid use only DOT 3 brake fluid Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the area around the cap before removing it This will help keep dirt from entering the reservoir A CAUTION With the wrong kind of fluid in the brake system the brakes may not work well or they may not even work at all This could cause a crash Always use the proper brake fluid 380 Notice e Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brake system parts For example just a few drops of mineral based oil such as engine oil in the brake system can damage brake system parts so badly that they will have to be replaced Do not let someone put in the wrong kind of fluid e If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle s painted surfaces the paint finish can be damaged Be careful not to spill brake fluid on y
227. e remote keyless entry transmitter to enter your vehicle and the remote recall memory feature is on automatic seat and mirror movement will occur See MEMORY SEAT RECALL under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 for more information To stop recall movement of the memory feature at any time press one of the power seat controls memory buttons power tilt wheel control or power mirror buttons If something has blocked the drivers seat and or the steering column while recalling a memory position the driver s seat and or the steering column recall may stop If this happens remove the obstruction then press the appropriate control for the area that is not recalling for two seconds Try recalling the memory position again by pressing the appropriate memory button If the memory position is still not recalling see your dealer for service Easy Exit Seat The control for this feature is located on the driver s door panel between buttons 1 and 2 With the vehicle in PARK P the exit position can be recalled by pressing the exit button You will hear a single beep The driver s seat will move back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature the power telescopic steering column will move up and forward If the easy exit seat feature is on in the DIC automatic seat and power telescopic steering column movement will occur when the key is removed from the ignition See EASY EXIT SE
228. e remote vehicle start feature provides two separate starts each with 10 minutes of engine running or it provides one start with 10 minutes of engine running that may be extended 10 more minutes If you press and release the transmitter lock button and then press and hold the remote start button on the RKE transmitter again before the first 10 minutes of engine running time has expired 10 minutes are added to the remaining minutes For example if the lock button and then the remote start buttons are pressed again after five minutes of the engine run time 10 minutes are added and you now have 15 minutes of engine running The added ten minutes are considered a second remote vehicle start Once two remote starts or a single start with a time extension have been used the vehicle must be started with the ignition key before you can use the remote start feature again 97 The remote vehicle start feature will not operate if the key is in the ignition the hood is not closed or if there is an emission control system malfunction The engine will turn off during a remote vehicle start if the coolant temperature gets too high or the oil pressure is too low Your vehicle was shipped from the factory with the remote vehicle start system enabled The system may be disabled through the Driver Information Center DIC See REMOTE START under DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 for additional information See Engine Exhaust on page 126
229. e speaker will not be damaged Clean spots with just water and mild soap Care of Safety Belts Keep belts clean and dry A CAUTION Do not bleach or dye safety belts If you do it may severely weaken them In a crash they might not be able to provide adequate protection Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water Weatherstrips Silicone grease on weatherstrips will make them last longer seal better and not stick or squeak Apply silicone grease with a clean cloth During very cold damp weather frequent application may be required See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 Washing Your Vehicle The paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty depth of color gloss retention and durability The best way to preserve the vehicle s finish is to keep it clean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun Use a car washing soap Do not use strong soaps or chemical detergents Be sure to rinse the vehicle well removing all soap residue completely Approved cleaning products can be obtained from your dealer See Vehicle Care Appearance Materials on page 440 Do not use cleaning agents that are petroleum based or that contain acid or abrasives 435 All cleaning agents should be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on the surface or they could stain Dry the finish with a soft clean chamois or an all cotton towel to avoid surface
230. e that an oil change is necessary ACHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC will come on Change your oil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the oil life system may not indicate that an oil change is necessary for over a year However the engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your dealer has GM trained people who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system It is also important to check the oil regularly and keep it at the proper level If the system is ever reset accidentally you must change the oil at 3 000 miles 5 000 km since the last oil change Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System The Engine Oil Life System calculates when to change the engine oil and filter based on vehicle use Anytime the oil is changed reset the system so it can calculate when the next oil change is required If a situation occurs where you change the oil prior to a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC being turned on reset the system After the oil has been changed the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message must be reset To reset the message do the following 1 Turn the key to the RUN position without starting the engine 2 Press the INFO butt
231. e the engine and transaxle gently to allow the oil to warm up and lubricate all moving parts 115 Your vehicle has a Computer Controlled Cranking System This feature assists in starting the engine and protects components If the ignition key is turned to the START position and then released when the engine begins cranking the engine will continue cranking for a few seconds or until the vehicle starts If the engine does not start and the key is held in START for many seconds cranking will be stopped after 15 seconds to prevent cranking motor damage To prevent gear damage this system also prevents cranking if the engine is already running Engine cranking can be stopped by turning the ignition switch to the ACCESSORY or OFF position Notice Cranking the engine for long periods of time by returning the key to the START position immediately after cranking has ended can overheat and damage the cranking motor and drain the battery Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down 116 2 If the engine does not start after 5 10 seconds especially in very cold weather below 0 F or 18 C it could be flooded with too much gasoline Try pushing the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and holding it there as you hold the key in START for up to a maximum of 15 seconds Wait at least 15 seconds between each try to allow the cranking motor to cool down When the engine starts let g
232. e to brake system parts Verify that the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving If you are towing a trailer and are parking on any hill see Towing a Trailer on page 336 122 Shifting Into Park P A CAUTION It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll If you have left the engine running the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground use the steps that follow If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 336 Steering Column Shift Lever If your vehicle has a steering column shift lever use the following procedure to shift the vehicle into PARK P 1 Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot 2 Move the shift lever into PARK P by pulling the shift lever toward you and moving it up as far as it will go 3 With your right foot still holding the brake pedal down set the parking brake See Parking Brake on page 121 for more information 4 Turn the ignition key to OFF 5 Remove the key and take it with you If you can leave your vehicle with the ignition key in your hand your vehicle is in PARK P Console Shift Lever If your vehicle is equipped with a console shift lever use the following procedure to shift the vehicle into PARK P
233. ealer for service as soon as possible FOLLOWING GAP em iun om This symbol appears with this message If your vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control ACC this message displays to show the follow distance that has been set There are six follow distances to choose from Each follow distance is shown on the DIC by displaying from one to six bars between two car symbols See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 for more information FUEL LEVEL LOW This symbol appears with this message This message displays when your vehicle is low on fuel Refill the fuel tank as soon as possible A single chime sounds when this message is displayed See Filling the Tank on page 352 HEATED WASHER FLUID SYSTEM OFF This message displays when you manually turn off the heated washer fluid system or when the system automatically turns off See Heated Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer on page 168 for more information HEATING WASH Washer FLUID WASH Washer WIPES PENDING This message displays when you turn on the heated washer fluid system See Heated Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer on page 168 for more information HOOD OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the hood is not closed completely Make sure that the hood is completely closed ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE WITH CARE This message displays when the outside temperature is cold enough to create icy road conditions
234. eceived including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment PASS Key Ill uses a radio frequency transponder in the key that matches a decoder in your vehicle 111 PASS Key Ill Operation Your vehicle has PASS Key Ill Personalized Automotive Security System theft deterrent system PASS Key Ill is a passive theft deterrent system This means you do not have to do anything special to arm or disarm the system It works when you insert or remove the key from the ignition or transition the key from run accessory or start from the off position When the PASS Key Ill system senses that someone is using the wrong key it prevents the vehicle from starting Anyone using a trial and error method to start the vehicle will be discouraged because of the high number of electrical key codes If the engine does not start and the security light comes on when trying to start the vehicle the key may have a damaged transponder Turn the ignition off and try again 112 If the engine still does not start and t
235. ection you would use in a skid In any rear blowout remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Get the vehicle under control by steering the way you want the vehicle to go It may be very bumpy and noisy but you can still steer Gently brake to a stop well off the road if possible A CAUTION Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to do maintenance or repairs is dangerous without the appropriate safety equipment and training The jack provided with your vehicle is designed only for changing a flat tire If it is used for anything else you or others could be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack Use the jack provided with your vehicle only for changing a flat tire If a tire goes flat the next part shows how to use the jacking equipment to change a flat tire safely 419 Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat avoid further tire and wheel damage by driving slowly to a level place Turn on your vehicle s hazard warning flashers See Hazard Warning Flashers on page 158 for more information A CAUTION Changing a tire can be dangerous The vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over or fall on you or other people You and they could be badly injured or even killed Find a level place to change your tire To help prevent the vehicle from moving 1 Set the parking brake firmly 2 Put the shift lever in PARK P CAUTION Continued 420 CAUTION Continued Turn off the eng
236. ed miles km and or towing a trailer in the overheat protection mode should be avoided Notice After driving in the overheated engine protection operating mode to avoid engine damage allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair The engine oil will be severely degraded Repair the cause of coolant loss change the oil and reset the oil life system See Engine Oil on page 357 371 Cooling System When you decide it is safe to lift the hood here is what you will see gt J NIRS Ho D D ve ete Sey gas A RA CA jy FSS SN A 4 6L L37 Engine shown 4 6L LD8 Engine similar A Coolant Surge Tank with Pressure Cap B Electric Engine Cooling Fans 372 A CAUTION An electric engine cooling fan under the hood can start up even when the engine is not running and can injure you Keep hands clothing and tools away from any underhood electric fan If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling do not do anything else until it cools down The vehicle should be parked on a level surface A CAUTION Heater and radiator hoses and other engine parts can be very hot Do not touch them If you do you can be burned Do not run the engine if there is a leak If you run the engine it could lose all coolant That could cause an engine fire and you could be burned Get any leak fixed before you
237. ed displays 5 Repeat the steps to remove more categories Removed categories can be restored by pressing the pushbutton under the Add label when a removed category is displayed or by pressing the pushbutton under the Restore All label The radio does not let you remove or add categories while the vehicle is moving faster than 5 mph 8 km h The CAT button also toggles between compressed and uncompressed audio when a mixed disc is present See Compressed Audio later in this section 273 Radio Messages Locked This message displays when the THEFTLOCK system has locked up the radio Take the vehicle to your dealer for service If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer Radio Messages for XM Only See XM Radio Messages on page 287 later in this section for further detail Playing a CD Single CD Player Insert a CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls it in and the CD should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source 274 When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays As each new track starts to play the track number displays If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has b
238. ed from your dealer or from Helm Incorporated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 How to Use This Manual Many people read the owner manual from beginning to end when they first receive their new vehicle If this is done it can help you learn about the features and controls for the vehicle Pictures and words work together in the owner manual to explain things 2006 General Motors Corporation All Rights Reserved Index A good place to quickly locate information about the vehicle is the Index in the back of the manual It is an alphabetical list of what is in the manual and the page number where it can be found Safety Warnings and Symbols There are a number of safety cautions in this book We use a box and the word CAUTION to tell about things that could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning A CAUTION These mean there is something that could hurt you or other people In the caution area we tell you what the hazard is Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce the hazard Please read these cautions If you do not you or others could be hurt You will also find a circle with a slash through it in this book This safety symbol means Do Not Do Not do this or Do Not let this happen Vehicle Damage Warnings Also in this manual you will find these notices Notice These mean there is something that could damage your vehicle A notice tells about something that can dam
239. ed on the instrument panel cluster See Brake System Warning Light on page 222 and Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light on page 223 for more information If this happens stop as soon as possible and turn off the vehicle Restart the vehicle and check for the message on the DIC display If the message is displayed or appears again when you begin driving the brake system needs service See your dealer as soon as possible See Brakes on page 379 for more information SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM This message displays if the ignition is on to inform the driver that the brake fluid level is low Have the brake system serviced by your dealer as soon as possible SERVICE PARKING ASSIST If your vehicle has the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system this message displays if there is a problem with the UFRPA system Do not use this system to help you park See Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 196 for more information See your dealer for service SERVICE POWER STEERING Your vehicle may have a speed variable assist steering system See Steering on page 306 This message displays if a problem is detected with the speed variable assist steering system When this message is displayed you may notice that the effort required to steer the vehicle decreases or feels lighter but you will still be able to steer the vehicle SERVICE RADAR CRUISE This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC
240. ed on your shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash To move it down press the release button A and move the height adjuster to the desired position You can move the height adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide After you move the height adjuster to where you want it try to move it down without pressing the release button to make sure it has locked into position 31 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy Safety belts work for everyone including pregnant women Like all occupants they are more likely to be seriously injured if they do not wear safety belts A pregnant woman should wear a lap shoulder belt and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible below the rounding throughout the pregnancy 32 The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother When a safety belt is worn properly it is more likely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash For pregnant women as for anyone the key to making safety belts effective is wearing them properly Right Front Passenger Position To learn how to wear the right front passenger s safety belt properly see Driver Position on page 24 The right front passenger s safety belt works the same way as the drivers safety belt except for one thing If you ever pull the shoulder
241. ed under each one of the labels that you want to change Every time the pushbutton is pressed again the time or the date if selected increases by one e Another way to increase the time or date is to press the right SEEK arrow or the FWD forward button To decrease the time or date press the left SEEK arrow or the REV reverse button You can also turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio faceplate to adjust the selected setting 265 Changing the Time and Date Default Setting To change the time and date default setting do the following 1 Change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or the date default setting from month day year to day month year by pressing the MENU button 2 Once the clock symbol displays press the pushbutton located under that symbol until the time and date settings are displayed along with a forward arrow 3 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow until the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 4 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option then press the MENU button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 266 Radio with CD MP3 FM 101 1 101 umm 1201 ae ANE se ee fl ey J Radio with CD shown Radio with Six Disc CD MP3 similar Radio Data System RDS The audio system has
242. edal may go closer to the floor It may take longer to stop If the light is still on have the vehicle towed for service See Towing Your Vehicle on page 334 A CAUTION Your brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to an accident If the light is still on after you have pulled off the road and stopped carefully have the vehicle towed for service Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light With the anti lock brake system the light will come on when your engine is started and may stay on for several seconds That is normal If the ABS warning light comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the antilock portion of the brake system If the red BRAKE light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have antilock brakes See Brake System Warning Light on page 222 If the light stays on turn the ignition to OFF or ACCESSORY If the light comes on when you are driving stop as soon as possible and turn the ignition off Then start the engine again to reset the system If the light still stays on or comes on again while you are driving your vehicle needs service 223 If the regular brake system warning light is not on you still have brakes but you do not have anti lock brakes If the regular brake system warning light is also on you do not have anti lock brakes and there is a problem with your regular bra
243. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Coolant Engine Temperature Gage eeeeee 226 Engine Temperature Warning Light 226 Heater Engine ccceeeeeeeeeeeereeeeenees 117 Surge Tank Pressure Cap essees 369 496 Cooled Seats sosisini iaai 10 Cooling SYSTEM ccccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeees 372 Cornering LAMP sssrinin innia 192 Courtesy LAMPS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 193 Cruise Control iissiaeiis icdanctatvamedincedeebesiiivaeeedts 169 Cruise Control Adaptive ceeeeee 173 Cruise Control Forward Collision Alert FAC System is 161 Cruise Control Light eessen 231 CUPNOIMSN S sess toet ue ceaiad uioiu naea 150 Customer Assistance Information Courtesy Transportation n 481 Customer Assistance for Text Telephone TTY Users 0 cceeeeeeeees 478 Customer Assistance Offices 2 05 478 Customer Satisfaction Procedure 474 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program 479 Reporting Safety Defects to General MOTOTS sagenndes dea vikositinrnatescaedeesinia uedetacnt 490 Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government 0 ccceeeeees 489 Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government 0 489 Roadside Service ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 480 Service Publications Ordering INPOFMALION aisanana a aaa Sani 490 D Daytime Running Lamps eeeeeeeeeees 190 Defensive Driving
244. eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeerees 355 Engine Compartment Overview 0 356 Engine Qil eciendsdesevente cre etusaneeeavaeasnseeaneeenscns 357 Engine Oil Life System ee 360 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ceeecees 362 Automatic Transaxle Fluid c 364 Engine Coolant cceeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeeeeees 366 Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap 369 Engine Overheating cceeees 369 Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 371 Cooling System 0 ccccceeeeeeeeetteteeeeeeeeeees 372 Power Steering Fluid eeceeeeeseeeeeeeees 377 Windshield Washer Fluid o ae 378 BAK OS scctsnsancitveastecueiedebannnierch danian iiaa 379 Banery nes ccddecssonetvesntenusesesndedperssaniedgenentadeness 382 JUMP Starting israse 384 Headlamp Aiming cceeeeeeeeeee eens 389 Bulb Replacement 0ceeceeeeeeee eens 392 High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting 392 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement 392 TIOS eccvcesvscddccasveteteaseetinseevendangeitendveiavvaesneiees 394 Tire Sidewall Labeling cceceeeeeeeee 395 Tire Terminology and Definitions 400 Inflation Tire Pressure cceeeeeeeeneeeees 402 High Speed Operation n se 405 Tire Pressure Monitor System 08 406 Tire Inspection and Rotation ee 410 When It Is Time for New Tires 00 411 Buying NeW
245. eeees 101 Power DOOM cascataictecaxvavittannnuesacanxtindeesieetecaes 99 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 100 Rear Door Security Locks eeeee 100 Loss Of Control ccccccecseeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeeees 311 Lumbar Massaging Controls s e 10 Power Controls cccccceseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeees 9 Lumbar Controls Rear Power 0c00008 17 Magnetic Ride Control ee 304 Maintenance Schedule Additional Required Services 05 460 At Each Fuel Fill cccccccseeceeeeeeeeeees 464 At Least Once a Month 0 cceeeeeeeeees 464 At Least Once a Year ccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 465 INMFOGUCHION seriinin iia 454 Maintenance Footnotes 0 eeee 461 Maintenance Record ssessesserresrreenn 470 Maintenance Requirements n a 454 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 468 Owner Checks and Services 00066 463 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 467 Scheduled Maintenance 0 cccceeeeees 457 USINO cauas n S 455 Your Vehicle and the Environment 455 Malfunction Indicator Light ecen 227 Massaging Lumbar Controls cseeeees 10 Memory Seat Mirrors Steering Wheel Controls 0cceceeeeeees 11 Message DIC Warnings and Messages 0065 239 501 Mirrors Automatic Dimming Mirror with Intellilbeam OnStar and COMPASS eiaa a EE 128 Automatic Dim
246. eees 13 Retained Accessory RAP cee 115 DEAL E E E E E E E 9 Steering Fluid cccceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 377 Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column n se 159 WINGOWS sesecssconntendnsansnindannsiendsssaunsdeedtaaveess 105 Pretensioners Safety Belt ceeeeeeeees 39 Programmable Automatic Door Locks 100 Q Questions and Answers About Safety Belts s cccsivceeientechesediecnetescceeeaves 22 R FRAGIOS ssns nsare e a eaaa 261 Care of Your CD Player aen 292 Care of Your CDS ceee 292 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual eesse 289 503 Radios cont Radio with CD osceni 266 Setting the Time cccceeeeeeeee ees 262 264 Theft Deterrent cceeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 289 Understanding Reception ceecee 291 Rainsense Wipers sesser 167 Reading Lamps cceeeeecseeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeees 193 Rear Climate Control System 1 0 0 cee 211 Rear Door Security LOCKS ecce 100 Rear Heated Seats ceeeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 16 Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides 37 Rear Seat Armrest cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Rear Seat Passengers Safety Belts 34 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with COMPASS 2 civessstaeerves ceeceriee geass ae 132 Rearview Mirror Automatic Dimming with OnStar and Compass 0008 130 Rearview Mirror with Compass and TOMPOrature ioes 17 Reclining Seatbacks Power
247. een recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 292 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded on a personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice If you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays see CD Messages later in this section amp Eject Press the CD eject button to eject the CD If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player d Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played P
248. eeneeeeeeee teers 166 Rainsense Wipers ceeeeeeeeeeeneeees 167 Windshield Washer eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 168 Cruise Control deserere 169 Adaptive Cruise Control aeee 173 Exterior LAMPS sicsvesicnusv sia sievecaviverens es 186 Wiper Activated Headlamps 190 Headlamps on Reminder iaee 190 Daytime Running Lamps DRL 190 Instrument Panel FOG LAMPS saci cap ccedaicicndes cok cdeaveeedialsacdavaseed 191 Cornering Lamps isesi 192 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 0 192 Instrument Panel Brightness 00 192 Courtesy Lamps 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 193 Entry Lighting cc ceceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeees 193 Parade DIMMING sy saveccusccescac crease ncessenente evens 193 Reading Lamps cccssseeeceeeeereeeeeeeees 193 Battery Load Management ee 194 Electric Power Management 00 194 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver 195 Battery Run Down Protection 195 Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA eeeeeees 196 Accessory Power Outlet S a 201 Ashtray s and Cigarette Lighter 202 Analog ClOCK fi aescicstsdaciedenres rannani 203 Climate Controls 204 Dual Climate Control System 0 0 204 Outlet Adjustment ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 210 Rear Climate Control System 0608 211 Passenger C
249. electrical shock Also the wrong kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire You could be seriously injured Plug the cord into a properly grounded three prong 110 volt AC outlet If the cord will not reach use a heavy duty three prong extension cord rated for at least 15 amps 4 Before starting the engine be sure to unplug and store the cord as it was before to keep it away from moving engine parts If you do not it could be damaged How long should you keep the coolant heater plugged in The answer depends on the outside temperature the kind of oil you have and some other things Instead of trying to list everything here we ask that you contact your dealer in the area where you will be parking your vehicle The dealer can give you the best advice for that particular area 117 Automatic Transaxle Operation The automatic transaxle may have a shift lever located either on the steering column or on the console between the seats There are several different positions for the shift lever PARK P This position locks the front wheels It is the best position to use when you start the engine because your vehicle cannot move easily 118 A CAUTION It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in PARK P with the parking brake firmly set Your vehicle can roll Do not leave your vehicle when the engine is running unless you have to If you have left the engine run
250. eleration or braking including reducing vehicle speed by shifting to a lower gear Any sudden changes could cause the tires to slide You may not realize the surface is slippery until your vehicle is skidding Learn to recognize warning clues such as enough water ice or packed snow on the road to make a mirrored surface and slow down when you have any doubt Remember Any Anti Lock Brake System ABS helps avoid only the braking skid 312 Driving at Night Night driving is more dangerous than day driving One reason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired by alcohol or drugs with night vision problems or by fatigue Here are some tips on night driving e Drive defensively e Do not drink and drive e Adjust the inside rearview mirror to reduce the glare from headlamps behind you e Since you cannot see as well you may need to slow down and keep more space between you and other vehicles e Slow down especially on higher speed roads Your vehicle s headlamps can light up only so much road ahead e In remote areas watch for animals e f you are tired pull off the road in a safe place and rest No one can see as well at night as in the daytime But as we get older these differences increase A 50 year old driver may require at least twice as much light to see the same thing at night as a 20 year old What you do in the daytime can also affect your night vision For example if you spend the
251. en more trouble because it may offer the least traction of all You can get wet ice when it is about freezing 32 F 0 C and freezing rain begins to fall Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sand crews can get there Whatever the condition smooth ice packed blowing or loose snow drive with caution Traction control improves your ability to accelerate when driving on a slippery road Even though your vehicle has the Traction Control System TCS you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to the road conditions Under certain conditions you may want to turn the TCS off such as when driving through deep snow and loose gravel to help maintain vehicle motion at lower speeds See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 323 The Anti Lock Brake System ABS improves your vehicle s stability when you make a hard stop on a slippery road Even though you have ABS you will want to begin stopping sooner than you would on dry pavement See Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 301 e Allow greater following distance on any slippery road e Watch for slippery spots The road might be fine until you hit a spot that is covered with ice On an otherwise clear road ice patches may appear in shaded areas where the sun cannot reach such as around clumps of trees behind buildings or under bridges Sometimes the surface of a curve or an overpass may remain icy when the surrounding roads are clear If
252. enance n e 439 Chemical Paint Spotting c cee 440 Vehicle Care Appearance Materials 440 Vehicle Identification 0 ee 441 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 441 Service Parts Identification Label 442 Electrical System cceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 442 Add On Electrical Equipment 0 442 Headlamp Wiring cecceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaeeees 443 Windshield Wiper Fuses eeeeee 443 Power Windows and Other Power Options 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 443 Fuses and Circuit Breakers 00 008 443 Underhood Fuse Block siseses 444 Rear Underseat Fuse Block aeee 447 Capacities and Specifications 452 Service Your dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you to be happy with it We hope you will go to your dealer for all your service needs You will get genuine GM parts and GM trained and supported service people We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM Genuine GM parts have one of these marks ACVelco E parts GM Goodwrench E Accessories Accessories and Modifications When you add non GM accessories to your vehicle they can affect your vehicle s performance and safety including such things as airbags braking stability ride and handling emissions systems aerodynamics durability and electronic systems like anti lock brakes traction control and stabilit
253. enever you start your vehicle To limit wheel spin especially in slippery road conditions you should always leave the system on But you can turn the traction control system off if you ever need to You can turn the system on or off at any time by pressing the traction control system button located on the console or on the end of the column shifter The DIC will display TRACTION CONTROL OFF when you press the button Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 for more information 304 Magnetic Ride Control Your vehicle may have a feature called Magnetic Ride Control that automatically adjusts the ride of your vehicle Automatic ride control is achieved through a computer used to control and monitor the suspension system The controller receives input from various sensors to determine the proper system response If the controller detects a problem within the system the DIC will display a SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information If this message appears have your vehicle serviced at your dealership Electronically Controlled Air Ride Suspension If you have a Cadillac Professional Vehicle you may have a feature called Electronically Controlled Air Suspension Air ride control is achieved through a computer used to control and monitor the system The controller receives input from two height sensors
254. er This gage indicates the engine speed in revolutions per minute rpm 217 Safety Belt Reminder Light When the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind you and your passengers to buckle your safety belts The driver safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more You should buckle your seat belt This chime and light will be repeated if the driver remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion LZ lf the driver s belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on 218 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light Several seconds after the key is turned to RUN or START a chime will sound for several seconds to remind the front passenger to buckle their safety belt This would only occur if the passenger airbag is enabled See Passenger Sensing System on page 77 for more information The passenger safety belt light will also come on and stay on for several seconds then it will flash for several more This chime and light will be repeated if the passenger remains unbuckled and the vehicle is in motion If the passengers safety belt is buckled neither the chime nor the light will come on Airbag Readiness Light There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument panel which shows the airbag symbol The system checks the airbag s electrical system for malfunctions The light tells you if
255. er belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock To tighten the belt push down on the child restraint pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor If you are using a forward facing child restraint you may find it helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt You should not be able to pull more of the belt from the retractor once the lock has been set 65 7 Push and pull the child restraint in different directions to be sure it is secure 8 If the airbag is off the off indicator on the overhead console will be lit and stay lit when the key is turned to RUN or START lf a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your
256. er latch located at the end of the fuse block near the battery cable 447 To reinstall the rear seat cushion do the following A CAUTION A safety belt that is not properly routed through the seat cushion or is twisted will not provide the protection needed in a CAUTION Continued 448 CAUTION Continued crash If the safety belt has not been routed through the seat cushion at all it will not be there to work for the next passenger The person sitting in that position could be badly injured After reinstalling the seat cushion always check to be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and are not twisted Buckle the center passenger position safety belt then route the safety belts through the proper slots in the seat cushion Do not let the safety belts get twisted Slide the rear of the cushion up and under the seatback so the rear locating guides hook into the wire loops on the back frame 3 With the seat cushion lowered push rearward and then press down on the seat cushion until the spring locks on both ends engage 4 Check to make sure the safety belts are properly routed and that no portion of any safety belt is trapped under the seat Also make sure the seat cushion is secured r Fs Fo F13 F17 F22 F27 F31 F35 F3 F7 F11 F15 F19 F24 F29 F33 B cB F37 3 a_i Climate Control Fan Rear Defogger Option J
257. ergency Road Service is performed on site for the following situations e Towing Service e Battery Jump Starting e Lock Out Assistance e Fuel Delivery e Flat Tire Change Covers change only e Trip Interruption If your trip is interrupted due to a warranty failure incidental expenses may be reimbursed during the 48 months 50 000 miles 80 000 km warranty period Items covered are hotel meals and rental car Roadside Service Availability Wherever you drive in the United States or Canada an advisor is available to assist you over the phone A dealer technician if available can travel to your location within a 30 mile 50 km radius of a participating Cadillac dealership If beyond this radius we will arrange to have your car towed to the nearest Cadillac dealership Reaching Roadside Service Dial the toll free Roadside Service number 1 800 882 1112 A Roadside Service Advisor will assist you and request the following information e A description of the problem e Name home address home telephone number e Location of your Cadillac and number you are calling from e The model year Vehicle Identification Number VIN mileage and date of delivery Roadside Service for the Hearing or Speech Impaired Roadside Service is prepared to assist owners who have hearing difficulties or are speech impaired Cadillac has installed special telecommunication devices called Text Telephone TTY in the Roadside Service
258. erly secured following the instructions that came with that restraint Because there are different systems it is important to refer to the instructions that come with the restraint A child can be endangered in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Where to Put the Restraint Accident statistics show that children are safer if they are restrained in the rear rather than the front seat We therefore recommend that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child riding in a forward facing child seat and an older child riding in a booster seat 51 Your vehicle has a rear seat that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstan
259. ers near the rim flange It will read something like this Maximum load 690 kg 1521 Ibs 300 kPa 44 psi Max Press For this example you would set the inflation pressure for high speed driving at 38 psi 265 kPa When you end this high speed driving return the tires to the cold inflation pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 405 Tire Pressure Monitor System The Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS uses radio and sensor technology to check tire pressure levels Sensors are mounted on each tire and wheel assembly except the spare tire The TPMS sensors monitor the air pressure in your vehicle s tires and transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle When a low tire pressure condition is detected the TPMS will illuminate the low tire pressure warning symbol located on the instrument panel cluster A Driver Information Center DIC message to check the pressure in a specific tire will also appear on the DIC display The low tire pressure warning symbol on the instrument panel cluster and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE message on the DIC display will appear at each ignition cycle until the tires are inflated to the correct inflation pressure For additional information and details about the DIC operation and displays see DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 You may notice during cooler weather conditions
260. ertain you allow a reasonable following distance Expect to move slightly slower at night When you want to leave the freeway move to the proper lane well in advance If you miss your exit do not under any circumstances stop and back up Drive on to the next exit The exit ramp can be curved sometimes quite sharply The exit speed is usually posted Reduce your speed according to your speedometer not to your sense of motion After driving for any distance at higher speeds you may tend to think you are going slower than you actually are Before Leaving on a Long Trip Make sure you are ready Try to be well rested If you must start when you are not fresh such as after a day s work do not plan to make too many miles that first part of the journey Wear comfortable clothing and shoes you can easily drive in Is your vehicle ready for a long trip If you keep it serviced and maintained it is ready to go If it needs service have it done before starting out Of course you will find experienced and able service experts in GM dealerships all across North America They will be ready and willing to help if you need it Here are some things you can check before a trip e Windshield Washer Fluid Is the reservoir full Are all windows clean inside and outside e Wiper Blades Are they in good shape e Fuel Engine Oil Other Fluids Have you checked all levels e Lamps Are they all working Are the lenses clean
261. es or parking brake to hold the vehicle in place Performance Shifting If your vehicle has this feature it can detect a change in driving patterns If you make an aggressive driving maneuver the vehicle s transaxle automatically shifts to the lowest possible gear to maximize vehicle performance The vehicle will automatically return to normal operation when you return to normal driving patterns Parking Brake The parking brake pedal is located to the left of the regular brake pedal near the driver s door To set the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot and push the parking brake pedal down with your left foot If the ignition is on the brake system warning light on the instrument panel cluster should come on If it does not you need to have your vehicle serviced 121 A warning chime will sound if the parking brake is set the ignition is on and the vehicle speed is greater than 5 mph 8 km h The brake light will come on and stay on until the parking brake is released See Brake System Warning Light on page 222 for more information To release the parking brake hold the regular brake pedal down with your right foot and push the parking brake pedal down with your left foot When you lift your left foot the parking brake pedal will follow it to the released position Notice Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the brake system and cause premature wear or damag
262. es B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure 415 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance The tires and wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance Adjustments to wheel alignment and tire balancing will not be necessary on a regular basis However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling to one side or the other the alignment may need to be checked If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your tires and wheels may need to be rebalanced See your dealer for proper diagnosis 416 Wheel Replacement Replace any wheel that is bent cracked or badly rusted or corroded If wheel nuts keep coming loose the wheel wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced If the wheel leaks air replace it Some aluminum wheels can sometimes be repaired See your GM dealer if any of these conditions exist Your GM dealer will know the kind of wheel you need Each new wheel should have the same load carrying capacity diameter width offset and be mounted the same way as the one it replaces
263. es on and stays on when you are driving or when one of the gages shows there may be a problem check the section that tells you what to do about it Follow this manual s advice Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous So please get to know your warning lights and gages They are a big help Your vehicle also has a Driver Information Center DIC that works along with the warning lights and gages See Driver Information Center DIC on page 233 for more information 215 Instrument Panel Cluster The instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running You will know how fast you are going how much fuel you are using and many of the other things you will need to know to drive safely and economically United States version shown Canada similar 216 Speedometer and Odometer The speedometer lets you see your speed in both miles per hour mph and kilometers per hour km h See MPH km under DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 for more information The odometer mileage can be checked without the vehicle running Your vehicle s odometer works together with the driver information center You can set a Trip A and a Trip B odometer See Trip Fuel under DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 for more information If your vehicle ever needs a new odometer installed the new one will be set to the correct mileage total of the old odometer Tachomet
264. ess the timer press the trip fuel button until 00 00 00 TIMER OFF displays To turn on the timer press the set reset button until TIMER ON displays The timer will then start To turn off the timer press the set reset button again until TIMER OFF displays The timer will stop and display the end timing value To reset the timer press and hold the set reset button after the timer has been stopped The display will return to zero AVERAGE SPEED This display shows the average speed of the vehicle in either miles per hour mph or kilometers per hour km h This average is calculated based on the various vehicle speeds recorded since the last reset of this display To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero 235 BATTERY VOLTAGE This display shows the current battery voltage If the voltage is in the normal range the value will display For example the display may read BATTERY VOLTAGE 13 2 VOLTS If the voltage is low the display will show LOW If the voltage is high the display will show HIGH Your vehicle s charging system regulates voltage based on the state of the battery The battery voltage may fluctuate when viewing this information on the DIC This is normal See Charging System Light on page 222 for more information If there is a problem with the battery charging system the DIC will display a message See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information
265. f can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it helps to stop flames if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with it off and be careful working on the engine with the air cleaner filter off Notice If the air cleaner filter is off a backfire can cause a damaging engine fire And dirt can easily get into your engine which will damage it Always have the air cleaner filter in place when you are driving 363 Automatic Transaxle Fluid When to Check and Change Automatic Transaxle Fluid A good time to check your automatic transaxle fluid level is when the engine oil is changed Change the fluid and filter at the intervals listed in Additional Required Services on page 460 and be sure to use the transaxle fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 How to Check Automatic Transaxle Fluid Because this operation can be a little difficult you may choose to have this done at the dealership service department If you do it yourself be sure to follow all the instructions here or you could get a false reading on the dipstick 364 Notice Too much or too little fluid can damage the transaxle Too much can mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine or exhaust system parts starting a fire Too little fluid could cause the transaxle to overheat Be sure to get an accurate reading i
266. f the other sensors do not over ride this The threshold level can vary however with specific vehicle design so that it can be somewhat above or below this range 73 Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash speeds For example e If the vehicle hits a stationary object the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a moving object e If the vehicle hits an object that deforms the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits an object that does not deform e lf the vehicle hits a narrow object like a pole the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle hits a wide object like a wall e If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle the airbags could inflate at a different crash speed than if the vehicle goes straight into the object Frontal airbags driver and right front passenger are not intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers rear impacts or in many side impacts Your vehicle has sensors which enable the sensing system to monitor the position of the right front passenger s seat whether the occupant is buckled or unbuckled 74 The passenger seat position sensor and passenger safety belt buckle switch provide information which is used to determine if the airbags should deploy at a reduced level or full deployment Side impact airbags are intended to inflate in moderate to severe side crashes A side impact
267. f you check the transaxle fluid Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxle fluid level if you have been driving e When outside temperatures are above 90 F 32 C e At high speed for quite a while e In heavy traffic especially in hot weather e While pulling a trailer To get the right reading the fluid should be at normal operating temperature which is 180 F to 200 F 82 C to 93 C Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about 15 miles 24 km when outside temperatures are above 50 F 10 C If it is colder than 50 F 10 C you may have to drive longer Checking the Fluid Level Prepare you vehicle as follows 1 2 3 4 Park your vehicle on a level place Keep the engine running With the parking brake applied place the shift lever in PARK P With your foot on the brake pedal move the shift lever through each gear range pausing for about three seconds in each range Then position the shift lever in PARK P Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes Then without shutting off the engine follow these steps The transaxle fluid cap is located next to the radiator hose and below the engine air cleaner filter assembly on the driver s side of the vehicle and is marked TRANS FLUID See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for more information on location 1 After removing the engine air cleaner filter assembly to reach the transaxle fluid cap turn th
268. fants and Young Children s es 43 Heated Seats mirodenii sei 16 Child Restraint Systems ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 47 Rear Seat Pass Through Door esee 17 Where to Put the Restraint ee 51 Power Lumbar ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 17 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Safety Belts ct 18 Children LATCH c ssssssesesssssseseseeeees 53 Safety Belts They Are for Everyone 18 Securing a Child Restraint in Questions and Answers About a Rear Seat Position s es 60 Safety Belts ccceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 Securing a Child Restraint in _ How to Wear Safety Belts Properly 23 the Center Front Seat Position 62 Driver Position ccc sicee es taktee enmiesetmcacacatias 24 Securing a Child Restraint in Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment 31 the Right Front Seat Position 4 62 Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems Airbag System eenen 66 Where Are the Airbags csecsen 69 When Should an Airbag Inflate 73 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 75 How Does an Airbag Restrain 75 What Will You See After an Airbag InflateS cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 76 Passenger Sensing System eese 77 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle c eee Restraint System Check eeeeeees Checking the Restraint Systems
269. ge 369 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information 226 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage This gage shows the engine coolant temperature It can be used to see when your engine has warmed up and to make sure your cooling system is operating properly If the gage pointer moves into the shaded area the engine coolant is too hot and the engine coolant temperature warning light will come on See Engine Overheating on page 369 for more information Malfunction Indicator Lamp Check Engine Light Your vehicle has a computer which monitors operation of the fuel ignition and emission control systems This system is called OBD II On Board Diagnostics Second Generation and is intended to assure that emissions are at acceptable levels for the life of the vehicle helping to produce a cleaner environment The check engine light comes on to indicate that there is a problem and service is required Malfunctions often will be indicated by the system before any problem is apparent This may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle This system is also designed to assist your service technician in correctly diagnosing any malfunction Notice lf you keep driving your vehicle with this light on after awhile your emission controls may not work as well your fuel economy may not be as good and your engine may not run as smoothly This could lead to costly repairs that may not be covered by your warranty No
270. ground the drivetrain components could be damaged The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all four wheels on the ground If your vehicle must be towed you should use a dolly See Dolly Towing later in this section for more information Dolly Towing Your vehicle can be towed using a dolly To tow your vehicle using a dolly follow these steps 1 Put the front wheels on the dolly 2 Put the vehicle in PARK P 3 Set the parking brake and then remove the key 4 Clamp the steering wheel in a straight ahead position 5 Release the parking brake 335 Towing a Trailer The Cadillac Professional Vehicle cannot tow a trailer A CAUTION If you do not use the correct equipment and drive properly you can lose control when you pull a trailer For example if the trailer is too heavy the brakes may not work well or even at all You and your passengers could be seriously injured You may also damage your vehicle the resulting repairs would not be covered by your warranty Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section Ask your dealer for advice and information about towing a trailer with your vehicle 336 Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with the proper trailer towing equipment To identify the trailering capacity of your vehicle you sho
271. h with mild soap and water Rinse with clean water After rinsing thoroughly dry with a soft clean towel A wax may then be applied Notice If you use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes cleaners brushes or cleaners that contain acid on aluminum or chrome plated wheels you could damage the surface of the wheel s The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use only GM approved cleaners on aluminum or chrome plated wheels The surface of these wheels is similar to the painted surface of your vehicle Do not use strong soaps chemicals abrasive polishes abrasive cleaners cleaners with acid or abrasive cleaning brushes on them because you could damage the surface Do not use chrome polish on aluminum wheels 438 Notice Using chrome polish on aluminum wheels could damage the wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Use chrome polish on chrome wheels only Use chrome polish only on chrome plated wheels but avoid any painted surface of the wheel and buff off immediately after application Notice If you drive your vehicle through an automatic car wash that has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes you could damage the aluminum or chrome plated wheels The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Never drive a vehicle equipped with aluminum or chrome plated wheels through an automatic car wash that uses silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes Do not take your vehicle through an
272. h and true geographic north If not adjusted to account for compass variance your compass could give false readings To adjust for compass variance do the following 1 Find the current location and variance zone number on the following zone map Press and hold the on off button until a zone number appears in the display Once the zone number appears in the display press the on off button quickly until the correct zone number appears in the display Stop pressing the button and the mirror will return to normal operation If C appears in the compass window the compass may need calibration See Compass Calibration listed previously 131 Cleaning the Mirror When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror with Compass Your vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearview mirror with a compass display The mirror includes an eight point compass display in the upper right corner of the mirror face When on the compass automatically calibrates as the vehicle is driven Mirror Operation cb On Off Press and hold the button located on the lower left side of the mirror face for about three seconds to turn the automatic dimming feature on or off The indicator light will illuminate when this feature is active The autom
273. he key appears to be undamaged try another ignition key At this time you may also want to check the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 443 If the engine still does not start with the other key your vehicle needs service If your vehicle does start the first key may be faulty See your dealer who can service the PASS Key IIl to have a new key made In an emergency contact Roadside Assistance It is possible for the PASS Key Ill decoder to learn the transponder value of a new or replacement key Up to nine additional keys may be programmed for the vehicle The following procedure is for programming additional keys only If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key III to have keys made and programmed to the system See your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to get a new key blank that is cut exactly as the ignition key that operates the system To program the new key do the following 1 Verify that the new key has a stamped on it 2 Insert the original already programmed key in the ignition and start the engine If the engine will not start see your dealer for service 3 After the engine has started turn the key to OFF and remove the key 4 Insert the new key to be programmed and turn it to the RUN position within five seconds of removing the original key 5 The security light wil
274. he restraint following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual When installing a child restraint with a top tether you must also use either the lower anchors or the safety belts to properly secure the child restraint A child restraint must never be installed using only the top tether and anchor In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle you need a child restraint that has LATCH attachments The child restraint manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child restraint and its attachments The following explains how to attach a child restraint with these attachments in your vehicle Not all vehicle seating positions or child restraints have lower anchors and attachments or top tether anchors and attachments 53 Lower Anchors Lower anchors A are metal bars built into the vehicle There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments B 54 Top Tether Anchor A top tether A C anchors the top of the child restraint to the vehicle A top tether anchor is built into the vehicle The top tether attachment B on the child restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash Your child restraint may have a single tether A or a dual tether C Either will hav
275. he set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it EASY EXIT SEAT If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the easy exit seat feature See Memory Seat Mirrors and Steering Wheel on page 11 for more information Press the customization button until EASY EXIT SEAT appears in the display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default No seat exit recall will occur ON The driver s seat will move back and if the vehicle has the power tilt wheel and telescopic steering feature the power steering column will move up and forward when the key is removed from the ignition The automatic easy exit seat movement will only occur one time after the key is removed from the ignition If the automatic movement has already occurred and you put the key back in the ignition and remove it again the seat and steering column will stay in the original exit position unless a memory recall took place prior to removing the key again NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it MEMORY SEAT RECALL If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to select your preference for the memory seat recall feature See Memory Seat M
276. her Pump Spare F14 Climate Controls Instrument Panel Cluster Spare Fog Lamps Horn Windshield Wiper Drivers Side Corner Lamp F20 Passenger s Side Corner Lamp Oxygen Sensor Powertrain Engine Control Module ECM Crank Injector Coil Injector Coil Air Conditioning Engine Control Module Transaxle Control Module ECM TCM 446 p_Fa2 E JC Heated Windshield Washer Pct psc eooing Fant SCS e e oe Anti lock Brake System 2 Anti lock Brake System 1 Cooling Fan 1 Cooling Fan Run Crank Relays Use Sd PR Windshield Wiper Re fareu y O Windshield Wiper High Air Conditioning R12 Air Solenoid Rear Underseat Fuse Block The rear fuse block is located under the rear seat on the driver s side The rear seat cushion must be removed to access the rear fuse block Removing the Rear Seat Cushion Notice f you touch the exposed wires with the metal on the seat cushion you could cause a short that could damage the battery and or wires Avoid contact between the rear seat and the fuse center whenever you remove or reinstall the rear seat Do not remove covers from any of the covered parts and do not store anything under the seats To remove the rear seat cushion do the following 1 Pull up on the front of the cushion to release the front hooks 2 Pull the cushion up and out toward the front of the vehicle To access the fuse block pull out and lift up on the cov
277. hese steps 1 Press and hold the desired Universal Home Remote button Do not release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds While still holding the Universal Home Remote button proceed with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote shown earlier in this section For additional information on Universal Home Remote see Customer Assistance Offices on page 478 149 Storage Areas Glove Box To open the glove box lift up on the lever Use the key to lock and unlock Cupholder s There are cupholders located in the full floor console or in the front of the center seat console Cupholders are also located in the rear armrest To access the full floor console cupholder slide the cover back To access the center seat console cupholder fold open the front of the console Coinholder s Your vehicle may be equipped with a coinholder 150 Center Console Storage Area If your vehicle has a full floor console it has two storage areas To access the upper tray storage lift the left lever located in the front of the armrest lid To access the lower storage area lift the right lever If your vehicle has a center seat console it will have two storage areas To access the upper storage area press the button located on the front of the armrest and lift the armrest lid To access the lower storage area pull the strap located behind the cup holder Center Flex Storage Unit
278. hicle s systems The DIC is also used to display warning status messages All messages will appear in the DIC display located at the bottom of the instrument panel cluster below the tachometer and speedometer The DIC buttons are located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel The DIC comes on when the ignition is on After a short delay the DIC will display the information that was last displayed before the engine was turned off The top line of the DIC display shows the vehicle system information and the warning status messages The bottom line of the DIC display shows the odometer on the left side The bottom line of the DIC display also shows a digital speedometer on the right side If a problem is detected a warning message will appear on the display Be sure to take any message that appears on the display seriously and remember that clearing the message will only make the message disappear not correct the problem DIC Controls and Displays The Driver Information Center DIC has different displays which can be accessed by pressing the DIC buttons located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel ZN Trip Fuel Press this button to scroll through the trip and fuel displays See Trip Fuel Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays i Vehicle Information Press this button to scroll through the vehicle information displays See Vehicle Informa
279. ho have outgrown child restraints and for very small adults the passenger sensing system may or may not turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag depending upon the person s seating posture and body build Everyone in your vehicle who has outgrown child restraints should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person If a person of adult size is sitting in the right front passenger s seat but the off indicator is lit it could be because that person is not sitting properly in the seat 80 If this happens turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seatback in the fully upright position then sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and then enable the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag A CAUTION If the airbag readiness light in the instrument panel cluster ever comes on and stays on it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front passenger s seat may not have the protection of the frontal airbag See Airbag Readiness Light on page 219 for more on this including impor
280. hut off 10 minutes after the ignition has been turned off 193 Battery Load Management The battery load management feature is designed to monitor the vehicle s electrical load and determine when the battery is in a heavy discharge condition During times of high electrical loading the engine may idle at a higher revolutions per minute rpm setting than normal to make sure the battery charges High electrical loads may occur when several of the following are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger the climate control fan at high speeds heated seats and engine cooling fans If the battery continues to discharge even with the engine idling at a higher rpm setting some electrical loads will automatically be reduced When this occurs the rear window defogger may take slightly longer to clear the glass the heated seats may not get as warm as they usually do and the climate control fan may cut back to a lower speed For more battery saving information see Battery Saver Active Message under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 194 Electric Power Management The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM that estimates the battery s temperature and state of charge It then adjusts the voltage for best performance and extended life of the battery When the battery s state of charge is low the voltage is raised slightly to quickly put the charge back in When the state of charge is high the
281. i 193 500 Lamps cont Electric Power Management 0068 194 IA E E E E 186 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 192 FOG elita drna a 191 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver 195 FROACIING AE A E A T 193 LATCH System Child Restraints 53 Light Airbag Readiness a src 219 Anti Lock Brake System Warning 223 Brake System Warning ccceceeeeeees 222 Charging System seee 222 Cruise Control rescission 231 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning 226 Fog LAMP siesceccetiavendeenmatecanatelancteienentenes 231 Highbeam QM seresa iesus 231 Lights On Reminder c e 231 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light 224 Malfunction Indicator oe 227 Oil PrOSSUPC sririnarissonsiewi maraon 230 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 220 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder 218 Light cont Safety Belt Reminder 218 SECUN seoseis ais 230 StabiliTrak Indicator ccsxiarendavoersewnecsace 225 TCS Warning Light cceeeeeeeeeeeee 225 Traction Control System TCS AEn a e E EE 225 Lighting L E E A E T T 193 Parade DIMMING secssisrscnsinoisunrsisn 193 Loading Your Vehicle eeeeeseeeeeeeeneeeees 327 LOCKOUT Protection tess uicasaannnaivanteanadanenates dames 101 Locks Central Door Unlocking System 0 99 DOOM isisdoneseeveesses sleeves oe a a aa ai 98 Lockout Protection ccceceeeeeeeeeee
282. iTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will come on if there is a problem with the system When this light and the SERVICE STABILITRAK message are on the system is not operational Adjust your driving accordingly 305 Panic Brake Assist Your vehicle may have a panic brake assist system that monitors the intention of the driver while braking If the system senses that the driver has applied hard fast pressure to the brake pedal the system will generate additional pressure making it easier for the driver to maintain brake application When this happens the brake pedal will feel easier to push Just hold the brake pedal down firmly and let the system work for you You may feel the brakes vibrate or you may notice some noise but this is normal The brakes will return to normal operation after the brake pedal has been released Steering Power Steering If you lose power steering assist because the engine stops or the system is not functioning you can steer but it will take much more effort 306 Magnetic Speed Variable Assist Steering System This system continuously adjusts the effort you feel when steering at all vehicle speeds It provides ease when parking yet a firm solid feel at highway speeds Steering Tips It is important to take curves at a reasonable speed A lot of the driver lost control accidents mentioned on the news happen on curves Here is why Experienced driver or beginner e
283. icle are protected from short circuits by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems 443 Look at the silver colored band inside the fuse If the band is broken or melted replace the fuse Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating If a fuse should blow see your dealer for service immediately If you ever have a problem on the road and do not have a spare fuse you can borrow one that has the same amperage Pick some feature of your vehicle that you can get along without like the radio or cigarette lighter and use its fuse if it is the correct amperage Replace it as soon as you can 444 The fuses are located in two fuse blocks one located in the engine compartment and the other under the rear seat If a fuse should blow have your vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately Underhood Fuse Block The underhood fuse block is located on the passenger s side of the engine compartment Remove the fuse cover and secondary service cover to access the fuse block oo ee EEREN LL oai F14 a a oe Spare Engine Control Module 3 Passengers Side Low Beam Driver s Side Low Beam Transaxle Ignition fia Igalo 445 lt E F10 Passenger s Side High Beam Headlamp Driver s Side High Beam Headlamp Windshield Was
284. ide of the vehicle If the final stage manufacturer s label is not present the coach builder should be consulted Do not use the tire pressures indicated on the General Motors label These tire pressures are for the incomplete vehicle and are not the correct tire pressures for the completed professional vehicle Operation at inflation pressures below this recommendation may cause your tires to become overloaded High Speed Operation A CAUTION Driving at high speeds 100 mph 160 km h or higher puts an additional strain on tires Sustained high speed driving causes excessive heat build up and can cause sudden tire failure You could have a crash and you or others could be killed Some high speed rated tires require inflation pressure adjustment for high speed operation When speed limits and road conditions are such that a vehicle can be driven at high speeds make sure the tires are rated for high speed operation in excellent condition and set to the correct cold tire inflation pressure for the vehicle load If your vehicle has P235 55R17 or P245 50R18 size tires and you will be driving at speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal set the cold inflation pressure to the maximum inflation pressure shown on the tire sidewall or 38 psi 265 kPa whichever is lower See the example following Example You will find the maximum load and inflation pressure molded on the tire s sidewall in small lett
285. ied to do so The airbag system does not need regular maintenance Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Q Is there anything might add to the front or sides of the vehicle that could keep the airbags from working properly A Yes If you add things that change your vehicle s frame bumper system height front end or side sheet metal they may keep the airbag system from working properly Also the airbag system may not work properly if you relocate any of the airbag sensors If you have any questions about this you should contact Customer Assistance before you modify your vehicle The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 474 Q Because I have a disability have to get A my vehicle modified How can I find out whether this will affect my airbag system Changing or moving any parts of the front seats safety belts the airbag sensing and diagnostic module steering wheel instrument panel overhead console ceiling headliner ceiling and pillar garnish trim roof mounted airbag modules or airbag wiring can affect the operation of the airbag system If you have questions call Customer Assistance The phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this manual See Customer Satisfaction Procedure on page 474 8
286. ield Wiper Fuses saec 443 Engine Air Cleaner Filter ccccccccsseeeeeeenseeeeees 362 BARGI seveteessontsccetecsneiuieaenncensumanneudveanteveeds 382 Check and Service Engine Soon Light 227 COON is tisuieciass sunated seciicctasteseceaatiivecsa sevens 366 Coolant Heater cccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 117 Coolant Temperature Gage eee 226 497 Engine cont Coolant Temperature Warning Light 226 Drive Belt Routing ecceeseeeeeeeeees 469 Engine Compartment Overview 356 EXNAUSE sasior dernie 126 Qil seni ei en ieee 357 Oil Life System aeee 360 Overheated Protection Operating Mode 371 Overheating cccceeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeeees 369 SEAMING hiscere naani aaia 115 Entry LIQMtaG sseniseiceneana n 193 Event Data Recorders EDR aaee 484 Extender Safety Belt nneennsenereerere reenen 39 Exterior LAMPS rsisssissrirrriesirrrnanasisninnirnnkanea 186 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver 00 192 Filter Engine Air Cleaner eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 362 Finish DAMAGES tere sicetentsnnedeettanedsertaeeauctiewes 439 Flashers Hazard Warning s es 158 Flash to PasS ccccccseececeeeceeceeeeeeeeesereeenes 165 Fat Tire cene a A 419 498 Flat Tire Changing 0 c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 420 Flat Tire Storing ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 429 Fluid Automatic Transaxle aeee 364 Power Steering ss
287. ifted out of PARK P this message displays to remind the driver that the UFRPA system has been turned off Press the set reset button to acknowledge this message and clear it from the DIC display To turn the UFRPA system back on see PARKING ASSIST under DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 See Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 196 for more information PASSENGER DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the passengers side front door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely RADAR CRUISE NOT READY This message displays when the Adaptive Cruise Control ACC system will not activate due to a temporary condition Your vehicle does not require service If this message appears when you attempt to activate the system continue driving for several minutes and then try activating the system again See Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 for more information RAINSENSE WIPERS ACTIVE If your vehicle has Rainsense II wipers this message displays while this feature is active See Rainsense II Wipers on page 167 for more information REMOTE KEY LEARNING ACTIVE This message displays while you are matching a Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter to your vehicle See Matching Transmitter s to Your Vehicle under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 and DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 for more informati
288. iles folders playlists or sessions minimize the length of the file folder or playlist name Long names also take up more space on the display potentially getting cut off e Finalize the audio disc before you burn it Trying to add music to an existing disc can cause the disc not to function in the player Change playlists by using the previous and next folder buttons the tuner knob or the seek buttons An MP3 CD R that was recorded using no file folders can also be played If a CD R contains more than the maximum of 50 folders 50 playlists and 255 files the player lets you access and navigate up to the maximum but all items over the maximum cannot be accessed 281 Root Directory The root directory of the CD R is treated as a folder If the root directory has compressed audio files the directory displays as F1 ROOT All files contained directly under the root directory are accessed prior to any root directory folders However playlists Px are always accessed before root folders or files Empty Directory or Folder If a root directory or a folder exists somewhere in the file structure that contains only folders subfolders and no compressed files directly beneath them the player advances to the next folder in the file structure that contains compressed audio files The empty folder does not display No Folder When the CD R contains only compressed files the files are located under the root folder The next and
289. ill need service more often when you are pulling a trailer See the Maintenance Schedule for more on this Things that are especially important in trailer operation are automatic transaxle fluid do not overfill engine oil drive belt cooling system and brake system Each of these is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you are trailering it is a good idea to review this information before you start your trip Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing Your cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions See Engine Overheating on page 369 343 4 NOTES 344 Section 5 Service and Appearance Care ORVICG oriana i aert EAEEREN 347 Accessories and Modifications 0 347 California Proposition 65 Warning 348 Doing Your Own Service Work 208 348 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle cecene 349 Fuel ce nchiiaciineh iinet Siesta 349 Gasoline Octane cceeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeeees 349 Gasoline Specifications ccceeeeee 349 California Fuel cccecccsssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeee 350 ACUIIVES E T E E E N 350 Fuels in Foreign Countries a e 351 Filling the Tank assessescriresrsrrrssrrrrensrrne 352 Filling a Portable Fuel Container 354 Checking Things Under the Hood 354 Hood Release cceeccce
290. in PARK P e The ignition key should come out only in OFF Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required Parking Brake and Automatic Transaxle Park P Mechanism Check A CAUTION When you are doing this check your vehicle could begin to move You or others could be injured and property could be damaged Make sure there is room in front of your vehicle in case it begins to roll Be ready to apply the regular brake at once should the vehicle begin to move 466 Park on a fairly steep hill with the vehicle facing downhill Keeping your foot on the regular brake set the parking brake e To check the parking brake s holding ability With the engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL N slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake pedal Do this until the vehicle is held by the parking brake only e To check the PARK P mechanism s holding ability With the engine running shift to PARK P Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service is required Underbody Flushing Service At least every spring use plain water to flush any corrosive materials from the underbody Take care to clean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debris can collect Recommended Fluids and Usage Fluid Lubricant Lubricants Chassis Lubricant Parking Brake GM Part No U S 12377985 Fluids and lubricants identified below by name Ca
291. in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD starts playing where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source When a CD is inserted the CD symbol displays on the CD As each new track starts to play the track number also displays If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to CD R quality the method of recording the quality of the music that has been recorded and the way the CD R has been handled There can be an increase in skipping difficulty in finding tracks and or difficulty in loading and ejecting If these problems occur check the bottom surface of the CD If the surface of the CD is damaged such as cracked broken or scratched the CD will not play properly If the surface of the CD is soiled see Care of Your CDs on page 292 for more information If there is no apparent damage try a known good CD Do not add any label to a CD it could get caught in the CD player If a CD is recorded ona personal computer and a description label is needed try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen Notice f you add any label to a CD insert more than one CD into the slot at a time or attempt to play scratched or damaged CDs you could damage the CD player When using the CD player use only CDs in good condition without any label load one CD at a time and keep the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials liquids and debris If an error displays
292. ine and do not restart while the vehicle is raised Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle To be even more certain the vehicle will not move you should put blocks at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being changed That would be the tire on the other side at the opposite end of the vehicle When your vehicle has a flat tire use the following example as a guide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks FS a The following information will tell you next how to use the jack and change a tire Removing the Spare Tire and Tools The equipment you will need is in the trunk To access the equipment do the following 1 Open the trunk See Trunk on page 102 for more information 2 Press the area at the front of the handle located on the cover so that the back edge raises 3 Grab the handle and remove the cover 421 4 Turn the wing nut to remove the retainer that holds the wrench and jack 5 Remove the wheel wrench jack and spare tire from the trunk See Spare Tire on page 430 for more information 422 The tools you will be using include the jack A and the wheel wrench B Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire X Bs Sos Oa 1 Se 2 For models with exposed lug nuts loosen them using the wheel wrench Do not remove them yet 1 For models having aluminum wheels with a center wheel cover use the flat en
293. ing hesitation on acceleration or stumbling on acceleration These conditions may go away once the engine is warmed up This will be detected by the system and cause the light to turn on If you experience one or more of these conditions change the fuel brand you use It will require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off If none of the above steps have made the light turn off your dealer can check the vehicle Your dealer has the proper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix any mechanical or electrical problems that may have developed Emissions Inspection and Maintenance Programs Some state provincial and local governments have or may begin programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration Here are some things you need to know in order to help your vehicle pass an inspection Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the check engine light is on or not working properly Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD on board diagnostic system determines that critical emission control systems have not been completely diagnosed by the system The vehicle would be considered not ready for inspection This can happen if you have recently replaced your battery or if your battery has run down The diagnostic system is designed to evaluate critical emission control systems dur
294. ing conditions but they can be especially helpful in the short periods after dawn and before sunset Fully functional daytime running lamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada The DRL system will make the turn signal lamps come on when the following conditions are met e It is still daylight and the ignition is on e The exterior lamp control is in the off position e The transaxle is not in PARK P United States only e The light sensor is covered or not detecting light See Sensors under Dual Climate Control System on page 204 When DRL are on no other exterior lamps such as the parking lamps taillamps etc will be on when the DRL are being used Your instrument panel will not be lit up either When automatic lighting is on and it is dark enough outside the turn signal lamps will turn off and normal low beam headlamp operation will occur When automatic lighting is on and it is bright enough outside the regular lamps will go off and the DRL will take over If you start your vehicle in a dark garage the automatic headlamp system will come on immediately Once you leave the garage it will take approximately one minute for the automatic headlamp system to change to DRL if there is light outside During that delay your instrument panel cluster may not be as bright as usual Make sure your instrument panel brightness knob is in the full bright position See Instrument Panel Brightness on page 192 Turni
295. ing normal driving This may take several days of routine driving If you have done this and your vehicle still does not pass the inspection for lack of OBD system readiness your dealer can prepare the vehicle for inspection 229 Oil Pressure Light This light will come on briefly when you start your engine A CAUTION Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low If you do your engine can become so hot that it catches fire You or others could be burned Check your oil as soon as possible and have your vehicle serviced 230 Notice Lack of proper engine oil maintenance may damage the engine The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always follow the maintenance schedule in this manual for changing engine oil That is a check to be sure the light works If it does not come on be sure to have it fixed so it will be there to warn you if something goes wrong When the light comes on and stays on it means that oil is not flowing through your engine properly You could be low on oil and you might have some other system problem Security Light For information regarding this light see Theft Deterrent Ck Systems on page 108 Fog Lamp Light 0 The light will go out when the fog lamps are turned off See Fog Lamps on page 191 for more information The fog lamp light will come on when the fog lamps are in use Lights On Reminder This light comes on whenever the parking lamps are on
296. into a vehicle ahead of you Do not use Adaptive Cruise Control on winding roads Adaptive Cruise Control may not have time to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a crash when you are driving in conditions where vehicles may suddenly slow or stop ahead of you enter your lane or cross your vehicle s path If you are driving in these conditions do not use Adaptive Cruise Control The warning beep and alert symbol may indicate that you are driving in conditions where Adaptive Cruise Control should not be used See Alerting the Driver in this section CAUTION Continued The Adaptive Cruise controls are located on the steering wheel CAUTION Continued e On slippery roads fast changes in tire traction can cause needless wheel spinning and you could lose control Do not use cruise control on slippery roads When weather limits visibility such as when in fog rain or snow conditions Adaptive Cruise Control performance is limited There may not be enough distance to adapt to the changing traffic conditions Do not use cruise control when visibility is low The cruise control buttons are located on left side of the steering wheel On This position turns on the system Resume Resume Accelerate Press this button to make the vehicle resume to a previously set speed or to increase the set speed when Adaptive Cruise Control is already active 175 Set Press this button to set the speed or to
297. ious injury Only use GM specific wheel and tire systems developed for your vehicle and have them properly installed by a GM certified technician 414 See Buying New Tires on page 412 and Accessories and Modifications on page 347 for additional information Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A The following information relates to the system developed by the United States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA which grades tires by treadwear traction and temperature performance This applies only to vehicles sold in the United States The grades are molded on the sidewalls of most passenger car tires The Uniform Tire Quality Grading UTQG system does not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches 25 to 30 cm or to some limited production tires While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with respect to these grades they must also conform to federal safety requirements and additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria TPC standards Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test c
298. ire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation DOT motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the front axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Light Truck LT Metric Tire A tire used on light duty trucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 Ibs 68
299. irrors and Steering Wheel on page 11 for more information Press the customization button until MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears in the display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default No memory seat recall will occur ON The drivers seat will automatically move to the stored driving position when the unlock button on the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter is pressed NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 259 REMOTE START If the vehicle has this feature it allows you to turn the remote start feature off or on The remote start feature allows you to start the engine from outside of the vehicle using your Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE START appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The remote start feature will be disabled ON default The remote start feature will be enabled NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current set
300. is feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it REMOTE DOOR LOCK This feature allows you to select the type of feedback you will receive when locking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter You will not receive feedback when locking the vehicle with the RKE transmitter if the doors are open See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 for more information Press the customization button until REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF There will be no feedback when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter LIGHTS ONLY The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN ONLY The horn will sound on the second press of the lock button on the RKE transmitter HORN amp LIGHTS default The exterior lamps will flash when you press the lock button on the RKE transmitter and the horn will sound when the lock button is pressed again within five seconds of the previous command NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it REMOTE DO
301. is on There are three temperature settings for each feature A column of three lights next to the buttons will display which setting the feature is in high medium or low Three lights indicate the highest setting two lights for medium and one light for the lowest setting When you press a button the feature will turn on at the highest setting Each time you press the button the feature will go down one temperature setting To turn the feature off keep pressing the button until the display lights turn off Rear Seat Pass Through Door Your vehicle has a pass through door that provides access to the trunk from the rear seats See Rear Seat Pass Through Door under Trunk on page 102 Power Lumbar Your vehicle may be equipped with four way lumbar support without the massage feature for the outboard rear seat positions The rear lumbar support controls are located on the rear doors in front of the heated seat buttons yy e we To turn on the lumbar support feature press the front of the control to increase support or rearward to decrease support The lumbar control can also be moved up and down to adjust the location of the support The ignition does not need to be on for the power lumbar feature to work 17 Safety Belts Safety Belts They Are for Everyone This part of the manual tells you how to use safety belts properly It also tells you some things you should not do with safety belts A CAU
302. it card etc You are responsible for fuel usage charges and may also be responsible for taxes levies usage fees excessive mileage or rental usage beyond the completion of the repair Generally it is not possible to provide a like vehicle as a courtesy rental Additional Program Information Courtesy Transportation is available during the Bumper to Bumper warranty coverage period but it is not part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty A separate booklet entitled Warranty and Owner Assistance Information furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information Courtesy Transportation is available only at participating dealers and all program options such as shuttle service may not be available at every dealer Please contact your dealer for specific information about availability All Courtesy Transportation arrangements will be administered by appropriate dealer personnel Canadian Vehicles For warranty repairs during the Complete Vehicle Coverage period of the General Motors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty alternative transportation may be available under the Courtesy Transportation Program Please consult your dealer for details General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation at any time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion 483 Vehicle Data C
303. ject is detected a single chime will sound If an object is detected at a REVERSE R speed of less than 5 mph 8 km h or if you are already within an 8 ft 2 5 m distance to a detected object when the system first comes on the following describes what will occur according to your distance from an object located behind the vehicle e At distances between 40 inches 1 m and 8 ft 2 5 m a single amber light will be lit e At distances between 23 inches 0 6 m and 40 inches 1 m both amber lights will be lit e At distances between 12 inches 0 3 m and 23 inches 0 6 m all three lights amber amber red will be lit e Atdistances less than 12 inches 0 3 m a chime will sound for a short time and all three lights amber amber red will be lit and flashing When you are backing the vehicle and objects are detected at the same time near both the front and rear bumpers both color coded light displays will notify you of objects close to each bumper If there are objects detected near both bumpers the beeps will only be sounded to notify that objects are close to the rear bumper However if while you are backing and an object comes within 1 ft 0 3 m of the front bumper and at the same time there is another object further than 1 ft 0 3 m from the rear bumper then the beeps will only be sounded to notify you of the closer object that is near the front bumper 199 When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly
304. juries an add on child restraint must be secured in the vehicle With built in or add on child restraints the child has to be secured within the child restraint A booster seat F G is a child restraint designed When choosing an add on child restraint to improve the fit of the vehicle s safety belt be sure the child restraint is designed to be system Some booster seats have a shoulder belt used in a vehicle If it is it will have a label positioner and some high back booster seats have saying that it meets federal motor vehicle safety a five point harness A booster seat can also help a standards Then follow the instructions for the child to see out the window restraint You may find these instructions on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both 49 Securing an Add on Child Restraint in the Vehicle A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle Make sure the child restraint is properly installed in the vehicle using the vehicle s safety belt or LATCH system following the instructions that came with that restraint and also the instructions in this manual To help reduce the chance of injury the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by the LATCH system See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH
305. kes See Brake System Warning Light on page 222 The anti lock brake system warning light should come on briefly when you turn the ignition key to RUN If the light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem Low Tire Pressure Warning Light This light will come on briefly when you turn the ignition to RUN 224 This light will also come on when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE DIC message will accompany the light see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Stop and check your tires as soon as it is safe to do so If underinflated inflate to the proper pressure See Tires on page 394 for more information This light will flash for approximately 60 seconds and then turn on solid if a problem is detected with the Tire Pressure Monitor system See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 406 for more information Traction Control System TCS Warning Light A ee The traction control system warning light should come on briefly when the engine is started If the warning light does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem If it stays on or comes on when you are driving there may be a problem with your traction control system and your vehicle may need service When this warning light is on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly If the traction
306. kg See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The side of the tire that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the other sidewall of the tire Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommended tire inflation pressure as shown on the tire placard See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seated 401 Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tre
307. l Fill It is important to perform these underhood checks at each fuel fill Engine Oil Level Check Check the engine oil level and add the proper oil if necessary See Engine Oil on page 357 for further details Notice It is important to check your oil regularly and keep it at the proper level Failure to keep your engine oil at the proper level can cause damage to your engine not covered by your warranty Engine Coolant Level Check Check the engine coolant level and add DEX COOL coolant mixture if necessary See Engine Coolant on page 366 for further details Windshield Washer Fluid Level Check Check the windshield washer fluid level in the windshield washer fluid reservoir and add the proper fluid if necessary 464 At Least Once a Month Tire Inflation Check Visually inspect your vehicle s tires and make sure they are inflated to the correct pressures Do not forget to check the spare tire See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely See Changing a Flat Tire on page 420 Tire Wear Inspection Tire rotation may be required for high mileage highway drivers prior to the Engine Oil Life System service notification Check the tires for wear and if necessary rotate the tires See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 410 At Least Once a Year St arter Switch Check A CAUTION 1 2 When you are doing this inspection the vehicle could move su
308. l Home Remote buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the desired Universal Home Remote button and the hand held transmitter button Do not release the buttons until Step 4 has been completed Some entry gates and garage door openers may require you to substitute Step 3 with the procedure noted in Gate Operator and Canadian Programming later in this section 4 The indicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly after Universal Home Remote successfully receives the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons Press and hold the newly trained Universal Home Remote button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on continuously programming is complete and your device should activate when the Universal Home Remote button is pressed and released To program the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons begin with Step 2 under Programming Universal Home Remote Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all of the programmed channels If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Steps 6 through 8 following to complete the programming of a rolling code device most commonly a garage door opener 147 6 Locate in the garage the garage door opener receiver motor head unit Locate the Learn or Smart button This can usually be found
309. l contains MMT General Motors recommends against the use of such gasolines Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of spark plugs and the performance of the emission control system may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on If this occurs return to your dealer for service Fuels in Foreign Countries If you plan on driving in another country outside the United States or Canada the proper fuel may be hard to find Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuel not recommended in the previous text on fuel Costly repairs caused by use of improper fuel would not be covered by your warranty To check the fuel availability ask an auto club or contact a major oil company that does business in the country where you will be driving 351 Filling the Tank A CAUTION Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause bad injuries To help avoid injuries to you and others read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 352 The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fuel door on the drivers side of the vehicle To open the fuel door apply pressure i
310. l help prevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming allowing your emission control system to work properly In most cases you should not have to add anything to your fuel However some gasolines contain only the minimum amount of additive required to meet U S Environmental Protection Agency regulations To help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean or if your vehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors or valves look for gasoline that is advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Also your dealer has additives that will help correct and prevent most deposit related problems Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol and reformulated gasolines may be available in your area General Motors recommends that you use these gasolines if they comply with the specifications described earlier However E85 85 ethanol and other fuels containing more than 10 ethanol must not be used in vehicles that were not designed for those fuels Notice Your vehicle was not designed for fuel that contains methanol Do not use fuel containing methanol It can corrode metal parts in your fuel system and also damage the plastic and rubber parts That damage would not be covered under your warranty Some gasolines that are not reformulated for low emissions may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT ask the attendant where you buy gasoline whether the fue
311. l turn off once the key has been programmed 6 Repeat Steps 1 through 5 if additional keys are to be programmed If you are driving and the security light comes on and stays on you may be able to restart your engine Your PASS Key Ill system however may not be working properly and must be serviced by your dealer If you lose or damage your PASS Key Ill key see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS Key Ill to have a new key made Starting and Operating Your Vehicle New Vehicle Break In Notice Your vehicle does not need an elaborate break in But it will perform better in the long run if you follow these guidelines e Do not drive at any one constant speed fast or slow for the first 500 miles 805 km Do not make full throttle starts Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle e Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles 322 km or so During this time your new brake linings are not yet broken in Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement Follow this breaking in guideline every time you get new brake linings e Do not tow a trailer during break in See Towing a Trailer on page 336 for the trailer towing capabilities of your vehicle and more information Following break in engine speed and load can be gradually increased 113 Ignition Positions With the ignition key in the ignition the key can be turned to four different positions N
312. ld be there not at the pelvic bones This could cause serious internal injuries Always buckle your belt into the buckle nearest you Q What is wrong with this A CAUTION You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm In a crash your body would move too far forward which would increase the chance of head and neck injury Also the belt would apply too much force to the ribs which are not as strong as shoulder bones You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen A The shoulder belt is worn under the arm It should be worn over the shoulder at all times 29 Q What is wrong with this a A CAUTION You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to spread impact forces If a belt is twisted make it straight so it can work properly or ask your dealer to fix it ie ry aly A The belt is twisted across the body 30 To unlatch the belt push the button on the buckle The belt should go back out of the way Before you close the door be sure the belt is out of the way If you slam the door on it you can damage both the belt and your vehicle Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment Before you begin to drive move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt is center
313. le on vehicles that have the Bose Premium audio system Finding a Category CAT Station CAT Category The CAT button is used to find XM stations while the radio is in the XM mode To find XM channels within a desired category perform the following 1 Press the BAND button until the XM frequency displays Press the CAT button to display the category labels Continue pressing the CAT button until the desired category name displays Another way to select a category is to press the REV reverse or FWD forward button until the desired category is selected 2 Press either of the two pushbuttons below the desired category label to immediately tune to the first XM station associated with that category 3 Turn the tune knob press the pushbuttons below the displayed right or left arrows or press the right or left SEEK buttons to go to the next or previous XM station within the selected category 4 To exit the category search mode press the FAV button or BAND button to display your favorites again Undesired XM categories can be removed through the setup menu To remove an undesired category perform the following 1 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 2 Press the pushbutton located below the XM CAT label 3 Turn the tune knob to display the category you want removed 4 Press the pushbutton located under the Remove label until the category name along with the word Remov
314. leaning instructions see Washing Your Vehicle on page 435 If after cleaning the front and rear bumpers and driving forward at a speed of at least 15 mph 25 km h the DIC displays the PARKING ASSIST OFF message see your dealer Other conditions that may affect system performance include vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck or other mechanical devices that interfere with UFRPA performance When UFRPA is disabled without driver action and the driver attempts to turn UFRPA back on using the Driver Information Center DIC the PARKING ASSIST ON option will not be selectable if the necessary conditions stated above for normal system operation are not met As always drivers should use care when backing up a vehicle Always look behind you being sure to check for other vehicles obstructions and blind spots For Driver Information Center messages related to UFRPA see DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 If the bumper is damaged your UFRPA system may not work properly Take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system Accessory Power Outlet s Your vehicle is equipped with accessory power outlets The outlets can be used to plug in electrical equipment such as a cellular telephone CB radio etc If your vehicle has a stationary center console the power outlet is located inside the lower storage area There are outlets also on the right front lower part of the driver s
315. lectrical loads as much as possible See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Inadvertent Power Battery Saver This feature is designed to protect your vehicle s battery against drainage from the interior lamps trunk lamp glove box lamp or the garage door opener When the ignition is turned off the power to these features will automatically turn off after 10 minutes Power will be restored for an additional 10 minutes if any door or trunk is opened or the courtesy lamp switch is turned on Battery Run Down Protection This vehicle has a feature to help prevent the battery from being drained if the interior courtesy lamps reading map lamps visor vanity lamps or trunk lamp are accidentally left on If any of these lamps are left on they will automatically turn off after 10 minutes if the ignition is off The lamps will not come back on again until one of the following occurs e The ignition is turned on e The exterior lamps control is turned off then on again The headlamps will timeout after 10 minutes if they are manually turned on before the ignition is off 195 Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA If your vehicle is equipped the Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA system is designed to help you park It operates only at speeds less than 5 mph 8km h UFRPA helps make parking easier and helps you avoid colliding with objects such as parked vehicles The UFRPA system detects o
316. led if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Secure any unused safety belts behind the child restraint so children cannot reach them Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of the retractor to set the lock if your vehicle has one after the child restraint has been installed Be sure to follow the instructions of the child restraint manufacturer Notice Contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly may cause damage to these parts Make sure when securing unused safety belts behind the child restraint that there is no contact between the child restraint or the LATCH attachment parts and the vehicle s safety belt assembly 58 Folding an empty rear seat with the safety belts secured may cause damage to the safety belt or the seat When removing the child restraint always remember to return the safety belts to their normal stowed position before folding the rear seat 1 Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors secure the child restraint with the top tether and the safety belts Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual 1 1 Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position 1 2 Put the child restraint on the seat 1 3
317. led original GM parts Remember recycled parts will not be covered by your GM vehicle warranty Insurance pays the bill for the repair but you must live with the repair Depending on your policy limits your insurance company may initially value the repair using aftermarket parts Discuss this with your repair professional and insist on Genuine GM parts Remember if your vehicle is leased you may be obligated to have the vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts even if your insurance coverage does not pay the full cost If another party s insurance company is paying for the repairs you are not obligated to accept a repair valuation based on that insurance company s collision policy repair limits as you have no contractual limits with that company In such cases you can have control of the repair and parts choices as long as cost stays within reasonable limits Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects to the United States Government If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying General Motors If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you
318. ll only make the message disappear not the problem AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OFF This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned off See Exterior Lamps on page 186 for more information AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL ON This message displays when the automatic headlamps are turned on See Exterior Lamps on page 186 for more information BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE This message displays when the system detects that the battery voltage is dropping beyond a reasonable level The battery saver system starts reducing certain features of the vehicle that you may be able to notice At the point that the features are disabled this message is displayed It means that the vehicle is trying to save the charge in the battery Turn off all unnecessary accessories to allow the battery to recharge The normal battery voltage range is 11 5 to 15 5 volts You can monitor battery voltage on the Driver Information Center DIC by pressing the trip fuel button until BATTERY VOLTAGE is displayed CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON This message displays when service is required for your vehicle See your dealer See Engine Oil on page 357 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 for more information When you reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message by clearing it from the display you still must reset the engine oil life system separately For more information on resetting the engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 360 239
319. ls you what should be checked when to check it and what you can easily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition The proper replacement parts fluids and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 and Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 468 When your vehicle is serviced make sure these are used All parts should be replaced and all necessary repairs done before you or anyone else drives the vehicle We recommend the use of genuine GM parts Scheduled Maintenance When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message in the Driver Information Center DIC comes on it means that service is required for your vehicle Have your vehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next 600 miles 1 000 km It is possible that if you are driving under the best conditions the engine oil life system may not indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over a year However your engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year and at this time the system must be reset Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM trained service technicians who will perform this work using genuine GM parts and reset the system 457 If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally you must service your vehicle within 3 000 miles 5 000 km since your last service Remember to reset the oil life system whenever the oil is changed See Engine Oil Life System on page 360 for information on the Engine Oil Life Sys
320. m the air inlets at the base of the windshield that may block the flow of air into your vehicle e Use of non GM approved hood deflectors may adversely affect the performance of the system e Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of your vehicle more effectively Rear Climate Control System If your vehicle has a rear climate control system the rear seat passengers can use it to adjust the direction of the airflow the fan speed and the temperature for the rear seating area This system also works with the main climate control system in your vehicle The control panel for this system is located on the back of the center console If the AUX button located on the front climate control panel is pressed the rear climate control system will be turned on The rear system will operate in automatic mode and the temperature settings selected for the front climate control panel will also be selected for the rear passengers If the rear passenger would like to adjust the rear climate control system they can select a different temperature and a different mode or fan speed Whenever the rear passengers have adjusted settings on the rear climate control system the AUX light is lit on the front climate control system The driver can turn off the auxiliary fan by pressing the AUX button When the front climate control system is turned off or in defrost mode the rear climate contr
321. may need to turn off the engine and clean the lens See Cleaning the System under Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 Flash to Pass This feature lets you use the high beam headlamps to signal the driver in front of you that you want to pass The flash to pass feature will only work with the headlamps on It does not work with Daytime Running Lamps DRL Pull and hold the turn signal lever toward you to use If the headlamps are on high beam they will switch to low beam To return to high beam push the lever away from you 165 Windshield Wipers You control the windshield wipers by turning the band with the wiper symbol on it 7 Mist Turn the band to mist for a single wiping cycle Hold it there until the wipers start Then let go The wipers stop after one wipe For more wipe cycles hold the band longer on mist i Delay Turn the band to choose the delay time between wipe cycles The wiper speed can be set for a long or short delay between wipes The closer the band is set to the top of the lever the shorter the delay GB Low Speed Turn the band away from you to the first solid band past the delay settings for steady wiping at low speed 166 High Speed For high speed wiping turn the band further to the second solid band past the delay settings Off To stop the wipers move the band to off Clear ice and snow from the wiper blades before using them If they are frozen to the
322. med through prompts displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC These prompts allow the driver to choose various lock and unlock settings For programming information see DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 100 Rear Door Security Locks Your vehicle has security locks that prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from the inside The rear door security locks are located on the inside edge of each rear door You must open the rear doors to access them To assist you in finding the lock your vehicle will have one of the following Printed in To use these locks do the following 1 Turn the knob to the vertical position to engage the lock 2 Close the door 3 Do the same for the other rear door The rear doors on your vehicle cannot be opened from the inside when this feature is in use When you want to open a rear door when the security lock is on do the following 1 Unlock the door using the remote keyless entry transmitter the front door power lock switch or by lifting the rear door manual lock knob 2 Open the door from the outside To cancel the rear door security lock do the following 1 Unlock the door and open it from the outside 2 Turn the knob to the horizontal position to disengage the lock 3 Do the same for the other rear door Lockout Protection If the key is in the ignition and the power door lock switch is used to lock the doors all doors will lock and the
323. mended that all bulbs be replaced by your dealer High Intensity Discharge HID Lighting A CAUTION The low beam high intensity discharge lighting system operates at a very high voltage If you try to service any of the system components you could be seriously injured Have your dealer or a qualified technician service them Your vehicle has HID headlamps After your vehicle s HID headlamp bulb has been replaced you may notice that the beam is a slightly different shade than it was originally This is normal 392 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking See Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 for more information on wiper blade inspection Replacement blades come in different types and are removed in different ways Here s how to remove the wiper blade 1 Turn the engine off 2 Lift the windshield wiper arm and blade away from the windshield 3 Pull the clip up from the blade connecting point and pull the blade assembly down toward the windshield to remove it from the wiper arm 4 Install the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm and firmly press down on the clip to snap it into place To remove and replace the wiper blade element do the following 1 The wiper blade element has two notches at one end which are engaged by the bottom claw set of the wiper blade At the notched end of the wiper blade pull the wiper blade element f
324. ments Notice Maintenance intervals checks inspections replacement parts and recommended fluids and lubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessary to keep your vehicle in good working condition Any damage caused by failure to follow scheduled maintenance may not be covered by warranty Your Vehicle and the Environment Proper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep your vehicle in good working condition but also helps the environment All recommended maintenance is important Improper vehicle maintenance can even affect the quality of the air we breathe Improper fluid levels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level of emissions from your vehicle To help protect our environment and to keep your vehicle in good condition be sure to maintain your vehicle properly Using the Maintenance Schedule We at General Motors want to help you keep your vehicle in good working condition But we do not know exactly how you will drive it You may drive very short distances only a few times a week Or you may drive long distances all the time in very hot dusty weather You may use your vehicle in making deliveries Or you may drive it to work to do errands or in many other ways Because of all the different ways people use their vehicles maintenance needs vary You may need more frequent checks and replacements So please read the following and note how you drive If you have any questions on how to keep your vehi
325. might force the object into that person causing severe injury or even death The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear Do not put anything between an occupant and an airbag and do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering If your vehicle has roof mounted side impact airbags never secure anything to the roof of your If your vehicle has one the roof mounted side vehicle by routing the rope or tie down impact airbag for the right front passenger and the person seated directly behind that passenger is in the ceiling above the side windows through any door or window opening If you do the path of an inflating airbag will be blocked Do not let seat covers block the inflation path of a side impact airbag The path of an inflating airbag must be kept clear 72 When Should an Airbag Inflate The driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal crashes But they are designed to inflate only if the impact exceeds a predetermined deployment threshold Deployment thresholds take into account a variety of desired deployment and non deployment events and are used to predict how severe a crash is likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and help restrain the occupants Whether your frontal airbags will or should deploy is not based on how fast your vehicle is traveling It depends largely o
326. ming Rearview with COMPASS 2essccsssecentierasdeaie viet 132 Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar and Compass ccccccceee 130 Manual Rearview Mirror with Compass and Temperature c ccceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 17 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror 134 Outside Convex Mirror eccess 134 Outside Curb View Assist Mirror 134 Outside Heated Mirrors 0 eeee 134 Outside Power Foldaway Mirrors 133 ME oaeen dag ce to ae ete gh eee ceases ce 280 MYGMLINK COM vecesscues nceneenatiueatesstncedeease wanes 477 Navigation Radio System see Navigation Manual neee 289 New Vehicle Break In nesses 113 Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts 468 502 OOM R siersteen kias ae aree ANENE 217 Off Road RECOVETY ccceeeeeeeettteeeeeeeeeeees 309 Oil ENGINE weseciseiteceesevee secs eentivatieddeversesaeenmactts 357 Pressure Light cceeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 230 Oil Engine Oil Life System 0 e 360 Older Children Restraints cccceceeeeeees 40 Online Owner Center ccccceceeeeeteeeeeeees 477 OnStar System see OnStar Manual 135 Other Warning Devices eeeeeeeeeees 158 Outlet Adjustment cceeeeeesettteeeeeeeeeeees 210 Outlet s Accessory POWET cc seeeeeeeees 201 Outside Automatic Dimming Mirror eee 134 Convex MIMO sessao ennaa 134 Curb View Assist Mirror ccecce 13
327. n a vehicle A CAUTION Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten Never leave children unattended in a vehicle and never allow children to play with the safety belts Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles they should have the protection provided by appropriate restraints 43 Young children should not use the vehicle s adult safety belts alone unless there is no other choice Instead they need to use a child restraint A CAUTION People should never hold a baby in their arms while riding in a vehicle A baby does not weigh much until a crash During a crash a baby will become so heavy it is not possible to hold it For example in a crash at only 25 mph 40 km h a 12 Ib 5 5 kg baby will suddenly become a 240 Ib 110 kg force on a person s arms A baby should be secured in an appropriate restraint 44 A CAUTION Children who are up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed Airbags plus lap shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older children but not for young children and infants Neither the vehicle s safety belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them Young children and infants need the protection that a child restraint system can provide 45 Q A 46 What are the different types of add on
328. n additional dome lamp and also opera lamps Entry Lighting This feature turns on the courtesy lamps and the backlighting to the door switches and to the exterior lamp control when a door is opened or if you press the remote keyless entry transmitter unlock button If activated due to the transmitter the lighting will remain active for about 40 seconds Since the entry lighting system uses the light sensor it must be dark outside in order for the courtesy lamps to turn on The courtesy lamps turn off approximately 25 seconds after the last door is closed They will dim to off if the ignition key is turned to RUN or immediately deactivate if the power locks are activated Parade Dimming This feature prohibits dimming of the digital displays and backlighting during daylight hours when the key is in the ignition and the headlamps are on This feature is fully automatic When the light sensor reads darkness outside and the parking lamps are active the digital displays can be adjusted by turning the instrument panel brightness knob counterclockwise to dim and clockwise to brighten lighting Reading Lamps The reading lamps are located on the overhead console on the headliner and in the rear door opening These lamps come on automatically when any door is opened and it is dark outside For manual operation press the button to turn them on Press it again to turn them off If the reading lamps are left on they automatically s
329. n control and tire pressure monitoring performance GM s TPC Spec number is molded onto the tire s sidewall by the tire manufacturer If the tires have an all season tread design the TPC spec number will be followed by an MS for mud and snow See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 395 for additional information 412 A CAUTION Mixing tires could cause you to lose control of your vehicle while driving If you mix tires of different sizes brands or types radial and bias belted tires the vehicle may not handle properly and you could have a crash Using tires of different sizes brands or types may also cause damage to your vehicle Be sure to use the correct size brand and type of tires on all wheels Your vehicle may have a compact spare tire and wheel assembly If the vehicle has a compact spare tire and wheel they have the same overall diameter as your vehicle s full size tires and wheels Because they were designed and developed for use on your vehicle it is all right to drive your vehicle with the compact spare installed properly Compact spare tires are designed for temporary use only See Spare Tire on page 430 A CAUTION If you use bias ply tires on your vehicle the wheel rim flanges could develop cracks after many miles of driving A tire and or wheel could fail suddenly causing a crash Use only radial ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle If you must replace your vehicle s tires with th
330. n page 430 and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 419 B Tire Ply Material The type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread C Tire Identification Number TIN The Tire Identification Number TIN The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code tire size and date the tire was manufactured The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire although only one side may have the date of manufacture D Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit Maximum load that can be carried and the maximum pressure needed to support that load See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 E Tire Inflation The temporary use tire or compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi 420 kPa For more information on tire pressure and inflation see Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 and Spare Tire on page 430 F Tire Size A combination of letters and numbers define a tire s width height aspect ratio construction type and service description The letter T as the first character in the tire size means the tire is for temporary use only G TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines 397 a SPEC 2019 MS 47 E 17 oF AT XX PS 09 een ae A 7 2 S o Wd p OSS Xxx wna
331. n signal is left on a warning chime will sound and the Driver Information Center DIC will display TURN SIGNAL ON after driving about a mile to remind you to turn it off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Arrows that flash rapidly when signaling for a turn or lane change may be caused by a burned out signal bulb Other drivers will not see the turn signal Replace burned out bulbs to help avoid possible accidents Check the fuse and for burned out bulbs if the arrow fails to work when signaling a turn See Rear Underseat Fuse Block on page 447 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer Push forward to change the headlamps from low beam to high Pull the lever back and then release it to change from high beam to low This light on the instrument panel cluster will be on indicating high beam usage Forward Collision Alert FCA System If your vehicle has this feature be sure to read this entire section before using it The system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions
332. n the ID3 tag then the radio displays the file name without the extension such as mp3 as the track name Track names longer than 22 characters or four pages are shortened Parts of words on the last page of text and the extension of the filename is not displayed Preprogrammed Playlists Preprogrammed playlists that were created using WinAmp MusicMatch or Real Jukebox software can be accessed however they cannot be edited using the radio These playlists are treated as special folders containing compressed audio song files Playlists must have a file extension of PLS M3U or WPL Playlists can be changed by using the previous and next folder buttons the seek buttons or turning the tuner knob Tracks cannot be changed Songs are played sequentially press the REV or FWD to reverse or advance through the currently playing song Playing an MP3 Insert a CD R partway into the slot Single CD Player or press the load button and wait for the message to insert disc Six Disc CD Player label side up The player pulls it in and the CD R should begin playing If the ignition or radio is turned off while a CD R is in the player it stays in the player When the ignition or radio is turned on the CD R starts to play where it stopped if it was the last selected audio source As each new track starts to play the track number and song title displays If playing a CD R the sound quality can be reduced due to C
333. n the center of the rear edge of the fuel door and it will pop open To remove the fuel cap turn it slowly counterclockwise The fuel cap has a spring in it if the cap is released too soon it will spring back to the right While refueling hang the tethered fuel cap from the hook on the fuel door A CAUTION If you spill fuel and then something ignites it you could be badly burned Fuel can spray out on you if you open the fuel cap too quickly This spray can happen if your tank is nearly full and is more likely in hot weather Open the fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noise to stop Then unscrew the cap all the way Be careful not to spill fuel Do not top off or overfill the tank and wait a few seconds after you have finished pumping before removing the nozzle Clean fuel from painted surfaces as soon as possible See Washing Your Vehicle on page 435 When replacing the fuel cap turn it clockwise until it clicks Make sure the cap is fully installed The diagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap has been left off or improperly installed This would allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 227 The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message will be displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC if the fuel cap is not properly installed See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information A CAUTION If a fire starts while you are refueling do not remove the nozzl
334. n the driver s door will unlock It is always recommended that you remove the ignition key when locking your vehicle The lockout protection feature can be overridden by holding the power door lock switch for three seconds or longer 101 Trunk A CAUTION It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lid open because carbon monoxide CO gas can come into your vehicle You cannot see or smell CO It can cause unconsciousness and even death If you must drive with the trunk lid open or if electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass through the seal between the body and the trunk lid e Make sure all other windows are shut e Turn the fan on your heating or cooling system to its highest speed and select the control setting that will force outside air into your vehicle See Climate Control System e If you have air outlets on or under the instrument panel open them all the way See Engine Exhaust on page 126 102 Remote Trunk Release atm Remote Trunk Release The remote trunk release button is located to the left of the steering wheel next to the instrument panel brightness control Press the button to open the trunk To use this feature your vehicle must be in PARK P or NEUTRAL N and the valet lockout switch must be off You can also press the button with the trunk symbol on the remote keyless entry transmitter to open the trunk To disable this feature see Valet Lockout Switch on page 10
335. n what you hit the direction of the impact and how quickly your vehicle slows down Your vehicle has a dual stage driver airbag which adjusts the restraint according to crash severity using electronic frontal sensor s which help the sensing system distinguish between a moderate frontal impact and a more severe frontal impact The dual stage driver airbag inflates to a level less than full deployment for moderate frontal impacts and to a full deployment for more severe frontal impacts Your vehicle has a dual depth passenger airbag that adjusts the restraint according to crash severity seat location and safety belt status using electronic frontal sensor s and other special sensors which enable the sensing system to monitor the status of the front passenger safety belt and the position of the front passenger seat The passenger airbag inflates to a reduced depth when the passenger seat is in a forward position For more rearward front seating positions the passenger airbag may inflate to an increased depth a full deployment based on safety belt status and the crash severity measured early in the event Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall that does not move or deform the threshold level for the reduced deployment is about 12 to 16 mph 19 to 26 km h and the threshold level for a full deployment is about 17 to 23 mph 27 to 37 km h i
336. nce extremes of heat that could cause stains to set rapidly Lighter colored interiors may require more frequent cleaning Use care because newspapers and garments that transfer color to your home furnishings may also transfer color to your vehicle s interior When cleaning your vehicle s interior only use cleaners specifically designed for the surfaces being cleaned Permanent damage may result from using cleaners on surfaces for which they were not intended Use glass cleaner only on glass 431 Remove any accidental over spray from other surfaces immediately To prevent over spray apply cleaner directly to the cleaning cloth Notice If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaning glass surfaces on your vehicle you could scratch the glass and or cause damage to the integrated radio antenna and the rear window defogger When cleaning the glass on your vehicle use only a soft cloth and glass cleaner Many cleaners contain solvents that may become concentrated in your vehicle s breathing space Before using cleaners read and adhere to all safety instructions on the label While cleaning your vehicle s interior maintain adequate ventilation by opening your vehicle s doors and windows Dust may be removed from small buttons and knobs using a small brush with soft bristles Your dealer has a product for cleaning your vehicle s glass Should it become necessary you can also obtain a product from your dealer to remove odo
337. nd mark it 5 Draw or tape a horizontal line the width of the vehicle at the wall where it was marked in Step 4 Notice Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut off when aiming Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build up which may cause damage to the headlamp 6 Turn on the low beam headlamps and place a piece of cardboard or equivalent in front of the headlamp not being aimed This should allow only the beam of light from the headlamp being aimed to be seen on the flat surface 8 Locate the vertical headlamp aiming screws They are located under the hood near each headlamp assembly First lift the flap to access either of them Each one is the top outboard screw by the V on the cover 9 panel next to the aiming flap The adjustment screw can be turned with a 6 mm hex wrench Turn the vertical aiming screw until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape line If you turn it clockwise it will raise the beam and if you turn it counterclockwise it will lower the beam The top edge of the cut off should be positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line Make sure that the light from the headlamp is positioned at the bottom edge of the horizontal tape line The lamp on the left A shows the correct headlamp aim The lamp on the right B shows the incorrect headlamp aim Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for the opposite headlamp 391 Bulb Replacement It is recom
338. nd press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it APPROACH LIGHTING This feature allows you to select whether or not to have the exterior lights turn on briefly during low light periods after unlocking the vehicle using the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter Press the customization button until APPROACH LIGHTING appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF The exterior lights will not turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter ON default If it is dark enough outside the exterior lights will turn on briefly when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter The lights will remain on for 20 seconds or until the lock button on the RKE transmitter is pressed or the vehicle is no longer off See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 for more information NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it CHIME VOLUME This feature allows you to select the volume level of the chime Press the customization button until CHIME VOLUME appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll thro
339. nditions and by not overdriving those conditions But skids are always possible The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle s three control systems In the braking skid your wheels are not rolling In the steering or cornering skid too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and lose cornering force And in the acceleration skid too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin A cornering skid is best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal Remember Any traction control system helps avoid only the acceleration skid If your traction control system is off then an acceleration skid is also best handled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal If your vehicle starts to slide ease your foot off the accelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you want the vehicle to go If you start steering quickly enough your vehicle may straighten out Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs 311 If you have StabiliTrak the system may be active See StabiliTrak System on page 305 Of course traction is reduced when water snow ice gravel or other material is on the road For safety you will want to slow down and adjust your driving to these conditions It is important to slow down on slippery surfaces because stopping distance will be longer and vehicle control more limited While driving on a surface with reduced traction try your best to avoid sudden steering acc
340. ng e Unusual wear e Poor handling e Rough ride e Needless damage from road hazards A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar This label lists your vehicle s original equipment tires and shows the correct inflation pressures for your tires when they are cold The recommended cold tire inflation pressure shown on the label is the minimum amount of air pressure needed to support your vehicle s maximum load carrying capacity For additional information regarding how much weight your vehicle can carry and an example of the Tire and Loading Information label see Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 How you load your vehicle affects the vehicle handling and ride comfort never load your vehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry When to Check Check your tires once a month or more Do not forget to check the spare tire If your vehicle has a compact spare tire it should be at 60 psi 420 kPa For additional information see Spare Tire on page 430 How to Check Use a good quality pocket type gage to check tire pressure You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by looking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they are under inflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km 403 Remove the valve cap f
341. ng Hydroplaning is dangerous So much water can build up under your tires that they can actually ride on the water This can happen if the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough When your vehicle is hydroplaning it has little or no contact with the road Hydroplaning does not happen often But it can if your tires do not have much tread or if the pressure in one or more is low It can happen if a lot of water is standing on the road If you can see reflections from trees telephone poles or other vehicles and raindrops dimple the water s surface there could be hydroplaning Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds There just is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning The best advice is to slow down when it is raining Driving Through Deep Standing Water Notice If you drive too quickly through deep puddles or standing water water can come in through your engine s air intake and badly damage your engine Never drive through water that is slightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle If you cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water drive through them very slowly Driving Through Flowing Water A CAUTION Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces If you try to drive through flowing water as you might at a low water crossing your vehicle can be carried away As little as six inches of flowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle If this happens you and other vehicle occupant
342. ng aasssnnsessnnnuesnnnrenennnnea 389 Bulb Replacement ecccecccceeeceeeeeeeeeees 392 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement c ccccccecceseeeeeceeeeeeeeees 392 TOS sonce arn R 394 Appearance Care ssssssssssssrnrrrerreesrene 431 Vehicle Identification oo eeeeeeeeeeeee 441 Electrical System Capacities and Specifications Maintenance Schedule oo Maintenance Schedule Customer Assistance Information Customer Assistance and Information GENERAL MOTORS GM the GM Emblem CADILLAC the CADILLAC Crest amp Wreath and the name DTS are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation This manual includes the latest information at the time it was printed We reserve the right to make changes after that time without notice For vehicles first sold in Canada substitute the name General Motors of Canada Limited for Cadillac Motor Car Division whenever it appears in this manual This manual describes features that may be available in this model but your vehicle may not have all of them For example more than one entertainment system may be offered or your vehicle may have been ordered without a front passenger or rear seats Litho in U S A Part No 15870507 A First Printing Keep this manual in the vehicle so it will be there if it is needed while your are on the road If the vehicle is sold leave this manual in the vehicle Canadian Owners A French language copy of this manual can be obtain
343. ng on automatic lighting or the headlamps will deactivate the DRL If the parking lamps or the fog lamps were turned on instead the DRL will still deactivate To idle your vehicle with the DRL off at night turn off automatic lighting and shift the transaxle into PARK P Placing your vehicle in PARK P disables the DRL The DRL will stay off until you shift out of PARK P To drive your vehicle with the DRL off turn off automatic lighting and manually turn on the parking lamps or fog lamps if equipped As with any vehicle you should turn on the regular headlamp system when you need it Fog Lamps Use the fog lamps for better vision in foggy or misty conditions 40 Fog Lamps The fog lamps button is located on the exterior lamps control The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering column 191 When you press the exterior lamps control the fog lamp lights on the instrument panel cluster will come on to indicate that the fog lamps and the parking lamps are on Press the button again to turn them off If you turn on the high beam headlamps the fog lamps will turn off They will turn back on again when you switch to low beam headlamps When automatic lighting is on and the fog lamps are turned on the fog lamps headlamps and parking lamps will remain on The ignition must be on for the fog lamps to operate Some localities have laws that require the headlamps to
344. ning the vehicle can move suddenly You or others could be injured To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you are on fairly level ground always set your parking brake and move the shift lever to PARK P See Shifting Into Park P on page 122 If you are pulling a trailer see Towing a Trailer on page 336 Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK P before starting the engine Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock control system You have to fully apply your regular brakes before you can shift from PARK P while the ignition key is in RUN If you cannot shift out of PARK P ease pressure on the shift lever Push the shift lever all the way into PARK P as you maintain brake application Then move the shift lever into another gear See Shifting Out of Park P on page 125 REVERSE R Use this gear to back up Notice Shifting to REVERSE R while your vehicle is moving forward could damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Shift to REVERSE R only after your vehicle is stopped Also use this gear to rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow ice or sand without damaging your transaxle See f Your Vehicle is Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow on page 326 for additional information NEUTRAL N In this position the engine does not connect with the wheels To restart when you are already moving use NEUTRAL N only Also use NEUTRAL N when your
345. nk This is because different driving conditions produce different fuel economies Generally freeway driving produces better fuel economy than city driving Once the range drops below an estimated 40 miles 64 km remaining the display will show FUEL RANGE LOW If your vehicle is low on fuel the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will be displayed See FUEL LEVEL LOW under DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information AVERAGE ECONOMY AFE This display shows the approximate average miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number is calculated based on the number of mpg L 100 km recorded since the last time this display was reset To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero INST Instantaneous ECONOMY IFE This display shows the current fuel economy in either miles per gallon mpg or liters per 100 kilometers L 100 km This number reflects only the fuel economy that the vehicle has right now and will change frequently as driving conditions change Unlike average economy this display cannot be reset FUEL USED This display shows the number of gallons gal or liters L of fuel used since the last reset of this display To reset this display press the set reset button The display will return to zero TIMER ON OFF This display can be used like a stopwatch You can record the time it takes to travel from one point to another To acc
346. nob to turn the sound on If your vehicle has the navigation system press this button to initiate voice recognition See Voice Recognition in the index of your vehicle s navigation system manual for more information SRCE Source Press this button to switch between AM FM or XM if equipped radio or CD 290 lt Volume Press the plus or minus button to increase or to decrease the volume gt Seek Press the seek arrow to go to the next radio station and stay there The system only seeks radio stations with strong frequencies When the seek arrow is pressed and held for two seconds the system scans the radio stations that are in the selected band If listening to a CD the system advances to the next CD when multiple discs are inserted If you have the navigation system some of the audio steering wheel controls work when a DVD is playing in the navigation radio See the Navigation System manual for more information Radio Reception You may experience frequency interference and static during normal radio reception if items such as cellphone chargers vehicle convenience accessories and external electronic devices are plugged into the accessory power outlet If there is interference or static unplug the item from the accessory power outlet AM The range for most AM stations is greater than for FM especially at night The longer range can cause station frequencies to interfere with each
347. not properly vented can let sulfuric acid fumes into the area under the rear seat cushion These fumes can damage your rear seat safety belt systems You may not be able to see this damage and the safety belts might not provide the protection needed in a crash If a replacement battery is ever needed it must be vented in the same manner as the original battery Always make sure that the vent hose is properly reattached before reinstalling the seat cushion Vehicle Storage If you are not going to drive your vehicle for 25 days or more remove the black negative cable from the battery This will help keep your battery from running down A CAUTION Batteries have acid that can burn you and gas that can explode You can be badly hurt if you are not careful See Jump Starting on page 384 for tips on working around a battery without getting hurt To be sure the vent hose A is properly attached the vent hose connectors B must be securely reattached to the vent outlets C on each side of the battery and the vent assembly grommet D must be secured to the floor pan E 383 Jump Starting If your vehicle s battery has run down you may want to use another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely A CAUTION Batteries can hurt you They can be dangerous because e They contain acid that can burn you e They contain gas that can explode
348. ntal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag the off indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags are off If a child restraint has been installed and the on indicator is lit turn the vehicle off Remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the child restraint following the child restraint manufacturers directions and refer to Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position on page 62 If after reinstalling the child restraint and restarting the vehicle the on indicator is still lit check to make sure that the vehicle s seatback is not pressing the child restraint into the seat cushion If this happens slightly recline the vehicle s seatback and adjust the seat cushion if possible Also make sure the child restraint is not trapped under the vehicle head restraint If this happens adjust the head restraint 79 If the on indicator is still lit secure the child in the child restraint in a rear seat position in the vehicle and check with your dealer The passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the right front passenger s seat When the passenger sensing system has allowed the airbags to be enabled the on indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbags are active For some children w
349. ntering the vehicle or to help cool the air inside the vehicle faster Press this button to turn the recirculation mode on or off When the button is pressed an indicator light will come on AV Driver s Temperature Controls Press these buttons next to the fan control to manually increase or decrease the temperature inside your vehicle AV Passenger s Temperature Controls Press these buttons next to the mode control to manually increase or decrease the temperature for the front passenger If the passenger s climate control system is off pressing one of these buttons will turn it on PASS Passenger s Climate Control Press this button to turn the passenger s climate control systems on or off The temperature selected by the front passenger will also control the rear system air temperature unless the rear seat passengers select their own comfort setting If the PASS button is pressed to turn the passenger temperature setting off the driver s temperature knob will control the temperature for the entire vehicle AUX If your vehicle has a rear climate control system press this button to turn the rear climate control fan on for automatic operation After the AUX button is pressed the indicator light will come on Press the button again to turn the auxiliary fan off See Rear Climate Control System on page 211 3 Air Conditioning Press the center of the left control to override the automatic system and turn
350. ntly change the appearance and feel of your leather and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Never use shoe polish on your leather 434 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surfaces A soft cloth dampened with water may be used to remove dust If a more thorough cleaning is necessary a clean soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution can be used to gently remove dust and dirt Never use spot lifters or removers on plastic surfaces Many commercial cleaners and coatings that are sold to preserve and protect soft plastic surfaces may permanently change the appearance and feel of your interior and are not recommended Do not use silicone or wax based products or those containing organic solvents to clean your vehicle s interior because they can alter the appearance by increasing the gloss in a non uniform manner Some commercial products may increase gloss on your instrument panel The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the windshield and even make it difficult to see through the windshield under certain conditions Wood Panels Use a clean cloth moistened in warm soapy water use mild dish washing soap Dry the wood immediately with a clean cloth Speaker Covers Vacuum around a speaker cover gently so that th
351. o both brake systems will not work well or at all Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you will be able to maintain them properly 339 Driving with a Trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you will want to get to know your rig Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly as responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform parts and attachments safety chains electrical connector lamps tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electrical connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lamps and any trailer brakes are still working 340 Following Distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns Passing You will need more passing distance up ahead when you are towing a trailer And because the vehicle is a good deal longer you will need to
352. o No Text Informational No text or informational messages are available at this time message available on this channel The system is working properly CAT Not Found No channel available for There are no channels available for the selected category the chosen category The system is working properly XM Theft Locked Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously been in another vehicle For security purposes XM receivers cannot be swapped between vehicles If this message appears after having your vehicle serviced check with your dealer XM Radio ID Radio ID label channel 0 If tuned to channel 0 this message alternates with the XM Radio eight digit radio ID label This label is needed to activate the service Unknown Radio ID not known If this message is received when tuned to channel 0 there should only be if could be a receiver fault Consult with your dealer hardware failure Check XM Receivr Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer XM Not Available XM Not Available If this message does not clear within a short period of time the receiver could have a fault Consult with your dealer 288 Navigation Radio System Your vehicle may have a navigation radio system The navigation system has built in features intended to minimize driver distraction Technology alone no matter how advanced can neve
353. o of the key and accelerator If the vehicle starts briefly but then stops again do the same thing This clears the extra gasoline from the engine Do not race the engine immediately after starting it Operate the engine and transaxle gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts Notice Your engine is designed to work with the electronics in your vehicle If you add electrical parts or accessories you could change the way the engine operates Before adding electrical equipment check with your dealer If you do not your engine might not perform properly Any resulting damage would not be covered by your vehicle s warranty Engine Coolant Heater Your vehicle may have an engine coolant heater In very cold weather O F 18 C or colder the engine coolant heater can help You will get easier starting and better fuel economy during engine warm up Usually the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimum of four hours prior to starting your vehicle At temperatures above 32 F 0 C use of the coolant heater is not required To Use the Engine Coolant Heater 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord The electrical cord is located on the drivers side of the engine behind the transaxle dipstick fluid fill location and next to the engine 3 Plug it into a normal grounded 110 volt AC outlet A CAUTION Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outlet could cause an
354. o starts up the vehicle s automatic climate control system When the remote start system is active the climate control system will heat and cool the inside of the vehicle according to the previous settings of the system before turning the vehicle off The rear window defogger will be turned on by the climate control system when it is cold outside If the vehicle has heated seats they will also turn on See Heated and Cooled Seats on page 10 for additional information Cooled seats are not activated during a remote start Normal operation of the climate control system will return after the key is turned to RUN See Dual Climate Control System on page 204 Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters For example some laws may require a person using remote start to have the vehicle in view when doing so Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles 96 Do not use the remote start feature if your vehicle is low on fuel Your vehicle may run out of fuel Your RKE transmitter with the remote start button provides an increased range of operation However the range may be less while the vehicle is running As a result you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter see Remote Keyless Entry System Operation listed previously for additional information Q
355. o system CD player CB radio mobile telephone or two way radio make sure that it can be added by checking with your dealer Also check federal rules covering mobile radio and telephone units If sound equipment can be added it is very important to do it properly Added sound equipment may interfere with the operation of your vehicle s engine radio or other systems and even damage them Your vehicle s systems may interfere with the operation of sound equipment that has been added 262 Your vehicle has a feature called Retained Accessory Power RAP With RAP the audio system can be played even after the ignition is turned off See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 115 for more information Setting the Time Radio with Single CD Player Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock Your vehicle has an analog clock as well as the digital radio clock At the time of new vehicle delivery the digital radio clock display should be disabled If you decide to use the digital radio clock as well as the analog clock you can change the setting to enable the radio clock display Turn the radio clock display on or off by following these steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the clock button until the clock and date setting menus appear 3 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label until the menu for default clock and date settings appear 4 Press the pushbutton located under the currently displayed st
356. o turn off the right front passenger s frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbags are off CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if e The right front passenger seat is unoccupied e The system determines that an infant is present in a rear facing infant seat e The system determines that a small child is present in a forward facing child restraint e The system determines that a small child is present in a booster seat e A right front passenger takes his her weight off of the seat for a period of time e The right front passenger seat is occupied by a smaller person such as a child who has outgrown child restraints e Or if there is a critical problem with the airbag system or the passenger sensing system When the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s fro
357. o use the proper service manual It tells you much more about how to service your vehicle than this manual can To order the proper service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 490 Your vehicle has an airbag system Before attempting to do your own service work see Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 82 You should keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work you perform See Maintenance Record on page 470 Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle Things you might add to the outside of your vehicle can affect the airflow around it This may cause wind noise and affect windshield washer performance Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of your vehicle Fuel Use of the recommended fuel is an important part of the proper maintenance of your vehicle To help keep your engine clean and maintain optimum vehicle performance GM recommends the use of gasoline advertised as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline Gasoline Octane Use premium unleaded gasoline with a posted octane rating of 91 or higher You may also use regular unleaded gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher but your vehicle s acceleration may be slightly reduced and you may notice a slight audible knocking noise commonly referred to as spark knock If the octane is less than 87 you may notice a heavy knocking noise when you drive If this occurs use a gas
358. ock and date settings appear 4 Press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow label until the menu for default clock and date settings appear 5 Press the pushbutton located under the currently displayed status of either ON or OFF The ON display indicates the radio clock display is disabled and the OFF display indicates the radio clock display is enabled Press this pushbutton to toggle the radio clock display on or off If the radio clock display is turned on the screen displays Radio Clock ON for 10 seconds then returns to the original clock display menu If the radio clock display is turned off the screen displays Radio Clock OFF for 10 seconds The menus for clock and date settings are removed and ON displays as a current status indicating that the clock display can be turned on if desired The radio clock and analog clock are not synchronized Occasionally you may need to set the digital radio clock using the procedure below to synchronize both clocks Setting the Time and Date on the Digital Radio Clock If your vehicle has a radio with a six disc CD player it has a MENU button for setting the time and date To set the time and date do the following 1 2 3 Turn the radio on Press the MENU button until the clock option is displayed Press the pushbutton located under the clock label and the HR MIN MM DD YYYY hour minute month day and year displays Press the pushbutton locat
359. ol system is turned off The rear system will turn back on once another front mode is selected For more information on how to use the climate control system see Dual Climate Control System on page 204 For more information on the air outlets see Outlet Adjustment on page 210 211 Automatic Operation A v Fan Press this button until AUTO appears on the display to place the system in automatic mode When automatic operation is active the system will automatically control the fan speed If in auto fan mode pressing the up arrow button will cancel automatic operation and places the system in manual mode If in auto mode pressing the down arrow will turn the rear climate control system off A r4 v Mode Press the this button until AUTO appears on the display to place the system in automatic mode When automatic operation is active the system will automatically control the air delivery mode Manual Operation A v Fan Press these up or down arrow buttons to increase or decrease the fan speed A FE v Temperature Press these up or down arrow buttons to increase or decrease the temperature for the rear seat passengers Once the rear setting temperature is altered from 212 following the front setting temperature it will no longer follow changes to the front setting temperature until the front climate control AUX button resets it A f v Mode Press these buttons to change the air delivery mode If in AUTO
360. old the transmitter higher and try again e Check to determine if battery replacement is necessary See Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 e If you are still having trouble see your dealer or a qualified technician for service 91 Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation The Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter functions including lock unlock remote trunk release vehicle locator panic alarm and remote vehicle start if your vehicle has this feature will work up to 195 feet 60 m away If your vehicle has the remote vehicle start feature you will be able start your vehicle with the RKE transmitter However the range may be less while the vehicle is running and you may need to be closer to your vehicle to turn it off than you were to turn it on There are other conditions which can affect the performance of the transmitter See Remote Keyless Entry RKE System on page 91 92 You will have one of the RKE transmitters below With Remote Start Without Remote Start Similar With Remote Start Without Remote Start Similar The following functions are available with your vehicle s remote keyless entry system Q Remote Vehicle Start Your vehicle may be started from outside the vehicle using the RKE transmitter See Remote Vehicle Start later in this section for more detailed information Lock Press the lock button to lock all the
361. oline rated at 87 octane or higher as soon as possible Otherwise you might damage your engine If you are using gasoline rated at 87 octane or higher and you hear heavy knocking your engine needs service Gasoline Specifications At a minimum gasoline should meet ASTM specification D 4814 in the United States or CAN CGSB 3 5 in Canada Some gasolines may contain an octane enhancing additive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT General Motors recommends against the use of gasolines containing MMT See Additives on page 350 for additional information 349 California Fuel If your vehicle is certified to meet California Emissions Standards it is designed to operate on fuels that meet California specifications See the underhood emission control label If this fuel is not available in states adopting California emissions standards your vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federal specifications but emission control system performance may be affected The malfunction indicator lamp may turn on and your vehicle may fail a smog check test See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 227 lf this occurs return to your authorized GM dealer for diagnosis If it is determined that the condition is caused by the type of fuel used repairs may not be covered by your warranty 350 Additives To provide cleaner air all gasolines in the United States are now required to contain additives that wil
362. ollection and Event Data Recorders Your vehicle like other modern motor vehicles has a number of sophisticated computer systems that monitor and control several aspects of the vehicle s performance Your vehicle uses on board vehicle computers to monitor emission control components to optimize fuel economy to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and if so equipped to provide anti lock braking and to help the driver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations Some information may be stored during regular operations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions other information is stored only in a crash event by computer systems such as those commonly called Event Data Recorders EDR In a crash event computer systems such as the airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM in your vehicle may record information about the condition of the vehicle and how it was operated such as data related to engine speed brake application throttle position vehicle speed safety belt usage airbag readiness airbag performance and the severity of a collision If your vehicle is equipped with StabiliTrak steering performance 484 including yaw rate steering wheel angle and lateral acceleration is also recorded This information has been used to improve vehicle crash performance and may be used to improve crash performance of future vehicles and driving safety Unlike the data recorders on many airplanes these on board
363. ompartment Air Filter 213 153 Section 3 Warning Lights Gages and Indicators 215 Instrument Panel Cluster eee 216 Speedometer and Odometer 0000 217 Tachometer 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeereeceeneeeeeeaeeees 217 Safety Belt Reminder Light 0 0 218 Passenger Safety Belt Reminder Light 218 Airbag Readiness Light ccecce 219 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 220 Charging System Light eeeees 222 Brake System Warning Light 0 0 222 Anti Lock Brake System Warning Light 223 Low Tire Pressure Warning Light 224 Traction Control System TCS Wearing LIJN ciicsscsnincssnavecesttnteverteutercent 225 StabiliTrak Indicator Light 0 c0ccccce 225 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 226 Engine Coolant Temperature Gage 226 Malfunction Indicator Lamp eeee 227 Oil Pressure Light ccce 230 Security LIRU ssania oein 230 Fog Lamp GON esecerceninna 231 Lights On Reminder isisisi 231 154 Instrument Panel Cruise Control Light eeeeeeee eres 231 Highbeam On Light eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeees 231 Fuel Gage sisiviwuiieisiieetneevcielicecivinees 232 Driver Information Center DIC 233 DIC Controls and Displays 0 e 233 DIC Warnings and Messages 06 239 DIC Vehicle Customizati
364. on e 252 Audio System S 261 Setting the Time Radio with Single CD Player 262 Setting the Time Radio with Six Disc CD Player 264 Radio with CD MP9 seirian 266 USING AN MPS iiseec cc rneeseteanivesaeiebieerviueee 280 XM Radio Messages seseeeeeeeeeeeeneee 287 Navigation Radio System ceeeee 289 Theft Deterrent Feature eesse 289 Audio Steering Wheel Controls 289 Radio Reception cecceeeeeeeenteeeeeeeneeees 291 Care of Your CDS arno iinraneiinni n anenai 292 Care of the CD Player a e 292 Backglass Antenna eeen 292 XM Satellite Radio Antenna System 293 NOTES 155 Instrument Panel Overview Column Shift Model shown Console Shift Model similar 156 The main components of the instrument panel are the following A B Air Outlets See Outlet Adjustment on page 210 Driver Information Center DIC Buttons See Driver Information Center DIC on page 233 Exterior Lamp Controls See Exterior Lamps on page 186 Instrument Panel Cluster See Instrument Panel Cluster on page 216 Horn See Horn on page 158 Audio Steering Wheel Controls See Audio Steering Wheel Controls on page 289 Shift Lever See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 118 Traction Control System Button Column Shift Vehicles See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 Ultrasonic
365. on 245 REPLACE BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY This message displays when the battery in the Remote Keyless Entry RKE transmitter needs to be replaced To replace the battery see Battery Replacement under Remote Keyless Entry RKE System Operation on page 92 RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the passenger s side rear door is not closed completely Make sure that the door is closed completely 246 SERVICE AIR BAG This message displays when there is a problem with the airbag system Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer immediately See Airbag Readiness Light on page 219 for more information SERVICE A C SYSTEM This message displays when the air delivery mode door or the electronic sensors that control the air conditioning and heating systems are no longer working Have the climate control system serviced by your dealer if you notice a drop in heating and air conditioning efficiency SERVICE BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM This message displays when a problem with the charging system has been detected The charging system light also displays on the instrument panel cluster See Charging System Light on page 222 for more information Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer SERVICE BRAKE ASSIST This message displays if there is a problem with the brake system The brake system warning light and the anti lock brake system warning light may also be display
366. on on the Driver Information Center DIC until OIL LIFE REMAINING is displayed See DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 3 Press and hold the INFO RESET button until 100 is displayed This resets the oil life indicator 4 Turn the key to OFF If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes back on when you start your vehicle the engine oil life system has not reset Repeat the procedure What to Do with Used Oil Used engine oil contains certain elements that may be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long Clean your skin and nails with soap and water or a good hand cleaner Wash or properly dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil See the manufacturer s warnings about the use and disposal of oil products Used oil can be a threat to the environment If you change your own oil be sure to drain all the oil from the filter before disposal Never dispose of oil by putting it in the trash pouring it on the ground into sewers or into streams or bodies of water Instead recycle it by taking it to a place that collects used oil If you have a problem properly disposing of used oil ask your dealer a service station ora local recycling center for help 361 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for the location of the engine air cleaner filter When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner Filter Inspect the air
367. on page 402 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 for information regarding proper tire inflation and loading your vehicle For instructions on how to remove install or store a spare tire see Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire on page 423 After installing the spare tire on your vehicle you should stop as soon as possible and make sure the spare is correctly inflated Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired or replaced as soon as you can and installed back onto your vehicle This way a spare tire will be available in case you need it again Your vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tire originally installed on your vehicle This spare tire was developed for use on your vehicle so it is all right to drive on it If your vehicle has a spare tire that does not match your vehicle s original road tires and wheels in size and type do not include the spare in the tire rotation Appearance Care Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle Your vehicle s interior will continue to look its best if it is cleaned often Although not always visible dust and dirt can accumulate on your upholstery Dirt can damage carpet fabric leather and plastic surfaces Regular vacuuming is recommended to remove particles from your upholstery It is important to keep your upholstery from becoming and remaining heavily soiled Soils should be removed as quickly as possible Your vehicle s interior may experie
368. on page 53 for more information A child can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle 50 When securing an add on child restraint refer to the instructions that come with the restraint which may be on the restraint itself or in a booklet or both and to this manual The child restraint instructions are important so if they are not available obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle even when no child is in it Securing the Child Within the Child Restraint There are several systems for securing the child within the child restraint One system the three point harness has straps that come down over each of the infant s shoulders and buckle together at the crotch The five point harness system has two shoulder straps two hip straps and a crotch strap A shield may take the place of hip straps A T shaped shield has shoulder straps that are attached to a flat pad which rests low against the child s body A shelf or armrest type shield has straps that are attached to a wide shelf like shield that swings up or to the side A CAUTION A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Make sure the child is prop
369. operly If you drive your vehicle while any of the four sensors are missing or inoperable the warning comes on in about 20 minutes A sensor would be missing for example if you put different wheels on your vehicle without transferring the sensors If the warning comes on and stays on there may be a problem with the TPM See your dealer SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL This message displays when there is a problem with the Traction Control System TCS When this message is displayed the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly See your dealer for service See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 for more information SERVICE TRANSMISSION This message displays when there is a problem with the vehicle s transaxle Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer SERVICE VEHICLE SOON This message displays when a non emissions related malfunction occurs Have your vehicle serviced by your dealer as soon as possible SET SPD Speed If your vehicle has Adaptive Cruise Control ACC this message displays whenever the cruise control is set First the CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h message appears After a few seconds the CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h message clears and the message SET SPD XX displays at the bottom of the DIC See CRUISE SET TO XXX MPH km h earlier in this section and Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 for more information SPEED LIMITED TO XXX MPH km h
370. opic Steering Column Power Tilt Wheel c ccceceeeeeeeeeeeeenes 159 Theft Deterrent Radio ccccceeceee seca eeees 289 Theft Deterrent Systems ceeeeeeeeeeees 108 Content Theft Deterrent ccccceeeeees 109 PASS Key I cave coccnonstardzccisnsstesescenttees 111 PASS Key Ill Operation 0ccccccceeee 112 Tilt WHOGT icciecccsarcis SescerethteadteveornSedbeeesiees 158 VOSS a teonsevvivenenvcuece cavendee ccnvsndh cere tneceess obtdeesve 394 Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels Cleaning sarruses eiia 438 Buying New Tires sesreserreesrrrrennns 412 CHAINS areia aaan aaa adne aA 418 Changing a Flat Tire osiiismerniiiisiissiiis 420 CIEANING raira iiinn iiaia 439 Different S ZE sriresiissisiisisooian inasin 414 High Speed Operation ceeeeeeeeeeeees 405 If a Tire Goes Flat ssenesinssresiiisniias 419 Inflation Tire Pressure ecese 402 Inspection and Rotation 0 410 Installing the Spare Tire ceeeeeeeeee 423 Pressure Monitor System cceeeeeeeeee 406 Removing the Flat Tire eee 423 Removing the Spare Tire and Tools 421 Spate Tir bescsssuaeesreneatantendiecestaneaccaaseesemets 430 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools 429 Tire Sidewall Labeling ceeeeeeeee 395 Tire Terminology and Definitions 400 Uniform Tire Quality Grading 08 414 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
371. or other parts could be damaged e Then during the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps your engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads e Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer Do not drive faster than the maximum posted speed for trailers or no more than 55 mph 90 km h to save wear on your vehicle s parts Three important considerations have to do with weight e The weight of the trailer e The weight of the trailer tongue e The total weight on your vehicle s tires Weight of the Trailer How heavy can a trailer safely be It should never weigh more than 1 000 Ibs 454 kg These are total maximum weights including the load But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your rig For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how much your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important It can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle and the amount of tongue weight the vehicle can carry See Weight of the Trailer Tongue later in this section for more information 337 Maximum trailer weight is calculated assuming only the driver is in the tow vehicle and it has all the required trailering equipment The weight of additional optional equipment passengers and cargo in the tow vehicle must be subtracted
372. ose that do not have a TPC Spec number make sure they are the same size load range speed rating and construction type radial and bias belted tires as your vehicle s original tires Vehicles that have a tire pressure monitoring system may give an inaccurate low pressure warning if non TPC spec rated tires are installed on your vehicle Non TPC Spec rated tires may give a low pressure warning that is higher or lower than the proper warning level you would get with TPC Spec rated tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 406 Your vehicle s original equipment tires are listed on the Tire and Loading Information label This label is attached to the vehicle s center pillar B pillar See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 413 Different Size Tires and Wheels If you add wheels or tires that are a different size than your original equipment wheels and tires this may affect the way your vehicle performs including its braking ride and handling characteristics stability and resistance to rollover Additionally if your vehicle has electronic systems such as anti lock brakes traction control and electronic stability control the performance of these systems can be affected A CAUTION If you add different sized wheels your vehicle may not provide an acceptable level of performance and safety if tires not recommended for those wheels are selected You may increase the chance that you will crash and suffer ser
373. otice Using a tool to force the key from the ignition switch could cause damage or break the key Use the correct key and turn the key only with your hand Make sure the key is in all the way If none of this works then your vehicle needs service 114 A OFF This is the only position in which the ignition key can be inserted or removed This position locks the ignition and transaxle It is a theft deterrent feature B ACCESSORY This position lets the radio and windshield wipers operate while the engine is off To use ACCESSORY turn the key clockwise C RUN This position is where the key returns to after the vehicle is started This position displays some of the warning and indicator lights The battery could be drained if you leave the key in the ACCESSORY or RUN position with the engine off You may not be able to start your vehicle if the battery is allowed to drain for an extended period of time D START This position starts the engine A warning chime will sound and the Driver Information Center DIC will display DRIVER DOOR OPEN when the driver s door is opened if the ignition is in OFF ACCESSORY and the key is in the ignition See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information Key In the Ignition Never leave your vehicle with the keys inside as it is an easy target for joy riders or thieves If you leave the key in the ignition and park your vehicle a chime will sound when you open
374. oulder belt Here is how to wear it properly 4 ae latch plate into the buckle until it i ules Bn OCK Mie Gor Be sure to use the correct buckle when buckling 2 Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight your lap shoulder belt If you find that the latch To see how see Seats in the Index plate will not go fully into the buckle see if you are using the buckle for the center passenger position Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 39 Make sure the release button on the buckle is positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you ever had to 5 Move the shoulder belt height adjuster to the height that is right for you Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash See Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment on page 31 3 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted 24 6 To make the lap part tight pull up on the shoulder belt It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt through the latch plate to fully tighten the lap belt on smaller occupants w PAIRS KC i Hy A N H 4 ay cD Q AA RY The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug on the hips just touching the thighs In a crash this applies force to the strong pelvic bones And you would be
375. our vehicle If you do wash it off immediately See Washing Your Vehicle on page 435 Brake Wear Your vehicle has four wheel disc brakes Disc brake pads have built in wear indicators that make a high pitched warning sound when the brake pads are worn and new pads are needed The sound may come and go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly A CAUTION The brake wear warning sound means that soon the brakes will not work well That could lead to an accident When you hear the brake wear warning sound have your vehicle serviced Notice Continuing to drive with worn out brake pads could result in costly brake repair Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied This does not mean something is wrong with your brakes Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to help prevent brake pulsation When tires are rotated inspect brake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper sequence to GM torque specifications Brake linings should always be replaced as complete axle sets Brake Pedal Travel See your dealer if the brake pedal does not return to normal height or if there is a rapid increase in pedal travel This could be a sign of brake trouble Brake Adjustment Every time you apply the brakes with or without the vehicle moving your brakes adjust for wear Repla
376. ourse For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 5 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grad
377. ow or the REV reverse button You can also turn the tune knob located on the upper right side of the radio faceplate to adjust the selected setting 263 Changing the Time and Date Default Setting To change the time and date default setting do the following 1 Change the time default setting from 12 hour to 24 hour or the date default setting from month day year to day month year by pressing the clock button 2 Once the clock and date settings are displayed along with the forward arrow press the pushbutton located under the forward arrow until the time 12H and 24H and the date MM DD YYYY month day and year and DD MM YYYY day month and year displays 3 Press the pushbutton located under the desired option then press the clock button again to apply the selected default or let the screen time out 264 Setting the Time Radio with Six Disc CD Player Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock Your vehicle has an analog clock as well as the digital radio clock At the time of new vehicle delivery the digital radio clock display should be disabled If you decide to use the digital radio clock as well as the analog clock you can change the setting to enable the radio clock display Turn the radio clock display on or off by following these steps 1 Turn the radio on 2 Press the MENU button until the clock label display appears 3 Press the pushbutton located under the clock label until the cl
378. ower Outlet s on page 201 for more information Analog Clock The analog clock is located on the instrument panel above the radio The clock is not connected with any other vehicle system and runs by itself To adjust the clock do the following 1 Locate the adjustment button directly below the clock face 2 Push and hold the adjustment button to advance the clock hands Holding the button down will cause the clock to advance faster Release the button before you get to the desired time 3 Push and release the button to increase the time by one minute increments until the desired time is reached 203 Climate Controls Dual Climate Control System With this system you can control the heating cooling and ventilation for the vehicle To avoid window fogging on rainy and humid days at temperatures above freezing run the air conditioning compressor Also it is best to avoid the use of recirculation mode except when maximum air conditioning performance is needed for a short amount of time to avoid exterior odors and fogging Dual Climate Control System 204 Dual Climate Control System for Vehicles with Rear Climate Control Automatic Operation AUTO amp amp Automatic Fan When this position is selected on the fan control the system will adjust the fan speed If the OnStar system is activated when this position is selected the climate control fan speed will lower AUTO Automatic Mode 1 Turn
379. page 239 for more information Cleaning the System The radar can become blocked by snow ice or dirt If so you may need to turn off the engine and clean the lens Remember do not use Adaptive Cruise Control in icy conditions or when visibility is low such as in fog rain or snow The emblem lens is located in the center of the grille To clean the emblem lens wipe the surface with a soft cloth After cleaning the emblem lens try to engage the Adaptive Cruise Control If you are unable to do so see your dealer 185 Exterior Lamps The exterior lamps control is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel It controls the following systems e Headlamps e Taillamps e Parking Lamps e License Plate Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights e Fog Lamps The exterior lamps control has four positions cb Off This position turns off the exterior lamps except for Daytime Running Lamps DRL 186 AUTO Automatic This position automatically turns on the headlamps at normal brightness together with the following e Parking Lamps e Instrument Panel Lights IntelliBeam 300 Parking Lamps This position turns on the parking lamps together with the following e Instrument Panel Lights e License Plate Lamps e Taillamps e Side Marker Lamps The parking brake indicator light comes on and stays on while the parking lamps are on with the engine off and the ignition in ACCESSORY or RUN
380. page 402 Your vehicle s TPMS can alert you about a low tire pressure condition but it does not replace normal tire maintenance See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 410 and Tires on page 394 Notice Do not use a tire sealant if your vehicle has Tire Pressure Monitors The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure monitor sensors 407 Resetting the TPMS Sensor Identification Codes Each TPMS sensor has a unique identification code Any time you replace one or more of the TPMS sensors rotate the vehicle s tires or install a full size spare that has a TPMS sensor the sensor s identification codes will need to be matched to the new tire wheel position Each tire wheel position is matched to the TPMS sensor using a TPMS diagnostic tool See your GM dealer for service The TPMS sensors may also be matched to each tire wheel position by increasing or decreasing the tire s air pressure When increasing the tire s air pressure do not exceed the maximum tire pressure indicated on the tire s sidewall You will have two minutes to match the first tire wheel position and five minutes overall to match all four tire wheel positions If it takes longer than two minutes to match the first tire and wheel or more than five minutes to match all four tire and wheel positions the matching process stops and you will need to start over 408 The TPMS matching process is outlined below 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn
381. portion of the belt out all the way you will engage the child restraint locking feature If this happens let the belt go back all the way and start again Center Front Passenger Position Lap Belt If your vehicle has a front bench seat someone can sit in the center position To make the belt shorter pull its free end as shown until the belt is snug Buckle position and release it the same way as the lap part of a lap shoulder belt If the belt is not long enough see Safety Belt Extender on page 39 When you sit in the center front seating position Make sure the release button on the buckle is you have a lap safety belt which has no retractor Positioned so you would be able to unbuckle the To make the belt longer tilt the latch plate and safety belt quickly if you ever had to pull it along the belt 33 Rear Seat Passengers It is very important for rear seat passengers to buckle up Accident statistics show that unbelted people in the rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing safety belts Rear passengers who are not safety belted can be thrown out of the vehicle in a crash And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts 34 Lap Shoulder Belt All rear seating positions have lap shoulder belts Here is how to wear one properly 1 Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you Do not let it get twisted The shoulder belt may lock if you pull
382. pting to program the Universal Home Remote Because of the steps involved it may be helpful to have another person available to assist you in the programming steps Keep the original hand held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future Universal Home Remote programming It is also recommended that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed Universal Home Remote buttons should be erased for security purposes See Erasing Universal Home Remote Buttons later in this section or for assistance see Customer Assistance Offices on page 478 Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or gate operator you are programming When programming a garage door it is advised to park outside of the garage It is recommended that a new battery be installed in your hand held transmitter for quicker and more accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Programming Universal Home Remote Follow these steps to program up to three channels 1 Press and hold down the two outside Universal Home Remote buttons releasing only when the Universal Home Remote indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold down the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat this step to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two Universal Home Remote buttons 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter about 1 to 3 inches 3 to 8 cm away from the Universa
383. r or disappears briefly FCA will not respond to vehicles you may see ahead The symbol may disappear on curves highway exit ramps or hills Also when another vehicle enters the same lane as you the FCA system will not detect the vehicle until it is completely in your driving lane A CAUTION When the Adaptive Cruise Control radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt it may not detect a vehicle ahead FCA may not help you avoid a collision under these conditions Do not use FCA when the radar is blocked by snow ice or dirt Keep your radar clean See Cleaning the System under Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 A CAUTION FCA may not detect and warn soon enough to stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects ahead of you You could crash into an object ahead of you Do not rely on FCA when approaching stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects Unnecessary Alerts FCA may occasionally provide alerts that you consider unnecessary It could respond to a turning vehicle ahead of you guard rails signs and other stationary objects This is normal operation your vehicle does not need service Other Messages There are three messages that may appear on the Driver Information Center DIC They are CLEAN RADAR RADAR CRUISE NOT READY and SERVICE RADAR CRUISE See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Cleaning the System The radar can become blocked by snow ice or dirt If so you
384. r replace your own judgment See the Navigation System manual for some tips to help you reduce distractions while driving Theft Deterrent Feature THEFTLOCK is designed to discourage theft of your vehicle s radio The feature works automatically by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number VIN If the radio is moved to a different vehicle it will not operate If the radio is removed from your vehicle the original VIN in the radio can be used to trace the radio back to your vehicle With THEFTLOCK activated the radio will not operate if stolen Audio Steering Wheel Controls The audio steering wheel controls could be different depending on your vehicles options Some audio controls can be adjusted at the steering wheel They include the following V A Next Previous Press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or to the previous preset radio station When a CD is playing press the up or the down arrow to go to the next or previous track 289 Mute Voice Recognition Press and hold this button to interact with the OnStar system If your vehicle is also equipped with the navigation system push this button to initiate voice recognition and say OnStar to enter OnStar mode see the OnStar System on page 135 in this manual for more information If your vehicle does not have OnStar press this button to silence the system Press this button again or turn the volume k
385. r facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the right front passenger s frontal and seat mounted side impact airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbags are off CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat If you need to secure a forward facing child restraint in the right front seat position move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward facing child restraint See Power Seats on page 9 If your child restraint is equipped with the LATCH system see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children LATCH on page 53 There is no top tether anchor at the right front seating position Do not secure a child seat in this position if a national or local law requires that the top tether be anchored or if the instructions that come
386. r the window switches Press the right side of the button to disable the rear window controls The light on the button will illuminate indicating the feature is in use The rear windows still can be raised or lowered using the drivers window switches when the lockout feature is active To restore power to the rear windows press the button again The light on the button will go out Sun Visors Swing down the primary visor to block out glare It can also be detached from the center mount and moved to the side while the auxiliary sunshade remains to block the glare from the front The visors also have side to side slide capability Lighted Visor Vanity Mirror Pull the visor down and lift the cover to view the mirror The light will come on when the cover is opened It will go out when you close the cover If your vehicle has the adjustable lighting feature slide the switch up or down to brighten or dim the light 107 Rear Power Sunshade If your vehicle has a rear power sunshade it helps to reduce the amount of heat and light entering the rear window The switch is located on the overhead console The rear power sunshade is located in the rear shelf It only works while the ignition is on or while the Retained Accessory Power RAP is active See Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 115 To raise the power sunshade press and release the switch To close the power sunshade press and release the switch
387. rated P O Box 07130 Detroit MI 48207 Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring obligation Allow ample time for delivery Note to Canadian Customers All listed prices are quoted in U S funds Canadian residents are to make checks payable in U S funds 491 4 NOTES 492 A Accessories and Modifications 0 347 Accessory Power Outlet S 0 ccceeeeeeee 201 Adaptive Cruise Control 00 cccceeceeeeeee 173 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle occ 83 Additives Fuel ccccccecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 350 Add On Electrical Equipment ss cc 442 Air Cleaner Filter Engine ccecceeeeeees 362 Air Conditioning s sess ains 204 Airbag Passenger Status Indicator 008 220 Readiness Light eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 219 Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module SDM c eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 484 Airbag System wg ccersiedecthten aasia ouaaa sians 66 Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle oiccen 83 How Does an Airbag Restrain 0 75 Passenger Sensing System eee 77 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 82 What Makes an Airbag Inflate 00 2 75 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 76 Airbag System cont When Should an Airbag Inflate 0 73 Where Are the Airbags ceeeeeeeeeees 69
388. red by your i warranty Always connect and remove A Heavy Unpainted Metal Engine Part or the jumper cables in the correct order making Remote Negative Terminal GND sure that the cables do not touch each other B Good Battery or Remote Positive and or other metal Remote Negative Terminals C Dead Battery or Remote Positive Terminal To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles do the following 1 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle that had the dead battery 2 Disconnect the black negative cable from the vehicle with the good battery 388 3 Disconnect the red positive cable from the vehicle with the good battery 4 Disconnect the red positive cable from the other vehicle 5 Return the remote positive terminal cover to its original position Headlamp Aiming The vehicle has a visual optical headlamp aiming system The aim has been preset at the factory and should need no further adjustment However if the vehicle is damaged in an accident the headlamp aim may be affected and adjustment may be necessary If oncoming vehicles flash their high beams at you this may also mean the vertical aim needs to be adjusted It is recommended that the vehicle is taken to your dealer for service if the headlamps need to be re aimed It is possible however to re aim the headlamps as described in the following procedure Notice To make sure your headlamps
389. removed after several seconds the CD R automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing 284 For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs dd Tune Turn this knob to select MP3 files on the CD R currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current MP3 file if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next MP3 file If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through MP3 files on the CD lt Previous Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the previous folder gt Next Folder Press the pushbutton positioned under the Folder label to go to the first track in the next folder lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within an MP3 file You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the file The elapsed time of the file displays RDM Random With the random setting MP3 files on the CD R can be played in random rather than sequential order on one C
390. responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly A Tire and Loading Information Label attached to your vehicle shows the size of your vehicle s original tires and the correct inflation pressure for your vehicle s tires when they are cold See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 for the location of the Tire and Loading Information label Also see Inflation Tire Pressure on
391. ress the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays RDM Random With the random setting CD tracks can be played in random rather than sequential order This feature is not available in playlist mode To use random do the following 1 To play tracks in random order from the CD that is currently playing press the pushbutton positioned under the RDM label The random icon displays 2 Press the same pushbutton again to turn off random play The random icon is no longer highlighted 275 i Information Press this button to switch the display between the track number elapsed time of the track and the time When the ignition is off press this button to display the time if the clock display is enabled See Enabling Disabling the Digital Radio Clock under Setting the Time Radio with Single CD Player on page 262 or Setting the Time Radio with Six Di
392. rious injury Check all tires frequently to maintain the recommended pressure CAUTION Continued 394 CAUTION Continued Tire pressure should be checked when your tires are cold See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut punctured or broken by a sudden impact such as when you hit a pothole Keep tires at the recommended pressure Worn old tires can cause accidents If your tread is badly worn or if your tires have been damaged replace them See High Speed Operation on page 405 for inflation pressure adjustment for high speed driving Tire Sidewall Labeling A Tire Size The tire size is a combination of letters and numbers used to define a particular Useful information about a tire is molded into its tire s width height aspect ratio construction type sidewall and service description See the Tire Size illustration later in this section for more detail gen 1109 MS B TPC Spec Tire Performance Criteria S K lt 2s 0R16 975 Specification Original equipment tires designed to GM s specific tire performance criteria have a TPC specification code molded onto the sidewall GM s TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines C DOT Department of Transportation The Department of Transportation DOT code indicates that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
393. rmation Center DIC See DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 How the System Works when Moving Forward When moving forward the system detects objects only near the front bumper If an object is detected at a forward speed of less than 5 mph 8 km h or if you are already within a 4 ft 1 2 m distance to a detected object when 198 UFRPA first comes on the following describes what will occur according to your distance from an object located in front of the vehicle e At distances between 40 inches 1 m and 4 ft 1 2 m two amber lights will be lit If you have Adaptive Cruise Control a single amber light will be lit e At distances between 23 inches 0 6 m and 40 inches 1 m four amber lights will be lit If you have Adaptive Cruise Control two amber lights will be lit e At distances between 12 inches 0 3 m and 23 inches 0 6 m all six lights four amber lights two red lights will be lit If you have Adaptive Cruise Control all three lights amber amber red will be lit e Atdistances less than 12 inches 0 3 m a chime will sound for a short time and all six lights four amber lights two red lights will be lit and flashing If you have Adaptive Cruise Control a chime will sound for a short time and all three lights two amber lights one red light will be lit and flashing How the System Works when Backing When backing UFRPA detects objects close to the front and rear bumpers The first time an ob
394. rols or a wheelchair scooter lift The offer is available for a very limited period of time from the date of vehicle purchase lease For more details or to determine your vehicle s eligibility visit gmmobility com or call the GM Mobility Assistance Center at 1 800 323 9935 Text telephone TTY users call 1 800 833 9935 GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program Call 1 800 GM DRIVE 463 7483 for details TTY users call 1 800 263 3830 479 Roadside Service Cadillac s exceptional Roadside Service is more than an auto club or towing service It provides every Cadillac owner with the advantage of contacting a Cadillac advisor and where available a Cadillac trained dealer technician who can provide on site service Each technician travels with a specially equipped service vehicle complete with the necessary Cadillac parts and tools required to handle most roadside repairs Cadillac Roadside Service can be reached by dialing 1 800 882 1112 24 hours a day 365 days a year This service is provided at no charge for any situation covered by the base warranty coverage and at a nominal charge if the Cadillac is no longer covered by the base warranty Roadside Service is available only in the United States and Canada 480 Cadillac Owner Privileges Roadside Service provides several Cadillac Owner Privileges at no charge throughout your Cadillac Warranty Period 48 months 50 000 miles 80 000 km Em
395. rom the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label no further adjustment is necessary If the inflation pressure is low add air until you reach the recommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Re check the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture Your vehicle has a Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS that sends tire pressure information to the Driver Information Center DIC Using the DIC control buttons the driver is able to check tire pressure levels in all four road tires See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 406 and DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 for additional information 404 Professional Vehicle The proper inflation of the tires on your professional vehicle depends on the type of tires on it e lf your vehicle has P235 60R17 size tires the cold inflation pressure is 41 psi 284 kPa e f your vehicle has LT235 60R17E size tires the cold inflation pressure depends on the vehicle mass and should be determined by the vehicle coach builder A tire and loading information label provided by the final stage manufacturer should be attached to the B pillar on the driver s s
396. rom the wiper blade assembly To replace the element start at the heel end of the wiper blade which is the end nearest to the base of the wiper arm and slide the wiper blade element notched end last into the wiper blade claw sets To engage the last claw into the notched end of the wiper blade element squeeze the wiper blade element at the notched area and push the wiper blade element so the claw fits into the notch Be sure the two wiper blade element notches are engaged by the last claw set and that all the other claws are properly engaged in the slots of the wiper blade element on both sides A Correct Installation B Incorrect Installation For the proper type and size windshield wiper blades see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts on page 468 393 Tires Your new vehicle comes with high quality tires made by a leading tire manufacturer If you ever have questions about your tire warranty and where to obtain service see your GM Warranty booklet for details For additional information refer to the tire manufacturer s booklet included with your vehicle A CAUTION e Poorly maintained and improperly used tires are dangerous e Overloading your tires can cause overheating as a result of too much friction You could have an air out and a serious accident See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Underinflated tires pose the same danger as overloaded tires The resulting accident could cause se
397. rs from your vehicle s upholstery 432 Do not clean your vehicle using the following cleaners or techniques e Never use a knife or any other sharp object to remove a soil from any interior surface e Never use a stiff brush It can cause damage to your vehicle s interior surfaces e Never apply heavy pressure or rub aggressively with a cleaning cloth Use of heavy pressure can damage your interior and does not improve the effectiveness of soil removal e Use only mild neutral pH soaps Avoid laundry detergents or dishwashing soaps with degreasers Using too much soap will leave a residue that leaves streaks and attracts dirt For liquid cleaners about 20 drops per gallon 3 78 L of water is a good guide e Do not heavily saturate your upholstery while cleaning e Damage to your vehicle s interior may result from the use of many organic solvents such as naptha alcohol etc Fabric Carpet Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft brush attachment frequently to remove dust and loose dirt A canister vacuum with a beater bar in the nozzle may only be used on floor carpet and carpeted floor mats For soils always try to remove them first with plain water or club soda Before cleaning gently remove as much of the soil as possible using one of the following techniques e For liquids gently blot the remaining soil with a paper towel Allow the soil to absorb into the paper towel until no more can be removed e For soli
398. ry because this can cause sparks Connect the red positive cable to the remote positive terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end touch metal Connect it to the positive terminal location of the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote positive terminal if the vehicle has one Now connect the black negative cable to the negative terminal location of the vehicle with the good battery Use a remote negative terminal if the vehicle has one Do not let the other end of the cable touch anything until the next step The other end of the negative cable does not go to the dead battery It goes to a heavy unpainted metal engine part or to a remote negative terminal on the vehicle with the dead battery 387 9 Connect the other end of the negative cable to the negative terminal location on the vehicle with the dead battery Your vehicle has a remote negative terminal marked GND 10 Now start the vehicle with the good battery and run the engine for a while 11 Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery If it will not start after a few tries it probably needs service Notice If the jumper cables are connected or removed in the wrong order electrical shorting may occur and damage the vehicle Jumper Cable Removal The repairs would not be cove
399. s A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control may not detect and react to stationary or slow moving vehicles or other objects ahead of you Your vehicle may accelerate toward objects such as a stopped vehicle that suddenly appears after the lead vehicle changes lanes Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes Low Speed Deactivation If your speed falls below 20 mph 32 km h while following a vehicle ahead Adaptive Cruise Control will begin to disengage The Driver Alert symbol will flash and the warning beep will sound The driver must take action since Adaptive Cruise Control will not slow the vehicle to a stop 181 Passing a Vehicle Adaptive Cruise Control Override If you need to increase speed to pass a vehicle use the accelerator pedal While you are doing this the system will not automatically apply the brakes A message will appear on the DIC See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Once you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Adaptive Cruise Control will return to normal operation and be able to apply the brakes if needed A CAUTION If you rest your foot on the accelerator pedal the system will not automatically apply the brakes You could crash into a vehicle ahead of you Do not rest your foot on the accelerator pedal when using Adaptive Cruise Control 182 Curves in the Road A CAUTION Due to Adaptive
400. s e The radio system does not support the playlist format the compressed audio format or the data file format e Itis very hot When the temperature returns to normal the CD should play e You are driving on a very rough road When the road becomes smoother the CD should play e The CD is dirty scratched wet or upside down e The air is very humid If so wait about an hour and try again e There could have been a problem while burning the CD e The label could be caught in the CD player If the CD is not playing correctly for any other reason try a known good CD If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot be corrected contact your dealer If the radio displays an error message write it down and provide it to your dealer when reporting the problem Using the Auxiliary Input Jack Your radio system has an auxiliary input jack located on the lower right side of the faceplate This is not an audio output do not plug the headphone set into the front auxiliary input jack You can however connect an external audio device such as an iPod laptop computer MP3 player CD changer or cassette tape player etc to the auxiliary input jack for use as another source for audio listening Drivers are encouraged to set up any auxiliary device while the vehicle is in PARK P See Defensive Driving on page 296 for more information on driver distraction 279 To use a portable audio player connect a 3 5 mm
401. s If not your garage door opener is a rolling code device 142 Programming Universal Home Remote Fixed Code Fixed Code garage door openers are used for garage doors produced prior to 1996 Fixed code uses the same coded signal every time which is manually programmed by setting DIP switches for a unique personal code Follow these steps to program up to three channels 1 Remove the battery cover of the hand held transmitter Switch Number 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 Switch Position On On Off On Off On Off Off Example of Switch Settings 2 Write down the eight to 12 coding switch settings from left to right When the switch is in the up position write on and when a switch is in the down position write off If a switch is set between the up and down position write middle Enter these positions into the Universal Home Remote System as follows Press and release all three buttons at the same time to put the device into programming mode Switch Number Switch Position Your UHR Button Example The indicator light will blink slowly In order from left to right and within two and one half minutes enter each switch setting into the Universal Home Remote System Push one button for each switch as follows e Left button on switch position e Right button off switch position e Middle button
402. s Turn and Lane Change 4 160 Spare TS srm eidesevindesesesecen cosiesasdieeaaeeeietes 430 installing ee e ee eee cece eeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeees 423 FROMOVING ssassn 421 STONING sence tian sxe binned aa sen cethecdenhevazedes 429 Specifications Capacities c eeee 452 Speedometer srasni 217 StabiliTrak System cccccccccccsseeseeseeeeees 305 StabiliTrak Indicator Light 0 0cccccee 225 Starting Your Engine eeen 115 SISCNING cess ese sccecrhentnades Vetestaseentaphsayatecsneeeeaaes 306 Steering Wheel Controls Audio 289 Steering Wheel Controls Memory 0 11 Steering Wheel Heated ccceeeeeeeeeeee 159 Steering Wheel Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column 008 159 Steering Wheel Tilt Wheel 0 eee 158 506 Storage Areas Center Console Storage Area 150 Center Flex Storage Unit aaae 151 Coinholder S ceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 150 Convenience Net c ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 151 Cupholder S scciitnccctsinceieatenanieeneete 150 Glove BOX ee 150 Rear Seat Armrest ccccccsceceeeeeeeeeeeees 151 Stuck in Sand Mud Ice or Snow 326 SUA VISOMS cisiitatscnacancdnensvetuwansnenceedavineddenwnee 107 SUNTOO adsivinanincacsasOvoavasatiatisndeveteieasitnaedeasants 152 T JAGCHOMOCIGl arice ESNE 217 TCS Warning Light e ea 225 Telesc
403. s could drown Do not ignore police warning signs and otherwise be very cautious about trying to drive through flowing water 315 Some Other Rainy Weather Tips City Driving e Besides slowing down allow some extra following distance And be especially H careful when you pass another vehicle i ee Re ie Allow yourself more clear room ahead and Set any eG be prepared to have your view restricted by T i road spray Wea P EFS zany ae aver ts 5 Ei An Zn ZE ENE e Have good tires with proper tread depth ASAR ANPE az See Tires on page 394 y 7 One of the biggest problems with city streets is the amount of traffic on them You will want to watch out for what the other drivers are doing and pay attention to traffic signals 316 Here are ways to increase your safety in city Freeway Driving driving e Know the best way to get to where you are going Get a city map and plan your trip into an unknown part of the city just as you would for a cross country trip e Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscross most large cities You will save time and energy See Freeway Driving on page 317 e Treat a green light as a warning signal A traffic light is there because the corner is busy enough to need it When a light
404. s with two positions for both up and down movement and the rear power window switch operates with one position for up and two positions for down movement Press the switch to the first position to lower the window to the desired level Pull the switch up to raise the window Your vehicle has Retained Accessory Power RAP that allows you to use the power windows once the ignition has been turned off For more information see Retained Accessory Power RAP on page 115 Express Down Window This feature is on all windows Press the switch to the second position and release the switch to activate the express down feature To stop the window as it is lowering press down or pull up briefly on the switch again Express Up Window This feature is on the front windows Pull the switch up to the second position and release the switch to activate the express up feature To stop the window as it is raising pull up or press down briefly on the switch again 105 Programming the Power Windows If the battery on your vehicle has been recharged disconnected or is not working you will need to reprogram each front power window for the express up feature to work Before reprogramming you will need to replace or recharge your vehicle s battery To program each front window follow these steps 1 With the ignition in ACCESSORY RUN or when Retained Accessory Power RAP is active close all doors 2 Press and hold the power windo
405. s display allows the system to be turned on or off Once in this display press the set reset button to select between ON or OFF If you choose ON the system will be turned on If you choose OFF the system will be turned off The UFRPA system automatically turns back on after each vehicle start When the UFRPA system is turned off and the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P the DIC will display the PARKING ASSIST OFF message as a reminder that the system has been turned off See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 and Ultrasonic Front and Rear Parking Assist UFRPA on page 196 for more information FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES The pressure for each tire can be viewed in the DIC The tire pressure will be shown in either pounds per square inch psi or kilopascals kPa Press the vehicle information button until the DIC displays FRONT TIRES PSI kPa LEFT RIGHT Press the vehicle information button again until the DIC displays REAR TIRES PSI kPa LEFT RIGHT If a low or high tire pressure condition is detected by the system while driving a message advising you to check the pressure in a specific tire will appear in the display See Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 and DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 for more information If the tire pressure display shows dashes instead of a value there may be a problem with your vehicle If this consistently occurs see your dealer for service 237 RELEARN TIRE POS
406. s on the vehicle The first rotation is the most important See Scheduled Maintenance on page 457 Four Tire Rotation Pattern If your vehicle has a compact spare tire it should not be included in the tire rotation process Use the four tire rotation pattern shown 410 Five Tire Rotation Pattern A five tire rotation pattern may be used for your professional vehicle if it has a full size spare tire and wheel assembly that matches the original equipment tires and wheels in size type and brand The correct five tire rotation pattern is shown After the tires have been rotated adjust the front and rear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Loading Your Vehicle on page 327 Vehicles that have the Tire Pressure Monitor System TPMS will need to have the sensors reset after a tire rotation is performed See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 406 Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened See Wheel Nut Torque under Capacities and Specifications on page 452 A CAUTION Rust or dirt on a wheel or on the parts to which it is fastened can make wheel nuts become loose after time The wheel could come off and cause an accident When you change a wheel remove any rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle In an emergency you can use a cloth or a paper towel to do this but be sure to use a scraper or wire brush later if needed to
407. s that are identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbol on the front of the oil container Notice Use only engine oil identified as meeting GM Standard GM6094M and showing the American Petroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Engines starburst symbol Failure to use the recommended oil can result in engine damage not covered by your warranty GM Goodwrench oil meets all the requirements for your vehicle 359 If you are in an area of extreme cold where the temperature falls below 20 F 29 C it is recommended that you use either an SAE 5W 30 synthetic oil or an SAE OW 30 oil Both will provide easier cold starting and better protection for the engine at extremely low temperatures Engine Oil Additives Do not add anything to the oil The recommended oils with the starburst symbol that meet GM Standard GM6094M are all you will need for good performance and engine protection Engine Oil Life System When to Change Engine Oil Your vehicle has a computer system that lets you know when to change the engine oil and filter This is based on engine revolutions and engine temperature and not on mileage Based on driving conditions the mileage at which an oil change will be indicated can vary considerably For the oil life system to work properly you must reset the system every time the oil is changed 360 When the system has calculated that oil life has been diminished it will indicat
408. s the slow vehicle Remember to glance over your shoulder and check the blind spot Check your vehicle s mirrors glance over your shoulder and start your left lane change signal before moving out of the right lane to pass When you are far enough ahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in your vehicle s inside mirror activate the right lane change signal and move back into the right lane Remember that your vehicle s passenger side outside mirror is convex The vehicle you just passed may seem to be farther away from you than it really is e Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time on two lane roads Reconsider before passing the next vehicle e Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly Even though the brake lamps are not flashing it may be slowing down or starting to turn e Ifyou are being passed make it easy for the following driver to get ahead of you Perhaps you can ease a little to the right Loss of Control Let us review what driving experts say about what happens when the three control systems brakes steering and acceleration do not have enough friction where the tires meet the road to do what the driver has asked In any emergency do not give up Keep trying to steer and constantly seek an escape route or area of less danger Skidding In a skid a driver can lose control of the vehicle Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonable care suited to existing co
409. s will diminish your vehicle s resale value and safety performance can be compromised in subsequent collisions Collision Parts Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts made with the same materials and construction methods as the parts with which your vehicle was originally built Genuine GM Collision parts are your best choice to assure that your vehicle s designed appearance durability and safety are preserved The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain your GM New Vehicle Warranty Recycled original equipment parts may also be used for repair These parts are typically removed from vehicles that were total losses in prior accidents In most cases the parts being recycled are from undamaged sections of the vehicle 485 A recycled original equipment GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain your vehicle s originally designed appearance and safety performance however the history of these parts is not known Such parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any related failures are not covered by that warranty Aftermarket collision parts are also available These are made by companies other than GM and may not have been tested for your vehicle As a result these parts may fit poorly exhibit premature durability corrosion problems and may not perform properly in subsequent collisions Aftermarket parts are not covered by your GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty and any vehicle failure rela
410. sc CD Player on page 264 Radio with Single CD Player or Setting the Time Radio with Single CD Player on page 262 or Setting the Time Radio with Six Disc CD Player on page 264 Radio with Six Disc CD Player for more information BAND Press this button to listen to the radio when a CD is playing The CD remains inside the radio for future listening CD AUX CD Auxiliary Press this button to play a CD when listening to the radio The CD icon and track number displays when a CD is in the player Press this button again and the system automatically searches for an auxiliary input device such as a portable audio player If a portable audio player is not connected No Aux Input Device Found displays 276 Playing a CD s Six Disc CD Player LOAD V Press this button to load CDs into the CD player This CD player holds up to six CDs To insert one CD do the following 1 Press and release the load button 2 Wait for the message to insert the disc 3 Load a CD Insert the CD partway into the slot label side up The player pulls the CD in To insert multiple CDs do the following 1 Press and hold the load button for five seconds A beep sounds and Load All Discs displays 2 Follow the displayed instruction on when to insert the discs The CD player takes up to six CDs 3 Press the Load button again to cancel loading more CDs If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in the player it stays
411. se this equipment Adaptive Cruise Control is an enhancement to traditional cruise control It allows you to keep cruise control engaged in moderate traffic conditions without having to constantly reset your cruise control Adaptive Cruise Control uses radar to detect a vehicle directly ahead in your path within a distance of 330 ft 100 m and operates at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h 173 When it is engaged by the driver the system can apply limited braking or acceleration of the vehicle automatically to maintain a selected follow distance to the vehicle ahead Braking is limited to 0 25 g s 2 45 m sec2 of deceleration which is comparable to moderate application of the vehicle s brakes To disengage Adaptive Cruise Control apply the brake If no vehicle is in your path the vehicle will react like traditional cruise control A CAUTION Adaptive Cruise Control will not apply hard braking or bring the vehicle to a complete stop It will not respond to stopped vehicles pedestrians or animals When you are approaching a vehicle or object Adaptive Cruise Control may not have time to slow your vehicle enough to avoid a collision Your complete attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action and apply the brakes For more information see Defensive Driving on page 296 174 A CAUTION e On winding roads Adaptive Cruise Control may not detect a vehicle ahead You could crash
412. see CD Messages later in this section amp Eject Press the CD eject button to eject CD s To eject the CD that is currently playing press and release this button A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc displays Once the disc is ejected Remove Disc displays The CD can be removed If the CD is not removed after several seconds the CD automatically pulls back into the player and begins playing For the Six Disc CD player press and hold the eject button for two seconds to eject all discs 277 dd Tune Turn this knob to select tracks on the CD currently playing K SEEK Press the left SEEK arrow to go to the start of the current track if more than ten seconds have played Press the right SEEK arrow to go to the next track If either SEEK arrow is held or pressed multiple times the player continues moving backward or forward through the tracks on the CD lt lt REV Reverse Press and hold this button to reverse playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays gt gt FWD Fast Forward Press and hold this button to advance playback quickly within a track You will hear sound at a reduced volume Release this button to resume playing the track The elapsed time of the track displays 278 RDM Random With the random setting the tracks can be played in random rather than sequential order
413. senger seat may not have the protection of the airbags See Airbag Readiness Light on page 219 221 Charging System Light When you turn the engine on this light will come on briefly to show that the generator and battery charging systems are working properly If this light stays on your vehicle needs service You should take your vehicle to the dealer at once To save your battery until you get there turn off all accessories See DIC Controls and Displays on page 233 for more information 222 Brake System Warning Light Your vehicle s hydraulic brake system is divided into two parts If one part isn t working the other part can still work and stop you For good braking though you need both parts working well If the warning light comes on there is a brake problem Have your brake system inspected O Canada BRAKE United States This light should come on briefly when you turn the engine on If it does not come on then have it fixed so it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem When the ignition is on the brake system warning light will also come on when you set your parking brake The light will stay on if your parking brake does not release fully If it stays on after your parking brake is fully released it means you have a brake problem If the light comes on while you are driving pull off the road and stop carefully You may notice that the pedal is harder to push or the p
414. sent to your location If you lock your keys in the vehicle call OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR and they can send a signal to unlock your doors If you need roadside assistance press the OnStar button and they can contact Roadside Service for you OnStar service is provided to you subject to the OnStar Terms and Conditions You may cancel your OnStar service at any time by contacting OnStar as provided below A complete OnStar Owner s Guide and the OnStar Terms and Conditions are included in the vehicle s OnStar Subscriber glove box literature For more information visit onstar com or onstar ca contact OnStar at 1 888 4 ONSTAR 1 888 466 7827 or TTY 1 877 248 2080 or press the OnStar button to speak with an OnStar advisor 24 hours a day 7 days a week Not all OnStar features are available on all vehicles To check if your vehicle is equipped to provide the services described below or for a full description of OnStar services and system limitations see the OnStar Owner s Guide in your glove box or visit onstar com OnStar Services For new vehicles equipped with OnStar the Safe amp Sound Plan or the Directions amp Connections Plan is included for one year from the date of purchase You can extend this plan beyond the first year or upgrade to the Directions amp Connections Plan For more information press the OnStar button to speak with an advisor Some OnStar services such
415. service can generally be completed while you wait However if you are unable to wait GM helps to minimize your inconvenience by providing several transportation options Depending on the circumstances your dealer can offer you one of the following Shuttle Service Participating dealers can provide you with shuttle service to get you to your destination with minimal interruption of your daily schedule This includes one way or round trip shuttle service to a destination up to 10 miles 16 km from the dealership Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement If your vehicle requires warranty repairs reimbursement of public transportation expenses may be available for up to a maximum of five days In addition should you arrange transportation through a friend or relative reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may be available up to a five day maximum Claim amounts should reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts Courtesy Rental Vehicle Your dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesy rental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehicle that you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warranty repair Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum amount per day and must be supported by receipts This requires that you sign and complete a rental agreement and meet state local and rental vehicle provider requirements Requirements vary and may include minimum age requirements insurance coverage cred
416. speed driving e Idle for long periods in traffic e Tow a trailer If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam try this for a minute or so 1 In heavy traffic let the engine idle in NEUTRAL N while stopped If it safe to do so pull off the road shift to PARK P or NEUTRAL N and let the engine idle 2 Set the climate controls to the highest heat setting and fan speed and open the windows as necessary If you no longer have the overheat warning you can drive Just to be safe drive slower for about 10 minutes If the warning does not come back on you can drive normally If the warning continues pull over stop and park your vehicle right away If there is still no sign of steam idle the engine for three minutes while you are parked If you still have the warning turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it cools down Also see Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode later in this section You may decide not to lift the hood but to get service help right away Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode If an overheated engine condition exists and the message ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE is displayed an overheat protection mode which alternates firing groups of cylinders helps prevent engine damage In this mode you will notice a loss in power and engine performance This operating mode allows your vehicle to be driven to a safe place in an emergency Driving extend
417. speed up or slow down while driving That way the volume level should sound about the same as you drive To activate SCV 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MENU button to display the radio setup menu 3 Press the pushbutton under the AUTO VOLUM automatic volume label on the radio display 4 Press the pushbutton under the desired Speed Compensated Volume setting OFF Low Med medium or High to select the level of radio volume compensation The display times out after approximately 10 seconds Each higher setting allows for more radio volume compensation at faster vehicle speeds 267 AudioPilot If your vehicle has the Bose Premium audio the system has AudioPilot noise compensation technology To use AudioPilot press the Automatic Volume Control screen button to access the AudioPilot menu and then press the ON screen button AudioPilot automatically adjusts the volume level of the audio so that it always sounds the same The feature is most effective at lower volume settings where background noise can be louder than the audio At high volume settings there might be little or no change in the audio level In some cases where the noise level changes quickly you can hear the audio level changing This is normal For more information on AudioPilot visit www bose com To activate AudioPilot do the following steps 1 Set the radio volume to the desired level 2 Press the MEN
418. sun The recirculation mode will also be used as needed to maintain cool outlet temperatures Defogging and Defrosting Fog on the inside of windows is a result of high humidity moisture condensing on the cool window glass This can be minimized if the climate control system is used properly There are two modes to clear fog from your windshield Use the floor defog mode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warm the passengers Use the defrost mode to remove fog or frost from the windshield more quickly 74 Floor Defog Turn the control to this mode to direct approximately half of the air to the floor outlets and the remaining air is directed to the side window outlets and to the windshield When you select this mode the system turns off recirculation and runs the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing The recirculation mode cannot be selected while in the floor defog mode W Defrost Turn the control to this mode to direct most of the air to the windshield and the side window outlets In this mode the system will automatically turn off recirculation and run the air conditioning compressor unless the outside temperature is at or below freezing Recirculation cannot be selected while in the defrost mode Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear For professional vehicles air will be allowed to flow through the rear outlets For quicker defrost press
419. system Your overhead console has a passenger airbag status indicator PASSENGER AIRBAG l A wy A A OFF ON United States Canada When the ignition key is turned to RUN or START the passenger airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF or the symbol for on and off for several seconds as a system check Then after several more seconds the status indicator will light either ON or OFF or either the on or off symbol to let you know the status of the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag 220 If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on the passenger airbag status indicator it means that the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag are enabled may inflate A CAUTION If the on indicator comes on when you have a rear facing child restraint installed in the right front passenger s seat it means that the passenger sensing system has not turned off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag A child in a rear facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger s airbag inflates This is because the back of the rear facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating airbag Do not use a rear facing child restraint in the right front passenger s seat if the airbag is turned on Your vehicle has a rear seat
420. t indicates that Adaptive Cruise Control is active A message on the DIC will also display when Adaptive Cruise Control is set See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 Keep in mind speed limits surrounding traffic speeds and weather conditions when adjusting your set speed If your vehicle is in Adaptive Cruise Control when the traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the Adaptive Cruise Control will automatically disengage See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 and StabiliTrak System on page 305 When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may turn the Adaptive Cruise Control back on Increasing Set Speed While Using Adaptive Cruise Control There are two ways to increase the set speed e Use the accelerator to get to the higher speed Press the SET button and then release the button and the accelerator pedal You will now cruise at the higher speed e Press the RES button Hold it there until the desired set speed is displayed on the Driver Information Center DIC then release the switch To increase your set speed in very small amounts move the switch briefly to RES Each time you do this your vehicle set speed will increase by 1 mph 1 km h Your vehicle will not reach the set speed until the system determines there is not a vehicle in front of you At that point your vehicle speed will increase to the set speed 177 Decreasing Set Speed While Using Adaptive Cruise
421. t one of the following positions using the right control AUTO Turn the control to this position to turn on the automatic delivery mode operation Vent Turn the control to this mode to direct air to the instrument panel outlets 206 yf Bi Level Turn the control to this mode to direct approximately half of the air to the instrument panel outlets and most of the remaining air to the floor outlets In automatic operation cooler air is directed to the upper outlets and warmer air to the floor outlets i Floor Turn the control to this mode to direct most of the air to the floor outlets with some air directed to the side window outlets and the windshield The mode control can also be used to select the floor defog mode In this mode the system will automatically use outside air If recirculation is selected it will only stay on for three minutes to reduce windshield fogging Information on defogging and defrosting can be found later in this section Outside Air Press this button to allow outside air to come into the vehicle It is used to prevent the air inside the vehicle from becoming too dry Press this button to turn the outside air mode on or off When the button is pressed the indicator light will come on Pressing the recirculation button will cancel this mode lt amp Recirculation Press this button to keep outside air from coming in the vehicle It is used to prevent outside air and odors from e
422. t wheels are straight ahead Try to adjust your speed so you can drive through the curve Maintain a reasonable steady speed Wait to accelerate until you are out of the curve and then accelerate gently into the straightaway Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 307 Steering in Emergencies There are times when steering can be more effective than braking For example you come over a hill and find a truck stopped in your lane or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you You can avoid these problems by braking if you can stop in time But sometimes you cannot there is not room That is the time for evasive action steering around the problem Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies like these First apply your brakes See Braking on page 300 It is better to remove as much speed as you can from a possible collision Then steer around the problem to the left or right depending on the space available 308 An emergency like this requires close attention and a quick decision If you are holding the steering wheel at the recommended 9 and 3 o clock positions you can turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand But you have to act fast steer quickly and just as quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided
423. tainous terrain When doing frequent trailer towing Professional vehicle uses such as limousine service Uses such as high performance operation j Drain flush and refill cooling system This service can be complex you should have your dealer perform this service See Engine Coolant on page 366 for what to use Inspect hoses Clean radiator condenser pressure cap and filler neck Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap k A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate a problem Have the system inspected and repaired and the fluid level checked Add fluid if needed I Inspect throttle body bore and valve plates for deposits Open the throttle valve and inspect all surfaces Clean as required m f you drive regularly under dusty conditions inspect the filter at each engine oil change n Visually inspect belt for fraying excessive cracks or obvious damage Replace belt if necessary Owner Checks and Services These owner checks and services should be performed at the intervals specified to help ensure the safety dependability and emission control performance of your vehicle Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist you with these checks and services Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to your vehicle make sure they are the proper ones as shown in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 467 463 At Each Fue
424. tant safety information Aftermarket equipment such as seat covers can affect how well the passenger sensing system operates You may want to consider not using seat covers or other aftermarket equipment if your vehicle has the passenger sensing system See Adding Equipment to Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle on page 83 for more information about modifications that can affect how the system operates A CAUTION Stowing of articles under the passenger s seat or between the passenger s seat cushion and seatback may interfere with the proper operation of the passenger sensing system 81 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Airbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced There are parts of the airbag system in several places around your vehicle You do not want the system to inflate while someone is working on your vehicle Your dealer and the service manual have information about servicing your vehicle and the airbag system To purchase a service manual see Service Publications Ordering Information on page 490 82 A CAUTION For up to 10 seconds after the ignition is turned off and the battery is disconnected an airbag can still inflate during improper service You can be injured if you are close to an airbag when it inflates Avoid yellow connectors They are probably part of the airbag system Be sure to follow proper service procedures and make sure the person performing work for you is qualif
425. te to severe frontal or near frontal collisions even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel or the instrument panel In moderate to severe side collisions even belted occupants can contact the inside of the vehicle Airbags supplement the protection provided by safety belts Airbags distribute the force of the impact more evenly over the occupant s upper body stopping the occupant more gradually But the frontal airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including rollovers rear impacts and many side impacts primarily because an occupant s motion is not toward the airbag Side impact airbags would not help you in many types of collisions including many frontal or near frontal collisions rollovers and rear impacts Airbags should never be regarded as anything more than a supplement to safety belts and then only in moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions for the driver s and right front passenger s frontal airbags and only in moderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with side impact airbags 75 What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates After frontal airbags and seat mounted side impact airbags inflate they quickly deflate so quickly that some people may not even realize an airbag inflated Roof mounted side impact airbags may still be at least partially inflated minutes after the vehicle comes to rest Some components of the airbag module the steering wheel hub for the dri
426. ted to such parts are not covered by that warranty Repair Facility GM also recommends that you choose a collision repair facility that meets your needs before you ever need collision repairs Your GM dealer may have a collision repair center with GM trained technicians and state of the art equipment or be able to recommend a collision repair center that has GM trained technicians and comparable equipment 486 Insuring Your Vehicle Protect your investment in your GM vehicle with comprehensive and collision insurance coverage There are significant differences in the quality of coverage afforded by various insurance policy terms Many insurance policies provide reduced protection to your GM vehicle by limiting compensation for damage repairs by using aftermarket collision parts Some insurance companies will not specify aftermarket collision parts When purchasing insurance we recommend that you assure your vehicle will be repaired with GM original equipment collision parts If such insurance coverage is not available from your current insurance carrier consider switching to another insurance carrier If your vehicle is leased the leasing company may require you to have insurance that assures repairs with Genuine GM Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM parts or Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts Read your lease carefully as you may be charged at the end of your lease for poor quality repairs If an Accident Occurs
427. tem and resetting the system When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message appears certain services checks and inspections are required Required services are described in the following for Maintenance I and Maintenance II Generally it is recommended that your first service be Maintenance I your second service be Maintenance II and that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance II thereafter However in some cases Maintenance II may be required more often 458 Maintenance I Use Maintenance if the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes on within 10 months since the vehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed Maintenance II Use Maintenance II if the previous service performed was Maintenance I Always use Maintenance II whenever the message comes on 10 months or more since the last service or if the message has not come on at all for one year Scheduled Maintenance Change engine oil and filter See Engine Oil on page 357 Reset oil life system See Engine Oil Life System on page 360 An Emission Control Service Visually check for any leaks or damage See footnote k Inspect engine air cleaner filter If necessary replace filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 362 See footnote m Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 410 and Tire Wear Inspection in At Least Once a Month on page 464 Inspect brake system See footnot
428. that will accommodate a rear facing child restraint A label on your sun visor says Never put a rear facing child seat in the front This is because the risk to the rear facing child is so great if the airbag deploys A CAUTION Even though the passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag if the system detects a rear facing child restraint no system is fail safe and no one can guarantee that an airbag will not deploy under some unusual circumstance even though it is turned off We recommend that rear facing child restraints be secured in the rear seat even if the airbag is off If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off the right front passenger s frontal airbag and seat mounted side impact airbag See Passenger Sensing System on page 77 for more on this including important safety information If after several seconds all status indicator lights remain on or if there are no lights at all there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system See your dealer for service A CAUTION If the off indicator and the airbag readiness light ever come on together it means that something may be wrong with the airbag system If this ever happens have the vehicle serviced promptly because an adult size person sitting in the right front pas
429. the Restraint 08 51 Cigarette Lighter cceceeeeetsteeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 202 Cleaning Aluminum or Chrome Plated Wheels 438 Exterior Lamps Lenses cceeeeeeeeeees 436 Fabric Carpet sssi dosiaren aaa 433 FINISH Care ecssesreseesur ciasne ieaiaia 436 Inside of Your Vehicle eeeeeeeees 431 Instrument Panel Vinyl and Other Plastic Surface cccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 434 Leather 2 2 0 cceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeeeaees 434 Speaker Covers ccccceceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 435 495 Cleaning cont 5 gare peer erre A reere errre cee reer 439 Underbody Maintenance eeeee 439 Washing Your Vehicle ceecee 435 WeatherstripS c ssiigscasseutercau need senisies deesaueees 435 Windshield and Wiper Blades 437 Wood Panels ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaeeeeees 435 Climate Control System Air Filter Passenger Compartment 213 DUAN E E N A A E E 204 Outlet Adjustment ieeeeeeeeeeee eee 210 ROAM E E R EE E A AE ET 211 ClOCK sisnstsstivics ies denis aaa 203 Coinholder S ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 150 Collision Damage Repair a n 485 Comfort Guides Rear Safety Belt 37 COMPASS ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 17 128 130 132 Content Theft Deterrent ceeeeeeeee 109 Control of a Vehicle ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee 300 Convenience Net c c
430. the driver The rear display is located near the rear window and can be seen by looking over your right shoulder The rear display has three color coded lights The front display will have either three or six lights depending on whether your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control ACC If your vehicle has ACC it will have three lights along with the ACC lights If your vehicle does not have ACC it will have six UFRPA lights The UFRPA lights are used to provide distance and system information along with beeps played out either the front or rear speakers For objects detected near the front bumper high toned beeps will be played out the front speakers For objects detected near the rear bumper low toned beeps will be played out the rear speakers 197 How the System Works When the vehicle is started the front display will briefly illuminate to let you know the display is operating correctly When the shift lever is moved into REVERSE R the rear display will briefly illuminate to let you know the display is operating correctly UFRPA comes on automatically when the shift lever is moved out of PARK P The system does not work at a forward speed greater than 5 mph 8 km h so the front display indicators are turned off The system also does not work at a reverse speed greater than 5 mph 8 km h To remind you of this the red light on the rear display will flash The system can be disabled using the Driver Info
431. the drivers side switch rearward once To stop the sunroof glass in a desired position other than to the express open position press the switch again in either direction to stop the movement If the sunshade is in the closed position it will open with the sunroof or it can be opened manually Vent Open From the closed position press and hold the passenger s side switch forward to vent the sunroof The rear of the sunroof panel will tilt upward to the full vent position The sunshade must be opened manually Close To close the sunroof operate the controls according to one of the following e From the open position press and hold the drivers side sunroof switch forward The sunshade must be closed manually e From the vent position press and hold the passenger s side sunroof switch rearward Section 3 Instrument Panel Overview 2 05 156 Hazard Warning Flashers csee 158 Other Warning Devices a se 158 FLOM EEEN E EE E E N E 158 Tilt Wheel sesiveinees steven concnsaveiiaaaeivecenedin s 158 Power Tilt Wheel and Telescopic Steering Column ceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 159 Heated Steering Wheel ecce 159 Turn Signal Multifunction Lever 160 Turn and Lane Change Signals 160 Headlamp High Low Beam Changer 161 Forward Collision Alert FCA System 161 Flash to PaSS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeees 165 Windshield Wipers ceee
432. them Frontal airbags for the driver and right front passenger are designed to deploy in moderate to severe frontal and near frontal crashes They are not designed to inflate CAUTION Continued CAUTION Continued in rollover rear crashes or in many side crashes And for some unrestrained occupants frontal airbags may provide less protection in frontal crashes than more forceful airbags have provided in the past Seat mounted side impact airbags and roof mounted side impact airbags are designed to inflate in moderate to severe crashes where something hits the side of your vehicle They are not designed to inflate in frontal in rollover or in rear crashes Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt properly whether or not there is an airbag for that person 67 A CAUTION Both frontal and side impact airbags inflate with great force faster than the blink of an eye If you are too close to an inflating airbag as you would be if you were leaning forward it could seriously injure you Safety belts help keep you in position for airbag inflation before and during a crash Always wear your safety belt even with frontal airbags The driver should sit as far back as possible while still maintaining control of the vehicle Occupants should not lean on or sleep against the door 68 A CAUTION Anyone who is up against or very close to any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed
433. tice Modifications made to the engine transaxle exhaust intake or fuel system of your vehicle or the replacement of the original tires with other than those of the same Tire Performance Criteria TPC can affect your vehicle s emission controls and may cause this light to come on Modifications to these systems could lead to costly repairs not covered by your warranty This may also result in a failure to pass a required Emission Inspection Maintenance test See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 This light should come on as a check to show you it is working when the ignition is on and the engine is not running If the light does not come on have it repaired 227 This light will also come on during a malfunction in one of two ways e Light Flashing A misfire condition has been detected A misfire increases vehicle emissions and may damage the emission control system on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required e Light On Steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected on your vehicle Diagnosis and service may be required If the Light Is Flashing The following may prevent more serious damage to your vehicle e Reducing vehicle speed e Avoiding hard accelerations e Avoiding steep uphill grades e f you are towing a trailer reduce the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as it is possible 228 If the light stops flashing and remains on steady see If the Light
434. ting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 260 FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to set all of the customization features back to their factory default settings Press the customization button until FACTORY SETTINGS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings RESTORE ALL default The customization features will be set to their factory default settings DO NOT RESTORE The customization features will not be set to their factory default settings Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it Exiting the Feature Settings Menu The feature settings menu will be exited when any of the following occurs e The vehicle is shifted out of PARK P e The ignition is no longer in RUN e The trip fuel or vehicle information DIC buttons are pressed e The end of the feature settings menu is reached e A 40 second time period has elapsed with no selection made Audio System s Determine which radio your vehicle has and then read the pages following to familiarize yourself with its features Driving without distraction is a necessity for a safer driving experience See Defensive Driving on page 296 By taking a few moments to rea
435. tings SHIFT OUT OF PARK default The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the doors are closed and the vehicle is shifted out of PARK P AT VEHICLE SPEED The vehicle s doors automatically lock when the vehicle speed is above 5 mph 8 km h for three seconds NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 253 AUTO DOOR UNLOCK This feature allows you to select whether or not the door s will automatically unlock It also allows you to select which doors and when they will automatically unlock See Programmable Automatic Door Locks on page 100 for more information Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF None of the doors will automatically unlock DRIVER AT KEY OUT Only the driver s door will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition DRIVER IN PARK Only the driver s door will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P ALL AT KEY OUT All of the doors will unlock when the key is taken out of the ignition ALL IN PARK default All of the doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into PARK P 254 NO CHANGE No change will be made to th
436. tion Display Menu Items following for more information on these displays Customization Press this button to scroll through each of the customization features See DIC Vehicle Customization on page 252 for more information on the customization features 233 V Set Reset Press this button to reset certain DIC features and to acknowledge DIC warning messages and clear them from the DIC display AN V Menu Up Down Press this button to scroll up and down the menu items Trip Fuel Display Menu Items ZN Trip Fuel The following display menu items can be displayed by pressing the trip fuel button TRIP A or TRIP B These displays show the current distance traveled since the last reset for each trip odometer in either miles mi or kilometers km Both odometers can be used at the same time Each trip odometer can be reset to zero separately by pressing and holding the set reset button for a few seconds while the desired trip odometer is displayed 234 FUEL RANGE This display shows the approximate number of remaining miles mi or kilometers km you can drive without refilling the fuel tank This estimate is based on the current driving conditions and will change if the driving conditions change For example if you are driving in traffic and making frequent stops the display may read one number but if you enter the freeway the number may change even though you still have the same amount of fuel in the fuel ta
437. tire does not have a TPMS sensor If you replace one of the road tires with the compact spare the SERVICE TIRE MONITOR SYSTEM message will be displayed on the DIC screen This message should go off once you re install the road tire containing the TPMS sensor Federal Communications Commission FCC and Industry and Science Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment 409 Tire Inspection and Rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 to 8 000 miles 8 000 to 13 000 km Any time you notice unusual wear rotate your tires as soon as possible and check wheel alignment Also check for damaged tires or wheels See When It ls Time for New Tires on page 411 and Wheel Replacement on page 416 for more information The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve more uniform wear for all tire
438. tire positions must be re learned after rotating the tires or after replacing a tire or sensor See Tire Inspection and Rotation on page 410 and Inflation Tire Pressure on page 402 for more information TRACTION CONTROL OFF This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned off Adjust your driving accordingly See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 for more information TRACTION CONTROL ON This message displays when the Traction Control System TCS is turned on See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 for more information TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE ENGINE This message displays when the transaxle fluid in your vehicle is too hot Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle until the transaxle cools down or until this message is removed TRUNK OPEN This symbol appears with this message This message displays when the trunk is not closed completely Make sure that the trunk is closed completely TURN SIGNAL ON This message displays as a reminder to turn off the turn signal if you drive your vehicle for more than about 1 mile 1 6 km with a turn signal on A multiple chime sounds when this message is displayed WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID This symbol appears with this message This message displays when your vehicle is low on windshield washer fluid Refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir as soon as possible See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 378 for more information 25
439. tires meet the road Sometimes as when you are driving on snow or ice it is easy to ask more of those control systems than the tires and road can provide That means you can lose control of your vehicle See Traction Control System TCS on page 303 Adding non GM accessories can affect your vehicle s performance See Accessories and Modifications on page 347 300 Braking See Brake System Warning Light on page 222 Braking action involves perception time and reaction time First you have to decide to push on the brake pedal That is perception time Then you have to bring up your foot and do it That is reaction time Average reaction time is about three fourths of a second But that is only an average It might be less with one driver and as long as two or three seconds or more with another Age physical condition alertness coordination and eyesight all play a part So do alcohol drugs and frustration But even in three fourths of a second a vehicle moving at 60 mph 100 km h travels 66 feet 20 m That could be a lot of distance in an emergency so keeping enough space between your vehicle and others is important And of course actual stopping distances vary greatly with the surface of the road whether it is pavement or gravel the condition of the road whether it is wet dry or icy tire tread the condition of the brakes the weight of the vehicle and the amount of brake force applied Avoid nee
440. to determine the proper system response If the controller detects a problem with the system the Driver Information Center DIC will display a SERVICE SUSPENSION SYS message If this message appears have your vehicle serviced at your dealership StabiliTrak System Your vehicle may have this feature The StabiliTrak system is an advanced computer controlled system that helps the driver maintain directional control of the vehicle in difficult driving conditions This is accomplished by selectively applying any one of the vehicle s brakes and reducing engine power The StabiliTrak system comes on automatically whenever you start your vehicle The system cannot be turned off The STABILITRAK NOT READY message may be displayed in the DIC and the traction control system and StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will be on after first driving the vehicle and exceeding 19 mph 30 km h for 30 seconds The StabiliTrak system is off until the light has turned off This could take up to 15 minutes The traction control system and StabiliTrak warning light on the instrument panel cluster will flash when the system is operating See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 225 and StabiliTrak Indicator Light on page 225 for more information You may also feel or hear the system working This is normal The SERVICE STABILITRAK message will be displayed and the traction control system and Stabil
441. tomer Assistance Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 478 www Cadillac com 1 800 458 8006 1 800 43 FLEET 1 800 433 5338 Cadillac Professional Vehicle 1 800 833 2622 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Fax Number 313 381 0022 From Puerto Rico 1 800 496 9992 English 1 800 496 9993 Spanish Fax Number 313 381 0022 From U S Virgin Islands 1 800 496 9994 Fax Number 313 381 0022 Canada Customer Assistance General Motors of Canada Limited Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 1 888 446 2000 1 800 263 3830 For Text Telephone devices TTYs Roadside Assistance 1 800 882 1112 Overseas Customer Assistance Please contact the local General Motors Business Unit Mexico Central America and Caribbean Islands Countries Except Puerto Rico and U S Virgin Islands Customer Assistance General Motors de Mexico S de R L de C V Customer Assistance Center Paseo de la Reforma 2740 Col Lomas de Bezares C P 11910 Mexico D F 01 800 508 0000 Long Distance 011 52 53 29 0 800 GM Mobility Reimbursement Program EIMOBILITY This program available to qualified applicants can reimburse you up to 1 000 of the cost of eligible aftermarket adaptive equipment required for your vehicle such as hand cont
442. traction control system that limits wheel spin This is especially useful in slippery road conditions The system operates only if it senses that the front wheels are spinning too much or beginning to lose traction When this happens the system works the front brakes and reduces engine power by closing the throttle and managing engine spark to limit wheel spin The traction control system and StabiliTrak warning light will flash when the traction control system is limiting wheel spin See Traction Control System TCS Warning Light on page 225 and StabiliTrak Indicator Light on page 225 for more information You may feel or hear the system working but this is normal If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction control system begins to limit wheel spin the cruise control will automatically disengage When road conditions allow you to safely use it again you may re engage the cruise control See Cruise Control on page 169 or Adaptive Cruise Control on page 173 for more information 303 The SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL message the traction control system warning light and the StabiliTrak warning light will come on to let you know if there is a problem with the traction control system See DIC Warnings and Messages on page 239 When this light and the SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL message are on the system will not limit wheel spin Adjust your driving accordingly The traction control system automatically comes on wh
443. ts they could have been badly hurt or killed After more than 40 years of safety belts in vehicles the facts are clear In most crashes buckling up does matter a lot Why Safety Belts Work When you ride in or on anything you go as fast as it goes Take the simplest vehicle Suppose it is just a seat on wheels 19 Put someone on it Get it up to speed Then stop the vehicle The rider does not stop 20 The person keeps going until stopped by or the instrument panel something In a real vehicle it could be the windshield 21 or the safety belts With safety belts you slow down as the vehicle does You get more time to stop You stop over more distance and your strongest bones take the forces That is why safety belts make such good sense 22 Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q A Will be trapped in the vehicle after an accident if am wearing a safety belt You could be whether you are wearing a safety belt or not But you can unbuckle a safety belt even if you are upside down And your chance of being conscious during and after an accident so you can unbuckle and get out is much greater if you are belted If my vehicle has airbags why should have to wear safety belts Airbags are supplemental systems only so they work with safety belts not instead of them Every airbag system ever offered for sale has required the use of safety belts Even if yo
444. ttlement process from the time you file your complaint to the final decision should be completed in approximately 70 days We believe our impartial program offers advantages over courts in most jurisdictions because it is informal quick and free of charge 476 For further information concerning eligibility in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP call toll free 1 800 207 0685 Alternatively you may call the General Motors Customer Communication Centre 1 800 263 3777 English 1 800 263 7854 French or you may write to the Mediation Arbitration Program at the following address Your inquiry should be accompanied by your Vehicle Identification Number VIN Mediation Arbitration Program c o Customer Communication Centre General Motors of Canada Limited Mail Code CA1 163 005 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 Online Owner Center Online Owner Center United States only The Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownership needs Specific vehicle information can be found in one place The Online Owner Center allows you to e Get e mail service reminders e Access information about your specific vehicle including tips and videos and an electronic version of this owner manual e Keep track of your vehicle s service history and maintenance schedule e Find GM dealers for service nationwide e Receive special promotions and privileges only available to members Refer to www
445. turns green and just before you start to move check both ways for vehicles that have not cleared the intersection or may be running the red light Mile for mile freeways also called thruways parkways expressways turnpikes or superhighways are the safest of all roads But they have their own special rules 317 The most important advice on freeway driving is Keep up with traffic and keep to the right Drive at the same speed most of the other drivers are driving Too fast or too slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane At the entrance there is usually a ramp that leads to the freeway If you have a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp you should begin to check traffic Try to determine where you expect to blend with the flow Try to merge into the gap at close to the prevailing speed Switch on your turn signal check your mirrors and glance over your shoulder as often as necessary Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow Once you are on the freeway adjust your speed to the posted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass Before changing lanes check your mirrors Then use your turn signal Just before you leave the lane glance quickly over your shoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle in your blind spot 318 Once you are moving on the freeway make c
446. two outside buttons at the same time for one to two seconds and immediately release them 2 Go to the garage Locate the garage door motor head and press and release the learn button After pressing the learn button you have 10 to 30 seconds to complete Step 4 depending on your garage control unit If you cannot locate the learn button refer to the owner s guide for your garage door opener 3 Press and hold the button you would like to use to control the garage door until the garage door moves The indicator light above the selected button should slowly blink You may need to hold the button from five to 20 seconds 4 Immediately release the button when the garage door moves The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete 5 Press and release the button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful and complete To program another device such as an additional garage door opener a security device or home lighting repeat Steps 1 through 6 choosing a different function button in Step 4 than what you used for the garage door opener Using Universal Home Remote Press and hold the appropriate button for at least half of a second The indicator light will come on while the signal is being transmitted Reprogramming Universal Home Remote Buttons You can reprogram any of the three buttons by repeating the instructions
447. ty Belt Comfort Guides 37 Rear Seat Passengers seeeeeeeeeeeeeees 34 Right Front Passenger Position 32 Safety Belt Extender a e 39 Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy 32 Safety Belts Are for Everyone 00008 18 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 0 31 Safety Warnings and Symbols 0068 4 Scheduled Maintenance eeeeeeeees 457 Seats Center Seat Head Restraints Heated and Cooled Seats ceeeeeee Heated Seats Rear a Massaging Lumbar ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee Memory Mirrors Power Lumbar Power Lumbar Rear ccscceeceeeeeeeeeeees Power Reclining Seatbacks Power Seats Securing a Child Restraint Center Front Seat Position Rear Seat Position cceceeeseseeeeeeeeeeeees Right Front Seat Position Security Light SOMVICE T E E T Accessories and Modifications Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your Vehicle California Proposition 65 Warning Doing Your Own Work Engine Soon Light Publications Ordering Information 505 Servicing Your Airbag Equipped Vehicle 82 Setting the Time cccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 262 264 Sheet Metal Damage ccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 439 Shifting Into Park P ceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 122 Shifting Out of Park P srsisisesias sisarien eee 125 Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster 00 31 Signal
448. u are in a vehicle that has airbags you still have to buckle up to get the most protection That is true not only in frontal collisions but especially in side and other collisions Q If I am a good driver and I never drive far from home why should I wear safety belts A You may be an excellent driver but if you are in an accident even one that is not your fault you and your passengers can be hurt Being a good driver does not protect you from things beyond your control such as bad drivers Most accidents occur within 25 miles 40 km of home And the greatest number of serious injuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than 40 mph 65 km h Safety belts are for everyone How to Wear Safety Belts Properly This part is only for people of adult size Be aware that there are special things to know about safety belts and children And there are different rules for smaller children and babies If a child will be riding in your vehicle see Older Children on page 40 or Infants and Young Children on page 43 Follow those rules for everyone s protection First you will want to know which restraint systems your vehicle has We will start with the driver position 23 Driver Position The lap shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt across you very quickly If this happens Lap Shoulder Belt let the belt go back slightly to unlock it Then pull the belt across you more slowly The driver has a lap sh
449. uel oil coolant brake fluid windshield washer and other fluids and plastic or rubber You or others could be burned Be careful not to drop or spill things that will burn onto a hot engine Hood Release To lift the hood use the following steps 1 Pull the hood release lever with this symbol on it It is located on the lower left side of the instrument panel 2 Then go to the front of the vehicle and find the secondary hood release lever located near the center of the hood Move the release lever up and to the right to raise the hood Before closing the hood be sure all filler caps are on properly Then pull the hood down and close it firmly 355 Engine Compartment Overview When you open the hood here is what you will see DADIN a ee aq Sess Ba Si gt Pa ok 4 6L L37 Engine shown 4 6L LD8 Engine similar 356 Underhood Fuse Block See Underhood Fuse Block on page 444 Remote Positive Terminal See Jump Starting on page 384 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir See Adding Washer Fluid under Windshield Washer Fluid on page 378 Engine Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap See Coolant Surge Tank Pressure Cap on page 369 and Cooling System on page 372 Remote Negative Terminal See Jump Starting on page 384 Jump Starting Power Steering Fluid See Po
450. ugh the following settings NORMAL default The chime volume will be set to a normal level LOUD The chime volume will be set to a loud level NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press the set reset button while it is displayed on the DIC to select it 257 PARK TILT MIRRORS If your vehicle has this feature it allows you to select whether or not the outside mirror s will automatically tilt down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R See Outside Curb View Assist Mirror on page 134 for more information Press the customization button until PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on the DIC display Press the set reset button to access the settings for this feature Then press the menu up down button to scroll through the following settings OFF default Neither outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R DRIVER MIRROR The driver s outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R PASSENGER MIRROR The passengers outside mirror will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R BOTH MIRRORS The driver s and passenger s outside mirrors will be tilted down when the vehicle is shifted into REVERSE R 258 NO CHANGE No change will be made to this feature The current setting will remain Choose one of the available settings and press t
451. ular LED The Universal Home Remote System provides a way to replace up to three hand held Radio Frequency RF transmitters used to activate devices such as garage door openers security systems and home lighting This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation The FCC Grant of Equipment Authorization Certificate number is CB2OHHL3 140 This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device The Canadian Registration ID number is 2791032007A Changes or modifications to this system by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment Universal Home Remote System Operation With Three Round LED Your vehicle may have the Universal Home Remote System If there are three round Light Emitting Diode LED above the Universal Home Remote System buttons follow the instructions below If there is one triangular LED above the Universal Home Remote System buttons follow the instructions under Universal Home Remote System Operation with one
452. uld read the information in Weight of the Trailer that appears later in this section Trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering takes correct equipment and it has to be used properly That is the reason for this part In it are many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers So please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the drag of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads generating extra heat What is more the trailer adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements If You Do Decide To Pull a Trailer If you do here are some important points e There are many different laws including speed limit restrictions having to do with trailering Make sure your rig will be legal not only where you live but also where you will be driving A good source for this information can be state or provincial police e Consider using a sway control You can ask a hitch dealer about sway controls e Do not tow a trailer at all during the first 1 000 miles 1 600 km your new vehicle is driven Your engine axle
453. ve after drinking For persons under 21 it is against the law in every U S state to drink alcohol There are good medical psychological and developmental reasons for these laws The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safety problem is for people never to drink alcohol and then drive But what if people do How much is too much if someone plans to drive It is a lot less than many might think Although it depends on each person and situation here is some general information on the problem The Blood Alcohol Concentration BAC of someone who is drinking depends upon four things e The amount of alcohol consumed e The drinkers body weight e The amount of food that is consumed before and during drinking e The length of time it has taken the drinker to consume the alcohol 297 According to the American Medical Association a 180 Ib 82 kg person who drinks three 12 ounce 355 ml bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BAC of about 0 06 percent The person would reach the same BAC by drinking three 4 ounce 120 ml glasses of wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1 1 2 ounces 45 ml of liquors like whiskey gin or vodka 298 It is the amount of alcohol that counts For example if the same person drank three double martinis 3 ounces or 90 ml of liquor each within an hour the person s BAC would be close to 0 12 percent A person who consumes food just before or during drinking will
454. vehicle is being towed A CAUTION Shifting into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed is dangerous Unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal your vehicle could move very rapidly You could lose control and hit people or objects Do not shift into a drive gear while your engine is running at high speed Notice Shifting out of PARK P or NEUTRAL N while the engine is running at high speed may damage the transaxle The repairs would not be covered by your warranty Be sure the engine is not running at high speeds when shifting your vehicle 119 DRIVE D This position is for normal driving It provides the best fuel economy for your vehicle If you need more power for passing and you are e Going less than 35 mph 55 km h push the accelerator pedal about halfway down e Going about 35 mph 55 km h or more push the accelerator all the way down The transaxle will shift down to the next gear and have more power Downshifting the transaxle in slippery road conditions could result in skidding see Skidding under Loss of Control on page 311 Notice Driving your vehicle if you notice that it is moving slowly or not shifting gears as you increase speed may damage the transaxle Have your vehicle serviced right away You can drive in SECOND 2 when you are driving less than 35 mph 55 km h and DRIVE D for higher speeds until then 120 DRIVE D can be used for towing You may want
455. ver s airbag the instrument panel for the right front passenger s bag the side of the seatback closest to the door for the seat mounted side impact airbags and the area along the ceiling of your vehicle near the side windows for roof mounted side impact airbags may be hot for a short time The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm but not too hot to touch There may be some smoke and dust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags Airbag inflation does not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle 76 A CAUTION When an airbag inflates there may be dust in the air This dust could cause breathing problems for people with a history of asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this everyone in the vehicle should get out as soon as it is safe to do so If you have breathing problems but cannot get out of the vehicle after an airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or a door If you experience breathing problems following an airbag deployment you should seek medical attention Your vehicle has a feature that may automatically unlock the doors turn the interior lamps on and turn the hazard warning flashers on when the airbags inflate You can lock the doors turn the interior lamps off and turn the hazard warning flashers off by using the controls for those features In m
456. voltage is lowered slightly to prevent overcharging If the vehicle has a voltmeter gage or voltage display on the Driver Information Center DIC you may see the voltage move up or down This is normal If there is a problem an alert will be displayed The battery can be discharged at idle if the electrical loads are very high This is true for all vehicles This is because the generator alternator may not be spinning fast enough at idle to produce all the power that is needed for very high electrical loads A high electrical load occurs when several of the following loads are on headlamps high beams fog lamps rear window defogger climate control fan at high speed heated seats engine cooling fans trailer loads and loads plugged into accessory power outlets EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of the battery It does this by balancing the generator s output and the vehicle s electrical needs It can increase engine idle speed to generate more power whenever needed It can temporarily reduce the power demands of some accessories Normally these actions occur in steps or levels without being noticeable In rare cases at the highest levels of corrective action this action may be noticeable to the driver If so a Driver Information Center DIC message might be displayed such as Battery Saver Active or Service Battery Charging System If this message is displayed it is recommended that the driver reduce the e
457. w antenna and or the rear window defogger Repairs would not be covered by your warranty Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects If static is heard on the radio when the rear window defogger is turned on it could mean that a defogger grid line has been damaged If this is true the grid line must be repaired If you choose to add a cellular telephone to your vehicle and the antenna needs to be attached to the glass make sure that the grid lines for the AM FM antenna are not damaged Make sure the cellular telephone antenna does not touch a grid line XM Satellite Radio Antenna System The XM Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roof of your vehicle Keep this antenna clear of snow and ice build up for clear radio reception If your vehicle has a sunroof the performance of the XM system may be affected if the sunroof is open Loading items onto the roof of your vehicle can interfere with the performance of the XM system Make sure the XM Satellite Radio antenna is not obstructed 293 4 NOTES 294 Section 4 Your Driving the Road and Your Vehicle 296 Defensive Driving cccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 296 Drunken Driving ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeenee ees 297 Control of a Vehicle eeen 300 Braking civcc cciiver aseedecaeesieviaavivicsasiiieeas and 300 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 008 301 Braking in Emergencies eeeeseeeeees 303 Tra
458. w switch until the window is fully open 3 Pull the power window switch up until the window is fully closed 4 Continue holding the switch up for approximately two seconds after the window is completely closed The window is now reprogrammed Repeat the process for the other windows 106 Express Window Anti Pinch Feature If any object is in the path of the window when the express up is active the window will stop at the obstruction and auto reverse to a preset factory position Weather conditions such as severe icing may also cause the window to auto reverse The window will return to normal operation once the obstruction or condition is removed Express Window Anti Pinch Override A CAUTION If express override is activated the window will not reverse automatically You or others could be injured and the window could be damaged Before you use express override make sure that all people and obstructions are clear of the window path In an emergency the anti pinch feature can be overridden in a supervised mode Hold the window switch all the way up to the second position The window will rise for as long as the switch is held Once the switch is released the express mode is re activated In this mode the window can still close on an object in its path Use care when using the override mode Window Lockout fa Window Lockout The rear window lockout button is located on the driver s door armrest nea
459. wer Steering Fluid on page 377 Engine Oil Fill Cap See When to Add Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 357 Engine Oil Dipstick See Checking Engine Oil under Engine Oil on page 357 Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir See Brake Fluid under Brakes on page 379 Automatic Transaxle Fluid Cap and Dipstick Out of View See Automatic Transaxle Fluid on page 364 Engine Air Cleaner Filter See Engine Air Cleaner Filter on page 362 Engine Oil Checking Engine Oil It is a good idea to check the engine oil every time you get fuel In order to get an accurate reading the oil must be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop See Engine Compartment Overview on page 356 for the location of the engine oil dipstick 1 Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutes to drain back into the oil pan If you do not do this the oil dipstick might not show the actual level 2 Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towel or cloth then push it back in all the way Remove it again keeping the tip down and check the level 357 When to Add Engine Oil If the oil is below the cross hatched area at the tip of the dipstick you will need to add at least one quart liter of oil But you must use the right kind This section explains what kind of oil to use For engine oil crankcase capacity see Capacities and Specifications on
460. windshield carefully loosen or thaw them If the blades become worn or damaged replace with new blades or blade inserts Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor A circuit breaker will stop the motor until it cools Clear away snow or ice to prevent an overload Your vehicle has wiper activated headlamps After the windshield wipers have completed eight wipe cycles within four minutes the headlamps automatically turn on See Wiper Activated Headlamps on page 190 for more information Rainsense Il Wipers If your vehicle has this feature the moisture sensor is mounted on the interior side of the windshield behind the rearview mirror It is used to automatically operate the wipers by monitoring the amount of moisture build up on the windshield Wipes occur as needed to clear the windshield depending on driving conditions and the sensitivity setting In light rain or snow fewer wipes will occur In heavy rain or snow wipes will occur more frequently The Rainsense II wipers operate in a delay mode as well as a continuous low or high speed as needed If the system is left on for long periods of time occasional wipes may occur without any moisture on the windshield This is normal and indicates that the Rainsense II system is activated The Rainsense II system can be activated by turning the wiper band to one of the five sensitivity levels indicated on the wiper stalk The position closest to off is the lowest
461. y other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use the theft system Testing the Alarm 1 From inside the vehicle roll down the window then get out of the vehicle keeping the door open 2 From outside of the vehicle with the door open lock the vehicle using the power door lock or the remote keyless entry system and close the door Wait 30 seconds until the security lamp goes off 3 Reach in and unlock the door using the manual lock and open the door The horn will sound and the hazard lights will flash You can turn off the alarm by unlocking the driver s door with your key using the unlock button on the remote keyless entry transmitter or by starting the car with a valid key If the alarm does not sound when it should check to see if the horn works The horn fuse may be blown To replace the fuse see Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 443 If the fuse does not need to be replaced you may need to have your vehicle serviced To reduce the possibility of theft always arm the theft deterrent system when leaving your vehicle PASS Key IIl The PASS Key Ill system operates on a radio frequency subject to Federal Communications Commission FCC Rules and with Industry Canada This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference r
462. y and turn the handle clockwise 366 Engine Coolant The cooling system in your vehicle is filled with DEX COOL engine coolant This coolant is designed to remain in your vehicle for five years or 150 000 miles 240 000 km whichever occurs first if you add only DEX COOL extended life coolant The following explains your cooling system and how to add coolant when it is low If you have a problem with engine overheating see Engine Overheating on page 369 A 50 50 mixture of clean drinkable water and DEX COOL coolant will e Giving freezing protection down to 34 F 37 C e Give boiling protection up to 265 F 129 C e Protect against rust and corrosion e Help keep the proper engine temperature e Let the warning lights and gages work as they should Notice Using coolant other than DEX COOL may cause premature engine heater core or radiator corrosion In addition the engine coolant may require changing sooner at the first maintenance service after each 30 000 miles 50 000 km or 24 months whichever occurs first Any repairs would not be covered by your warranty Always use DEX COOL silicate free coolant in your vehicle What to Use Use a mixture of one half clean drinkable water and one half DEX COOL coolant which will not damage aluminum parts If you use this coolant mixture you do not need to add anything else A CAUTION Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be
463. y control Some of these accessories may even cause malfunction or damage not covered by warranty GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other systems on your vehicle Your GM dealer can accessorize your vehicle using genuine GM Accessories When you go to your GM dealer and ask for GM Accessories you will know that GM trained and supported service technicians will perform the work using genuine GM Accessories 347 California Proposition 65 Warning Most motor vehicles including this one contain and or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Engine exhaust many parts and systems including some inside the vehicle many fluids and some component wear by products contain and or emit these chemicals Doing Your Own Service Work A CAUTION You can be injured and your vehicle could be damaged if you try to do service work on a vehicle without knowing enough about it e Be sure you have sufficient knowledge experience the proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any vehicle maintenance task CAUTION Continued 348 CAUTION Continued e Be sure to use the proper nuts bolts and other fasteners English and metric fasteners can be easily confused If you use the wrong fasteners parts can later break or fall off You could be hurt If you want to do some of your own service work you will want t
464. y will keep going A CAUTION Things you put inside your vehicle can strike and injure people in a sudden stop or turn or in a crash e Put things in the trunk of your vehicle In a trunk put them as far forward as you can Try to spread the weight evenly Never stack heavier things like suitcases inside the vehicle so that some of them are above the tops of the seats Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it whenever you can Automatic Level Control This feature keeps the rear of your vehicle level as the load changes It is automatic you do not need to adjust anything This type of level control is fully automatic and will provide a better leveled riding position as well as better handling under a variety of passenger and loading conditions An air compressor connected to the rear shocks will raise or lower the rear of the vehicle to maintain proper vehicle height The system is activated when the ignition key is turned to RUN and will automatically adjust vehicle height thereafter The system may exhaust lower vehicle height for up to ten minutes after the ignition key has been turned to OFF You may hear the air compressor operating when the height is being adjusted 333 Towing Towing Your Vehicle Consult your dealer or a professional towing service if you need to have your disabled vehicle towed See Roadside Service on page
465. you see a patch of ice ahead of you brake before you are on it Try not to brake while you are actually on the ice and avoid sudden steering maneuvers 324 If You Are Caught in a Blizzard If you are stopped by heavy snow you could be in a serious situation You should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are near help and you can hike through the snow Here are some things to do to summon help and keep yourself and your passengers safe e Turn on your hazard flashers e Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that you have been stopped by the snow e Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you If you do not have blankets or extra clothing make body insulators from newspapers burlap bags rags floor mats anything you can wrap around yourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm A CAUTION Snow can trap exhaust gases under your vehicle This can cause deadly CO carbon monoxide gas to get inside CO could overcome you and kill you You cannot see it or smell it so you might not know it is in your vehicle Clear away snow from around the base of your vehicle especially any that is blocking your exhaust pipe And check around again from time to time to be sure snow does not collect there You can run the engine to keep warm but be Open a window just a little on the side of careful the vehicle that is away from the wind This will help keep CO out
466. your dealer or General Motors To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http Awww safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian Government If you live in Canada and you believe that your vehicle has a safety defect you should immediately notify Transport Canada in addition to notifying General Motors of Canada Limited You may call them at 1 800 333 0510 or write to Transport Canada Road Safety Branch 2780 Sheffield Road Ottawa Ontario K1B 3V9 489 Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors In addition to notifying NHTSA or Transport Canada in a situation like this we certainly hope you will notify us Please call us at 1 800 458 8006 or write Cadillac Customer Assistance Center Cadillac Motor Car Division P O Box 33169 Detroit MI 48232 5169 In Canada please call us at 1 888 446 2000 Or write Canadian Cadillac Customer Communication Centre CA1 163 005 General Motors of Canada Limited 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Oshawa Ontario L1H 8P7 490 Service Publications Ordering Information Service Manuals Service Manuals have the diagnosis and repair information on engines transmission axle suspension brakes electrical steering body etc

Cadillac 2006 SRX Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents